You are on page 1of 360

Food, Beverage & Pharmaceutical Sealing Systems

T R EL L EB O RG S E A L I N G S O LU T I O N S

Food, Beverage &


Pharmaceutical
Sealing Systems
PRODUCT CATALOG & ENGINEERING GUIDE

© 2014 Trelleborg Group. At time of publication the information contained in this literature is believed to be correct and accurate.
Trelleborg is a world leader in engineered polymer solutions
that seal, damp and protect critical applications in demanding
environments. Its innovative engineered solutions accelerate
performance for customers in a sustainable way. The Trelleborg
Group has local presence in over 40 countries around the world.

facebook.com/TrelleborgSealingSolutions
twitter.com/TrelleborgSeals
youtube.com/TrelleborgSeals
flickr.com/TrelleborgSealingSolutions 99GBE0CATAE0514

W W W.T S S.T R EL L EB O RG .C O M YO U R PA R T N ER F O R S E A L I N G T EC H N O LO GY
Contact your local marketing company for further information:

Europe Telephone Americas Telephone

Austria – Vienna +43 (0) 1 406 47 33 Americas Regional +1 260 749 9631
(Slovenia) Argentina – Buenos Aires +54 11 4590 2210
Belgium – Dion-Valmont +32 (0) 10 22 57 50 Brazil – São José dos Campos +55 12 3932 7600
(Luxembourg) Canada – Etobicoke, ON +1 416 213 9444
Bulgaria – Sofia +359 (0) 2 969 95 99 Canada East – Montreal, QC +1 514 284 1114
(Belarus, Romania, Ukraine) Canada West – Langley, BC +1 604 539 0098
Croatia – Zagreb +385 (0) 1 24 56 387 Mexico – Mexico City +52 55 57 19 50 05
(Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, USA, Great Lakes – Fort Wayne, IN +1 260 482 4050
Macedonia, Serbia, Montenegro) USA, Midsouth – Mt. Juliet, TN +1 615 800 8340
Czech Republic – Rakovnik +420 313 529 111 USA, Midwest – Hanover Park, IL +1 630 539 5500
(Slovakia) USA, Northern California – Fresno, CA +1 559 449 6070
Your Partner for Sealing Technology Denmark – Copenhagen +45 48 22 80 80 USA, Northwest – Portland, OR +1 503 595 6565
Finland – Vantaa +385 (0) 207 12 13 50 USA, Southwest – Houston, TX +1 713 461 3495
(Estonia, Latvia)
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions is a major international developer, proprietary compounds and a range of unique products. France – Maisons-Laffitte +33 (0) 1 30 86 56 00 Asia Pacific Telephone
manufacturer and supplier of seals, bearings and molded Trelleborg Sealing Solutions fulfills challenging service Germany – Stuttgart +49 (0) 711 7864 0
components in polymers. We are uniquely placed to offer requirements, supplying standard parts in volume or a single Greece +41 (0) 21 631 41 11 Asia Pacific Regional +65 6 577 1778
dedicated design and development from our market-leading custom-manufactured component, through our integrated Hungary – Budarös +36 (06) 23 50 21 21 China – Hong Kong +852 2366 9165
product and material portfolio: a one-stop-shop providing the logistical support, which effectively delivers over 40,000 sealing Italy – Livorno +39 0586 22 6111 China – Shanghai +86 (0) 21 6145 1830
best in elastomer, silicone, thermoplastic, PTFE and composite products to customers worldwide. The Netherlands – Barendrecht +31 (0) 10 29 22 111 India – Bangalore +91 (0) 80 3372 9000
technologies for applications in aerospace, industrial and Norway – Oslo +47 22 64 60 80 Japan – Tokyo +81 (0) 3 5633 8008
automotive industries. Facilities are certified to ISO 9001:2008 and ISO/TS 16949:2009. Poland – Warsaw +48 (0) 22 863 30 11 Korea – Seoul +82 (0) 2 761 3471
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions is backed by the experience (Lithuania) Malaysia – Kuala Lumpur +60 (0) 3 9059 6388
With 50 years of experience, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions engineers and resources of Trelleborg Group, one of the world’s foremost Russia – Moscow +7 495 982 39 21 Taiwan – Taichung +886 4 2382 8886
support customers with design, prototyping, production, test and experts in polymer technology. Spain – Madrid +34 (0) 91 71057 30 Thailand – Bangkok +66 (0) 2732 2861
installation using state-of-the-art design tools. An international (Portugal) Singapore
network of over 70 facilities worldwide includes over 20 manu- Sweden – Jönköping +46 (0) 36 34 15 00 and all other countries in Asia +65 6 577 1778
facturing sites, strategically-positioned research and development Switzerland – Crissier +41 (0) 21 631 41 11
centers, including materials and development laboratories and Turkey – Istanbul +90 216 569 80 84 Middle East Regional +41 (0) 21 631 41 11
ISO 9001:2008 ISO/TS 16949:2009
locations specializing in design and applications. United Kingdom – Solihull +44 (0) 121 744 1221 (Without GCC Region)
(Eire) Middle East GCC Region +91 (0) 80 2245 5157
Africa Regional +41 (0) 21 631 41 11 (Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Quatar,
Developing and formulating materials in-house, we utilize
Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates)
the resource of our material database, including over 2,000

The information in this brochure is intended to be for general reference purposes only and is not intended to be a specific recommendation for any individual application.
The application limits for pressure, temperature, speed and media given are maximum values determined in laboratory conditions. In application, due to the interaction of operating
parameters, maximum values may not be achieved. It is vital therefore, that customers satisfy themselves as to the suitability of product and material for each of their individual
applications. Any reliance on information is therefore at the user‘s own risk. In no event will Trelleborg Sealing Solutions be liable for any loss, damage, claim or expense directly
or indirectly arising or resulting from the use of any information provided in this brochure. While every effort is made to ensure the accuracy of information contained herewith,
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions cannot warrant the accuracy or completeness of information.

To obtain the best recommendation for a specific application, please contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.
This edition supersedes all previous brochures. This brochure or any part of it may not be reproduced without permission.

® All trademarks are the property of Trelleborg Group. The turquoise color is a registered trademark of Trelleborg Group. © 2014, Trelleborg Group. All rights reserved.

W W W.T S S.TW
RWELW.T
L EBSOS.T
RGR.C
ELOLMEB O RG .C O M

2 ˙ TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Lastest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com ˙ Edition May 2014
Sealing Solutions for Demanding Food, Beverage and Pharmaceutical Applications
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions is a global leader in the supply of seals and bearings of food, beverage and pharmaceutical
applications. With over 50 years of experience in the industry, we can provide a high performance sealing solution for
nearly all challenges. Your processing environment is one of the most challenging of all and Trelleborg Sealing Solutions
has engineered one of the widest ranges of products and materials specific to your sector. From intensive cleaning and
sterilization in place regimes, to stringent standards and regulations, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions provides solutions with
proven performance however difficult your processing needs.

Contents

03 Trelleborg Sealing Solutions 27 Material Overview


Capabilities Material recommendations for food, beverage
Overview of our offerings to food, beverage and pharmaceutical applications
and pharmaceutical manufacturers

Industry Specific Products


04 Standards and Regulations Trelleborg Sealing Solutions has the largest product
Food, beverage and pharmaceutical portfolio of seals and bearings in the industry. When
industries require sealing materials to coupled with our engineered solutions, we can meet
be comply with a variety of national and almost any sealing challenge. Included in this catalog
international standards are seals and bearings specifically recommended for
food, beverage and pharmaceutical applications.

09 Hardware & Design Expertise


Outlining key issues on hardware, coatings 33 Static Seals
and finish of mating surfaces, cleaning and
35 O-Rings
sterilization in place routines and custom
Versatile elastomer sealing elements
molded capabilities
55 Special O-Rings
11 Surface Finishes
Enhanced sealing capabilities
13 Shaft Materials
63 Clamp Seals and O-Rings for Hygienic
14 Plating and Coating Design Couplings
Superior integrity in processing systems
15 Flexcoat™ FF Coating
73 Turcon® Variseal® HF
16 Hardware Design Tips
Spring energized seal for axial applications
18 General Guidelines for Installation
81 Wills Rings®
22 Product Validation The original metal O-Ring seals
23 CIP & SIP 101 HiMod® Flatseal™
26 Engineered Molded Parts Application specific gaskets

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 1
105 Linear Seals 247 Bearings
107 Turcon® Variseal® 249 Slydring® - Wear Ring
Spring energized seal Non-metallic guide rings

125 Turcon® Glyd Ring® 299 Durobal®


Simple and reliable Unique rolling ball element bearing

143 Turcon® Glyd Ring® T 305 Special Bearings, Bushings and Washers
Innovative trapezoidal design

161 Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG/APG 315 Special Solutions


Meeting demanding dynamic requirements
317 Airseal
173 Kantseal Improved alternative to contact pressure
High pressure O-Ring alternative seals
177 Quad-Ring® 321 LSR Capabilities
Four-lipped seals Expertise in automated LSR

325 Hoses & Tubing


181 Roatary Seals Disposable and durable ranges

183 Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®


Original PTFE-based rotary seal 335 Storage Advice
197 Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K 337 Guidelines for the Storage of Polymer
With axial pressure relief groove Products Based on ISO 2230

207 Turcon® Roto Variseal® 339 Engineering Action Requests Advice


Spring energized seal Information required for presenting requests
for engineer
217 Turcon® Roto VL Seal®
Next generation uni-directional rod seal
341 Company Overview
Solutions for demanding environments
229 Scrapers
231 Turcon® Excluder F®
Prevents system contamination

241 Scraper ASW


Single-acting polyurethane scraper

2 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS CAPABILITIES

„ What Trelleborg Sealing Solutions offers you

Unrivalled experience www.tss.trelleborg.com/worldwide

Trelleborg Sealing Solutions has been involved in sealing


food, beverage & pharmaceutical applications since the
The Trelleborg Sealing Solutions product range for food,
1960s. Based on unrivalled experience, the company has
beverage & pharmaceutical equipment includes:
developed an outstanding range of sealing materials and
products. Most of these are proprietary and specifically - One-stop-shop for the majority of sealing and bearing
engineered to meet compatibility and cleanliness concerns needs
outlined in the FDA, USP Class VI, EC 1935/2004 guidelines.
- Seals from 1.2 mm / 1/16th inch size to 3 meters / 10 feet
Evolution in processing improvements and increasing and beyond
standards in food-contact materials continues to drive
- Seal materials specially engineered to be compatible
innovation in sealing & bearing products. Coupled with
with extremely aggressive and abrasive media and gases
this, the sealing environments are some of the most
challenging of all, and when seal failure can result - Operating temperatures from cryogenic to +850 °C /
in contamination or line stoppage, failure is not an +1,562 °F
option. Through significant investment in research and
development, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions meets these - Pressures from ultra-high vacuum to 10,000 bar /
challenges with revolutionary products and materials 145,000 psi
exceeding the most stringent industry standards. - Steam and CIP / SIP resistant materials
- Materials approved conforming with FDA, EU, 3-A SSI
Better performance and other international regulations and standards

Our primary goal is to make the role of the food, beverage


& pharmaceutical engineer easier. By working with us, we
can accelerate time to market, improve the efficiency of
existing applications and lengthen maintenance intervals.
All of which can contribute to less downtime and increased
yield.
Having worked on so many major projects worldwide,
we probably already know the optimum sealing solution
for your application. And if we don’t, Trelleborg Sealing
Solutions has the engineering resources globally to
provide the right solution. Using the latest Finite Element
Analysis (FEA) techniques, we can rapidly progress from
design stage to an actual seal using knowledge from the
virtual world.

Global reach, local presence

Innovation is key. Solving sealing and bearing challenges


using pioneering techniques, we deliver better
performance and overall profitability for our customers.
Operations run 24 hours a day, every day of the year.
This means our global logistics network can quickly fulfill
product requirements, with emergency procedures in place
to minimize disruption even when there are unforeseen
maintenance situations.
This engineering guide will act as a means for you to
identify a sealing recommendation for your application.
For the total solution, you should contact your local
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company. Wherever
you are in the world, we speak your language and can
offer you unparalleled technical support to optimize the
performance, service life, reliability and safety of your
food, beverage & pharmaceutical equipment.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 3
STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS

„ Standards and Regulations


Standards and regulations are vital to ensuring products a meeting point of all interested target groups. Skilled
are safe for human consumption. Trelleborg Sealing EHEDG experts share their know-how and deliver an
Solutions are committed to understanding these from insight into their work. Furthermore, EHEDG provides
a seals and bearings point of view and make sure that articles on selected topics in the international scientific
products supplied are compliant. We offer materials that and technical press, are present on internet platforms and
conform with 3-A standards and are a symbol holder for deliver comprehensive information on its activities and
some plastic materials, and manufacture seals that have achievements in its yearbook.
been designed according to EHEDG design rules.

Membership
European Hygienic Engineering and Design Group
(EHEDG) EHEDG is aiming to enhance the dialogue between
equipment manufacturers, food producers, scientists
Founded in 1989, the European Hygienic Engineering and public health authorities, offering its members an
& Design Group (EHEDG) is a consortium of equipment international knowledge platform and guidance in
manufacturers, food processors and their suppliers, hygienic design and engineering. The EHEDG members
research institutes and universities as well as public include:
health authorities, whose common goal is the promotion
and improvement of hygiene during the processing and - Individuals providing expertise or just interested in
packaging of food products. learning more about hygienic design

EHEDG helps create a central, internationally recognized - Companies for the manufacturing of food and food
source of information by imparting knowledge on equipment, pharmaceutical and cosmetic production
hygienic engineering of equipment and by specifying best - Companies supplying engineering services
practices in respect to their hygienic operation, supply
and maintenance. EHEDG actively supports legislation - Universities, scientific and research organizations
and offers an advancement of know-how in the hygienic - Health authorities
design of process units. Knowledge gaps are identified in
order to enhance research in these areas. All individual members, companies and institutes are
essential to help EHEDG achieve its long-term goal of
assisting in the prevention of food hygiene problems,
Guidelines, certification and training through the application of hygienic engineering. The
member companies and organizations are committed
To date, the EHEDG subgroups have developed more than to the highest standards of food safety and strive to
40 guidelines which describe the most important hygiene- improve the overall image of the industry in the eyes of
relevant design features and offer their readers guidance the consumer. Through the network within the EHEDG
and practical advice in implementing national and organization and its objectives, they can promote their
international legislation into their design practices and views related to their scope of expertise and can influence
manufacturing processes. These documents provide state- trends and earn international recognition for their efforts.
of-the-art know-how and are available in many languages.
The EHEDG test and certification institutes are
internationally recognized and set quality standards for
use in the food industry in accordance to the highest
hygienic standards. About 400 components have been
EHEDG-certified as of today.
EHEDG training courses are specially developed as a
train-the-trainer program for equipment manufacturers
or instructors from the food industry who want to gain
a deeper understanding of hygienic engineering and
applications in the field. EHEDG training offers a balanced
and modular system of lectures and practical sessions on a
local and international level.
The EHEDG regional sections in Europe and overseas help
promote hygienic manufacturing of food through their
activities. These groups organize local meetings, seminars,
workshops and training courses. All EHEDG congresses and
symposia are a gathering of hygienic design expertise and

4 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS

„ 3-A Sanitary Standards, Inc. (SSI) The 3-A SSI Mission


Yesterday and today, the mission of 3-A SSI is to enhance
The organization once known simply as "3-A" is
product safety for consumers of food, beverages, and
distinguished by a remarkable history of serving public
pharmaceutical products through the development and
health through the development of standards for the
use of 3-A Sanitary Standards and 3-A Accepted Practices.
advancement of food sanitation and hygiene.
The first 3-A Sanitary Standards were developed in the late
1920s through the cooperative efforts of the International
3-A SSI Objectives
Association of Food Industry Suppliers (IAFIS)*, the
International Association for Food Protection (IAFP) and The leadership of 3-A SSI established comprehensive
the Milk Industry Foundation (MIF). objectives to enhance the positive role and the visibility of
3-A SSI. These objectives include:
Over time, the structure of 3-A expanded to encompass
a broader group of processors, equipment manufacturers - Develop, maintain and publish uniform standards and
and sanitarians in step with the changing structure of practices for sanitary (hygienic) design, fabrication,
the industry. In 1944, the modern 3-A program was installation and operation of equipment and machinery.
established through the formation of the Dairy Industry
- Use state-of-the-art, science-based expertise for the
Committee, consisting of five national dairy processor
development of sanitary standards and accepted
groups and one supplier association: The American Butter
practices.
Institute, American Dairy Products Institute, International
Association of Food Industry Suppliers (IAFIS), International - Harmonize with global standards and guidelines as
Ice Cream Association, Milk Industry Foundation (MIF), and appropriate.
the National Cheese Institute. It was also in 1944 that the
U.S. Public Health Service committed to full cooperation - Promote the use of 3-A Sanitary Standards, 3-A Accepted
with the 3-A program. Practices, and the 3-A Symbol.

The interests of dairy cooperatives were integrated into - Authorize use and maintain the integrity of the 3-A
3-A in 1996 with the Farm Industry Committee, established Symbol.
by the National Milk Producers Federation. - Maintain a uniform system to regulate and enforce
proper use of the 3-A Symbol to best enhance consumer
product safety.
The Emergence of 3-A Sanitary Standards, Inc. - Provide education concerning sanitary design principles,
application of 3-A Sanitary Standards, 3-A Accepted
An exciting new era in the history of 3-A began in late
Practices, and use of the 3-A symbol.
2002 with the incorporation of 3-A Sanitary Standards, Inc.
(3-A SSI). The five founding members include the American
Dairy Products Institute (ADPI), IAFIS, the International
Association for Food Protection (IAFP), the International
Dairy Foods Association (IDFA), and the 3-A Sanitary
Standards Symbol Administrative Council. Along with the
founding members, the leadership of 3-A SSI includes the
Food & Drug Administration (FDA), the U.S. Department
of Agriculture (USDA), and the 3-A Steering Committee.
The mission and goals of the new non-profit organization
reflect many elements of the historic 3-A program,
including the development of voluntary standards and
accepted practices.
The new 3-A SSI maintains many significant added
responsibilities, including oversight of the 3-A Symbol
used to identify equipment manufactured to 3-A Sanitary
Standards. Under the direction of 3-A SSI, a new program
was launched in 2003 to enhance the recognition of the
3-A Symbol with a new Third Party Verification (TPV)
program.
*IAFIS is now the Food Processing Suppliers Association.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 5
STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS

Table 1 National and International Regulations and Standards for materials in contact with food and drugs

Standard authority Regulations applicable to sealing and bearing materials


FDA
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA) is a government agency The 21 CFR part 177 consists of sections covering requirements
within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services and is for many different polymeric materials, such as section 2600 for
responsible for enforcing the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic rubber materials, in which “positive lists” describe the allowable
Act to ensure the health and safety of consumers. It is mandatory substances and limitations as well as extraction tests. Extraction
that seal materials comply with the regulations issued by the FDA, tests for finished rubber parts are carried out in n-hexane and
when in contact with food or pharmaceuticals in processing or distilled water. There are limitations set after seven hours and
filling systems. every subsequent two hours in mg/ square inch.
EU
The European Parliament and the council of the European Union The purpose of Regulation (EU) 1935/2004 is to ensure the
have adopted a regulation that is valid in all member states effective functioning of the internal market and provide the basis
of the European Union and does not require adoption by the for ensuring a high level of protection of human health. In Annex
governments of the individual member states. I, it lists 17 groups of materials which may be covered by specific
measures. Among them are metals and alloys, rubbers, plastics
and silicones. The regulation requires among other things, Good
Manufacturing Practice (GMP) for all food contact materials, a
functioning tracking system and proper labeling. Appropriate
documentation is required from all suppliers of food contact
materials that declare compliance with the rules applicable to
them. The rules for plastic materials are laid down in Directive
2002/72/EC and amendments.
3-A SSI
3-A Sanitary Standards, Inc. (3-A SSI) is a not-for-profit U.S. 3-A SSI Standard number 18-03
organization that formulates sanitary standards and accepted ‘Multiple-Use Rubber and Rubber-Like Materials Used as Product
practices for design, fabrication, installation and cleanability of Contact Surfaces’. There are four rubber classes, depending on
dairy, food, beverage and pharmaceutical equipment or systems the maximum exposure temperature of the material to product
used to handle, process and package consumable products. Its or sterilization. Class I is the highest standard.
goal is to protect consumable products from contamination and
3-A SSI Standard 20-27,
ensure that all product surfaces can be cleaned. A prerequisite
Multiple-Use Plastic Materials Used as Product Contact Surfaces.
for 3-A approval is that the seal material already fulfills FDA
requirements.
USP
The United States Pharmacopoeia (USP) is an independent, There are two general chapters in the USP that describe test
science-based public health organization. It is the official public procedures and evaluation methods for polymeric materials or
standards setting authority for all prescription and over-the- medical devices regarding their biological reactivity. USP Chapter
counter medicines, dietary supplements and other healthcare <88>, in vivo: classifies materials into six classes, where class
products manufactured and sold in the United States. The USP VI requires the most extensive testing. The class designation is
is considered one of the most technologically advanced and accompanied by one of the following extraction temperatures
respected pharmacopoeias in the world. +50 °C, +70 °C and +121 °C / +122 °F, +158 °F and +250 °F,
depending on the heat resistance of the material.
USP Chapter <87>, in vitro: In this cytotoxicity test, extracts from
the material go into a cell culture medium and undergo a growth
inhibition test with mouse fibroblasts.
NSF
NSF International is a not-for-profit, nongovernmental NSF/ANSI Standard 51 “Food equipment materials” is a
organization known worldwide for providing national standards certification of materials used in the construction of commercial
and certification services in the areas of health and safety. food equipment. It requires a formulation review against the
U.S. FDA regulations, laboratory testing and an audit at the
production site. Annual renewal is mandatory.
NSF/ANSI Standard 61 “Drinking water systems components
health effects.” In order to comply to this standard, sealing
materials have to undergo a third-party certification process
which requires the formulation to be fully disclosed, toxicology
tested and reviewed by the NSF organization.

6 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS

BfR
The German Federal Institute for Risk Assessment (Bundesamt für Recommendation XV, Silicones describes in section III, the
Risikobewertung, BfR) updates and elaborates recommendations requirements for silicone elastomers. Recommendation XXI,
within the framework of the “Federal Food and Feed Code” Commodities based on natural and synthetic rubber, contains
(LFGB.) formulation recommendations for rubber articles. Depending on
the intended type of use, type of foodstuff (aqueous, acidic, fatty
and alcoholic food) and contact time, simulants and procedures
for migration testing are provided. There are four categories.
Category 1 is the highest for long contact times of more than 24
hours and category 4 is the basic level for short contact times and/
or small contact areas.
ISO
ISO is the International Organization for Standardization. ISO ISO 10993-5: Biological evaluation of medical devices. Part 5:
developed standard 10993 for biological evaluation of medical In vitro testing for cytotoxicity. This test is not only required by
devices. the medical device industry but also in some pharmaceutical or
biotechnological processes where material toxicity with living
cells is undesirable. The test method is the same as for USP <87>
but displays the results differently.
French Ministry of Economy, Industry and Employment
The Ministry prepares and executes government policy in many Order of November 9th, 1994: This national law contains positive
areas including consumer affairs and industry. lists and requires a series of laboratory tests. If a rubber material
complies with this order, it can be marketed within the European
Union in the sense of regulation (EC) 1935/2004, like materials
complying with the German BfR recommendations.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 7
8 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 9
10 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Surface Finishes

Hardware & Design Expertise Table 3 Surface Finish Recommendations,


Chrome Plating, Anodized Surfaces,
The functioning of seals not only depends on the seal itself Bare Metals (Hardened) and
and its operating conditions, but also on other factors. Others (Non-HVOF)
Over the years Trelleborg Sealing Solutions has developed
an in-depth knowledge of applied materials technology. To Measurement Standard
maximize system performance, we can advise on relevant Recommendation
issues related to the hardware into which seals are fitted Ra <8 μin / 0.2 μm
and significant properties of mating surfaces.
Rp d 24 μin / 0.6 μm maximum
In this section, we give detailed recommendations on Rz 40 μin / 1.0 μm maximum
surface finishes, and the properties of mating part surface
50 - 75% @ depth of p
coatings and platings. We also provide recommendations
Tp = 0.25 Rz (Rtm) relative to a ref. line
on surface finishes and hardness requirements, as well
c = 5 % tp
as offering advice on mating surfaces such as preferred
coatings and platings. Rsk -0.5 to -1.5

To find out more, contact your local Trelleborg Sealing


Solutions marketing company. It is best to involve them at For surface finish recommendations on the seal
concept stage. This allows them to advise on the design of groove sidewalls and groove bottoms as well as
the component or housing to ensure that it will function static seal interfaces, follow recommendations in
as effectively as possible and give maximum seal life and AS568 / ISO 3601-2 seal groove standards. If you have any
performance. questions related to surface finish and methods, contact
your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

„Surface Finishes
Pockets and Valleys
Surface finish quality relates directly to dynamic seal
performance and cleanability of the equipment. Properly Values are given for the high end of the bearing ratio.
defining, measuring and controlling surface finish quality The seal surface should not be completely closed or void
is critical to the functional reliability and service life of a of adequate pockets and valleys. These are needed for seal
seal. lubrication retention and build-up of operating fluid film.
Developments in surface finish measurement Food contact surfaces should be free of pockets. A bearing
equipment and capabilities, along with finishing methods, ratio of 100 percent is not desirable.
have resulted in functional seal testing being performed
to determine and verify surface finish recommendations
for improved seal performance. Optimum Profile
Standard Recommendations The optimum surface profile for seal counterparts is
Two sets of standard recommendations that apply to shown in Figure 1. A high concentration and magnitude
linear hydraulic seals and dynamic sealing surfaces are of peaks on a surface can cause excessive seal wear,
given below. The first is for HVOF (High Velocity Oxygen promoting unwanted leakage and egression. Surfaces
Fuel) applied coatings like Tungsten Carbide and Cobalt- relatively void of peaks but including valleys for lubrication
Chrome (Wc-Co-Cr). The second is for bare steel, aluminum retention are more suitable for sealing applications. For
or chrome plating. Within the product sections you will find good cleanability, a more open profile is recommended.
further product specific surface finish recommendations.

Table 2 Surface Finish Recommendations for


HVOF Applied Surfaces

Measurement Standard
Recommendation
Ra <5 μin / 0.12 μm
Rp d8 μin max. / 0.2 μm maximum
Rz (Rtm) 40.0 μin / 1.0 μm maximum
Figure 1 Optimum surface profile for seal counterparts
70 - 90 % @ depth of p
Tp (Mr) = 0.25 Rz (Rtm) relative to a ref. line
c = 5 % tp
Rsk -0.1 to 3

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 11
HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Surface Finishes

Direction of Lay

Each method used to obtain a specific surface finish, such harder the mating surface, the more important it is to start
as turning, grinding, honing, ball peening, polishing or with the correct surface finish.
superfinishing, produces a characteristic direction or lay to
the surface. This can have an effect on sealing performance
and wear patterns in certain applications. Substrates
To obtain the best seal performance, avoid finishing In most applications an unplated, uncoated shaft is more
methods which promote the formation of leak paths in than adequate. Typical mating surface materials are listed
your application. For example, avoid a strong axial lay in in Table 4 and Table 5. These materials (and others not
a reciprocating rod seal application or a definite spiral listed) can also act as substrates for platings or coatings
pattern on the shaft in a rotary application. to achieve higher hardness values. An important property
to consider in such cases is the ability of the substrate to
support the plating. For example, when a high pressure
Mating Surface Hardness load is exerted on a Variseal® running against a hard
chrome plating on a soft substrate (such as 300 series
The hardness of the surface that mates with the seal affects
stainless steel) the plating may peel or crack and then
the seal’s performance in several ways.
abrade the seal. A better substrate would be stainless steel
If mating materials are too soft, the seal will burnish or Type 440C (hardened to 44 Rockwell C) or an alloy steel
damage the surface. A harder material improves wear life, such as 4340 in the fully hardened condition.
resisting damage by the seal. Hard surfaces also have a
tendency to lower the running friction of a seal.
Platings and Coatings
A seal will polish its mating surface, especially if it is a softer
metal. For example, a reciprocating rod made of stainless It is important to consider the ability of the substrate to
steel with a hardness of 28 to 30 Rockwell C and a finish of support the plating. For example, when a high-pressure
25 μin / 0.635 μm Ra will generally be polished by the seal load is exerted on a seal running against hard-chrome
to a finish of 12 μin / 0.305 μm Ra or better, over a short plating supported by a soft substrate, such as 300 series
period of time. Seal friction and wear will then decrease Stainless Steel, the plating may peel or crack and then
accordingly. Materials that are harder than 44 Rockwell C abrade the seal. A better substrate would be Stainless
do not polish as easily. Steel Type 440C (hardened to 44 Rockwell C) or an alloy
Turcon® seal materials with reinforcing fillers, such as MF4 steel such as 4340 in the fully-hardened condition.
and MF6, should only be specified against harder mating
surfaces. In some cases, reinforcing fillers can burnish
or damage softer mating surfaces, especially in rotary
applications.
When an application requires the longest possible wear
life under moderate to severe conditions, the seal material
should be one of the harder, highly-filled Turcon® blends.

Run-in Phase Figure 2 Three dimensional surface finish topography

In standard sealing systems, the seals and mating surfaces


have an initial period of high wear. This phase, known as
the run-in, ends once the peaks on the mating surface are
broken off and the surface and seal reach an equilibrium
state. Provided the seals are sufficiently lubricated, the
wear rate drops significantly once the equilibrium state is
reached.
By defining the surface finish using multiple surface finish
parameters, the overall surface profile can be controlled Figure 3 Two dimensional surface finish topography
more precisely. This reduces the sealing system run-in
period, and once equilibrium between the seal and sealing
The surface finish measurement illustrations in Figure 2
surface is reached, gives a more optimal surface finish for
and Figure 3 clearly show the difference between three-
leakage control, wear resistance and service life.
dimensional (3D) and two-dimensional (2D) surface finish
The abrasive nature of a rough finish can cause excessive topography. The correct surface finish profile is critical to
seal wear during the early run-in period. Therefore, the proper seal performance.

12 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Shaft Materials

„Shaft Materials

Table 4 Typical shaft materials used in contact with the Turcon® Variseal®

Material Typical Hardness, RC2) Applications


Annealed Hardened
General purpose with moderate corrosion resistance;
17-4 PH 35 44 a material that can be hardened for moderate wear
applications.
Free machining, very soft, for low speeds and pressures,
Type 303 - 201)
with moderate corrosion resistance.
Stainless Soft material with moderate corrosion resistance for use
Type 304 - 281)
Steel at low speeds and pressures.
Soft material with excellent corrosion resistance for use
Type 316 - 281)
at low speeds and pressures.
Heat treated material is the hardest of all Stainless Steels;
Type 440C 22 44 for higher speeds and pressures, but lower corrosion
resistance than 300 series Stainless Steel.
Carbon Good mechanical properties with higher strength than
SAE 1045 19 58
Steel other low carbon steels. Use in non-corrosive media only.
General purpose applications in non-corrosive media,
4140 13 50
Alloy for moderate speeds and pressures.
Steel General service with better mechanical properties than
4340 13 50
Alloy 4140.
Tool High hardness and wear resistance but limited corrosion
D-2 - 62
Steel resistance, for high speeds at moderate pressures.
Hard
Hard anodized aluminum makes an excellent low friction
anodized
- 70+ bore surface for reciprocating piston seal applications.
aluminum
Not recommended for rotary service.
Soft 6061-T6
Metals Light duty service in slow speeds, low pressures, where
Bronze 40 Rockwell B2) 85 Rockwell B2)
friction and corrosion are not concerns.

Mild Steel 150 Brinell2) - Light duty service in non-corrosive media only.

The information supplied above is intended only as a guide. We strongly recommend that you test the selected material in the actual
application before production use.
1)
Series 300 Stainless Steel is not hardened by heat treatment. Values shown are for 30% cold worked material.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 13
HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Plating and Coating

„Plating and Coating

Table 5 Properties of typical types of plating and coatings used in contact with polymer seals

Coating or plating type Hardness Suggested Corrosion Abrasiveness Comments


Rockwell C thickness resistance to seal

Wear-resistant for light-


0.020 / 0.127 mm duty. Not recommended
Hard chrome 65 Fair to Good High
0.0008 / 0.0050 inch for fast-rotary or corrosive
applications.
Chrome
plating
Higher wear resistance
Thin dense 0.005 / 0.015 mm and lower friction than
70 Excellent Low
chrome 0.0002 / 0.0006 inch conventional chrome in
light to moderate speeds.

Excellent for corrosive


Nickel as 0.0254 mm minimum applications in light to
48-52 Excellent Low
deposited 0.0010 inch minimum moderate speeds and
Electroless pressures.
nickel
plating Harder but more abrasive
Nickel fully 0.0254 mm minimum than as-deposited nickel.
58-70 Good High
hardened 0.0010 inch minimum Not recommended for high-
speed rotary applications.

Recommended when wear


Chromium life is the primary concern.
71 0.127 / 0.762 mm Excellent Low
oxide Not recommended for high-
0.0050 / 0.0300 inch shock loads.
Plasma
spray
coating Lower-cost, less wear-
Aluminium 0.127 / 0.762 mm resistant, but greater
60-69 Excellent Low
oxide1) 0.0050 / 0.0300 inch ductility than chromium-
oxide coatings.

High wear-resistance, with


Tungsten 0.127 / 0.762 mm higher bonding strength.
HVOF1) 67-74 Excellent Low
Carbide 0.0050 / 0.0300 inch For high-speed and pressure
combinations.

Hard 0.013 / 0.114 mm Excellent bore material in


Anodizing anodized Over 70 Excellent Low piston-seal applications as a
aluminum 0.0005 / 0.0045 inch low-friction mating surface.

Thermal Triballoy 0.025 / 0.508 mm Not recommended for most


55 Excellent High
spray 400 & 800 0.001 / 0.02 inch dynamic seal applications.

0.001 / 0.005 mm Wear resistant, low friction


and resists corrosion.
Titanium 0.000039 / 0.000197
Nitriding Up to 70 Excellent High Thickness of coating can be
nitride (TiN) inch
an issue related to useful
wear-life.

The information supplied above is intended only as a guide. Testing of the selected material in actual service conditions is recommended
to determine the suitability of a plating or coating for a specific application.
1)
HVOF = High Velocity Oxygen Fuel
This coating system uses high-pressure, high-temperature, high-velocity spray guns to improve coating density, hardness and bond
strength.

14 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Flexcoat FF Coating

„Flexcoat™ FF Coating – FDA assembly aid –

Flexcoat™ FF is a coating for seals that has been specifically Agency, FEA) on organic coatings for seals in potable water
developed for hygienic processing environments and will applications for cold and hot water (+85 °C / +185 °F).
ease automated or manual seal assembly processes.
Finally, it complies with the requirements of the German
As required for food and beverage processing, it is in DVGW technical standard W 270 for the use in potable
compliance with the FDA Regulation 21 CFR Chapter I Part water.
178.3570.
For further information on this or other coating solutions,
In addition, it is approved according to the German please refer to the Trelleborg Sealing Solutions Flexcoat™
Lebensmittel- und Bedarfsgegenständegesetzes LMBG – Friction-free Running brochure.
(Foodstuffs and Commodities Act) §5 para. 1 and §31 para.
1 and complies with the requirements of the German
Umweltbundesamt UBA (German Federal Environmental

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 15
HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Hardware Design Tips

„Hardware Design Tips


Z minimum Seal Assembly
This recommendation for hydraulic hardware will simplify
the installation of seals.
15°-20°
ISO3601 sizes offer recommendations. They should be Blend
considered at an early hardware design stage in order to Radius
ensure damage-free installation of seals. These are general
guidelines. Further information can be found in catalogs
specific to each product type.

Piston and Rod

A lead-in chamfer on the end of the rod or bore helps


installation. Recommended chamfer dimensions are given
below. A lead-in chamfer is especially important where lip
seals are to be installed face-first into the bore or on a Figure 4 Piston Installation
shaft.

Table 6 Lead-in Chamfer Seal Assembly

Lead-in chamfers Groove Width Z minimum


length Z min. L1* Blend
Radius
15° 20° 15°-20°
2.5 1.5 2.2
3.0  3.2
3.5 2.5 4.2
5.0 4.0 6.3
6.5 6.0 8.1
7.5 6.5 9.5
9.0 8.5 13.8

The cylinder bore or rod should have a lead-in chamfer of Figure 5 Rod Installation
15 to 20 degrees by Z length minimum to gently guide the
seal assembly into the hardware as shown in Figure 4 and
Figure 5. The chamfer should clear the seal assembly – in a
free condition – after it has been sized.

* The dimension L1 for the groove width can be found


for all seal series in the appropriate table "Installation
dimensions".

16 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Hardware Design Tips

Ports – Non-operational (Installation Only) Material and Finish Recommendations

When installing a seal assembly across a port, in a non- Recommended material hardness:
operational capacity, a relief should be provided with 15 44-48 Rockwell “C” - Low to moderate pressure application
to 20 degrees by Z minimum, (shown in Table 6 on previous 55-60 Rockwell “C” - High-pressure applications
page) as shown in Figure 6.

Z minimum Blend Radius


Seal Assembly (2 pls.) (2 pls.) Table 7 Surface Finish

Typ of Load Surface Rt μm Rz μm Ra μm


Mating surface *
d 2.5 d 1.6 d 0.4
Radial- (bore, rod, shaft)
15°-20°
(2 pls.) dynamic Groove flanks,
d 10.0 d 6.3 d 1.6
groove diameter
Mating surface
d 10.0
d 6.3 d 1.6
Groove flanks, d 16.0
groove diameter
Piston Radial- For pulsating
static pressures
Axial-static d 6.3 d 0.8
Mating surface d 6.3
d 10.0 d 1.6
Bore Groove flanks,
groove diameter
Figure 6 Relief Across Port, Non-operational, * spiralfree grinding
Installation Only

For dynamic seals that will cross ports during pressurized Seal Assembly Dynamic Surface
operation, contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions
marketing company for recommendations.

Threads Groove
sidewall
When passing over threads, the seal assembly must clear
the threads or other uneven surfaces. A lead-in chamfer of
15 to 20 degrees by Z minimum will gently guide the seal Piston Static groove
assembly into the bore as shown in Figure 7. surface

Seal Assembly Z minimum Blend Radius


Figure 8 Surface Finishes

Note:
15°-20° All dynamic surfaces must be either burnished, post-
ground, honed or super-finished (HVOF applied coatings).
All dynamic and static surfaces must be free of nicks,
scratches and burrs.

Piston

Bore

Figure 7 Threads

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 17
HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · General Guidelines

„General Guidelines for Installation


The following installation guidelines should be considered guidelines. Further information can be found in catalogs
at an early hardware design stage in order to ensure specific to each product type.
damage-free installation of seals. These are general

Bore lead-in chamfer

Rod lead-in
chamfer 15°-20°

Installation path
free from nicks
and burrs

Installation tool to cover thread etc.


Preferably made of plastic
Seal groove radius
Rounded to 0,3 mm (0.011 inch) max.

Figure 9 Methods of hardware design to prevent seal damage

- The seal installation path should be kept free of - Piston seals may be sized by freezing them prior to
nicks, burrs, scratches or any sharp edges that could installing the piston in the bore. This is an advantage
damage the seal. on spool valve pistons with multiple seals within the
hardware.
- Any tool used to install a seal should be free of sharp
edges. Screwdrivers often damage sealing lips and - When seals are installed across ports, the edge of the
should not be used to handle seals. ports should be smooth and rounded.
- Tools should preferably be made of hard plastics such as - Design splines or keyways to be of a smaller diameter
polyacetal. than the sealing surface or use a protective sleeve to
cover them during installation as illustrated in Figure 11.
- In situations where heat is required to soften and expand
Turcon® PTFE based seal components, submerse them - Do not side-load the seals any more than is necessary.
for a few minutes in hot oil or water at +93 °C / +200 °F. Avoid situations in the groove where a heavy rod or
Heat is not required to install elastomer components. piston bears against one side of the seal.
- Application of a lubricant to surfaces of the seal and
hardware reduces the force required to push the seal
into a difficult groove, such as a solid O-Ring groove.
- When using lubricant during installation, ensure that the
elastomer component is compatible with the lubricant.

18 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · General Guidelines

Procedure for installation of piston seals

Glyd Ring®

Figure 10 Expanding the Turcon® sealing element using an expanding sleeve over the installation sleeve

Glyd Ring®

Figure 11 Sealing element after snapping into the groove

Figure 12 Sizing the sealing element with a sizing sleeve

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 19
HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · General Guidelines

If the Turcon® seal is expanded more than 15 percent


(10 percent for the high-filled materials Turcon® T11 and
Turcon® T29), a split groove is necessary.

Figure 13 Installation in a split groove Figure 15 Sizing of the installation

Figure 14 Fitting the seal ring onto the O-Ring in the


groove, using a thin plastic strip

20 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · General Guidelines

Procedure for installation of rod seals

- Place the elastomer part into the groove.


- Compress the Turcon® part into a kidney shape. The
seal must have no sharp bends (see Figure 16). Use
a rounded object to compress the Turcon® part
without pinching, creating smooth curves.

Figure 17 Inserting the seal ring into a closed groove

In order to avoid damage to the seals, the sizing mandrel


Figure 16 Kidney-shaped deformation of the seal ring should be made from a polymer material with good sliding
characteristics and high surface quality such as polyacetal.
- After placing the seal into the groove, form it into a
The piston rod itself can also be used for calibration,
ring again by smoothing the inner diameter by hand
provided it has a sufficiently long lead-in chamfer
(see Figure 17).
- Finally, size the seal ring using a mandrel with
a chamfer of 10 to 15 degrees over a length of
approximately 1.18 inch / 30 mm (see Figure 18).

Rotatet by seal contact

Rounded and polished

10°-15°
30 mm
1.2 inch Rounded and polished

Figure 18 Sizing of the installed seal

Note:
Do not use this installation method for Turcon® Variseal®.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 21
HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Validation of Products

„Product Validation
Seal and bearing products are often located in non-visible under different pressures, temperatures, duty cycles,
or inaccessible positions and environments, making it dynamic hardware movements and other key variables
difficult to monitor the functionality of the product. impacting product performance.
Consequently, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions relies on a Engineers utilize the data to look for optimized solutions
mixture of tools to help understand and predict product involving highly non-linear relationships for balancing
behavior in a myriad of conditions and situations. Using leakage control, friction, cost and other significant
material testing equipment to predict basic fundamental parameters. The use of FEA often reduces the number
responses of materials under temperature, pressure, of prototypes required to define customized solutions,
time and other variables, provides one indication of the allowing for quicker, more focused physical testing on key
behavior of our products in the field. performance issues. This allows customers to see the impact
of system changes on the performance of a product.
Using some of the materials test as inputs, Trelleborg
Sealing Solutions uses FEA (Finite Element Analysis) When combining our world leading material testing and
techniques to digitally validate or predict the performance FEA work with state-of-the-art product testing, Trelleborg
of our products. FEA allows our technical teams to study Sealing Solutions produces a very high level of integrity
the impact of various materials, geometries and processes and confidence for all your applications.

Figure 19 DIN 11864 hygienic flange coupling Figure 20 25 mm / 1 inch clamp coupling

Figure 21 Simulation of assembly

22 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · CIP & SIP

„CIP & SIP Cost-effective solutions compliant to standards


Intervals between planned maintenance and production
Withstanding severe cleaning regimes yield can be maximized by matching the seal material to
the system media and the cleaning chemicals. With details
Aggressive chemicals used in automated CIP (Cleaning
of your specific requirements, we can supply cost-effective
in Place), SIP (Sterilization in Place) and disinfection
solutions that are compliant to all major standards and
procedures shorten seal life. However, modern cleaning
state regulations and are proven to stand up to almost all
procedures ensure product safety, support production
known cleaning regimes, however stringent.
efficiency, prevent toxic and microbial contamination of
products and minimize recontamination of the process.
Tests prove that matching seal material to an
Complex formulations of chemicals can rapidly cause severe application can extend seal life
damage to elastomeric seals, especially in applications with
load and pressures. With high temperatures and steam Specifying the right seal material when CIP and SIP
sterilization (which is now in special cases up to +150 °C / procedures are used is not a simple matter. Chemical
+302 °F) this deterioration is sometimes dramatically resistance guides and standards do not really help.
intensified. As a rule of thumb, the speed of chemical Standards only offer general information and refer just
reaction doubles with each 10 kelvin rise in temperature. to groups of elastomeric materials and their chemical
resistance. This is why Trelleborg Sealing Solutions
has undertaken its own tests to support customers in
recommending the optimum sealing material for specific
applications.

CIP and SIP test results


The table below provides a simple overview of the performance of a selection of materials from the Trelleborg Sealing
Solutions material portfolio in test conditions. Of course it does not consider the influence of the food product itself. This
must also be carefully evaluated, especially when organic acids, flavors, essences or certain fatty substances are involved. To
obtain the best recommendation for a specific application, please contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing
company.

Table 8 Selection of CIP immersion tests evaluation*


CIP Typical Media EPDM FKM FFKM PTFE
Category ®
E7502 V8605 Resifluor™ 500 Isolast Turcon®
E8502 VCT90 J9515 MF1 to MF6
J9516
J9876
Alkaline NaOH + O/- + + +
HNO3
Acidic + O/- + + +
H3PO4
Acetic acid +/O
Acidic +
H2O2 + - + + +
Active Oxygen
PAA -
Polar Acetone
+ - O + +
Solvents MEK
Nonpolar
Toluene - + + + +
Solvents
Steam +150 °C / +302 °F + +/O + + +

+ Excellent
O Adequate
- Unsuitable

* Depending on temperature and concentration of fluids.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 23
HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · CIP Research

„CIP (Cleaning In Place) Research Overall conclusions


Commercially available CIP cleaning media come from EPDM materials E7502 and E8502 displayed excellent
within the following broad categories: results in most CIP fluids and steam. Tests proved that
- Alkalines without surfactants these grades can be used with strong polar solvents
such as Acetone and Methyl-Ethyl-Ketone (MEK).
- Alkalines with surfactants
Due to the non-polar nature of EPDM rubbers, this
- Alkalines with chlorine material group is not recommended for fatty foods and
- Acidic – Organic/Inorganic only to some special food grade lubricants, whereas
liquid milk products are compatible in many cases.
- Acidic disinfectants (highly oxidative)
FKM V8605 reacts quite differently. It shows good
- Additives performance in inorganic acids and non-polar solvents,
however, its exposure time to steam should be limited.
Important factors in determining seal material
Resifluor™ 500 has a unique polymer architecture,
Studies undertaken by Trelleborg Sealing Solutions have meaning it can be used with both polar and non-polar
evaluated the performance of materials in a wide range fluids, most CIP media and saturated steam. It also
of commercially available and commonly used CIP fluids displayed excellent properties in solvents such as MEK,
and solvents. As the CIP process is frequently followed Toluene and Acetone. In some cases, Resifluor™ 500
by sterilization in saturated steam at, for example, can offer solutions where using an FFKM would not be
+140 °C / +284 °F, further testing was also carried out in economical.
these conditions.
Isolast® FFKM gave the best performance in all test
The most relevant physical properties of elastomers have situations. In addition, it has been proven in steam
been determined after the exposure to the CIP fluids, such at temperatures up to +240 °C / +464 °F. This means
as: that Isolast® should be selected for the most critical
applications where line stops cannot be tolerated.
- Volume change
Turcon® PTFE based sealing materials have almost
- Weight change
universal chemical compatibility and are capable of
- Change of elongation at break operating at high temperatures and in steam. This
makes them ideal for use in CIP and SIP regimes. The
- Change of tensile strength
Turcon® MF range of materials has been specially
- Hardness change developed for aseptic applications, with compliance to
most major standards and state regulations.
As expected, the intensive CIP fluids and high temperatures
brought some elastomers to their performance limits.
Importantly though, results from different materials, even
within the same family of basic polymers, were vastly
different. This has allowed Trelleborg Sealing Solutions to
engineer materials that give maximized performance in
CIP and SIP regimes.
Making sure the following factors are considered is
important to ensure maximum sealing integrity and
prevent premature seal failure during the CIP process:
- Exposure time to cleaning and rinsing solutions
- Temperature of CIP fluids
- Concentration of CIP chemicals
- Hygienic design of the equipment or system
- Material behavior, e.g. thermal expansion

24 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · CIP Research

Making sure you have the right sealing material for


your processing system
Change
[%]
Figure 22 and Figure 23 show how important it is to
correctly specify a sealing material for an application. 100
V8605 is a popular Fluoroelastomer (FKM) material for 80
food and beverage sealing applications, benefitting from
a number of approvals. However, it displays a high swell 60
in organic acids, such as citric or formic acid. If a customer 40
intends to use an acidic cleaner with organic acids,
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions would, based on test results 20
such as this, recommend another type of steam-resistant 0
FKM or an Ethylene Propylene Diene monomer (EPDM)
such as E7502. -20

-40 Materials
Chemical Compatibility Guide E7502 VCT95, w J9515, b

The chemical compatibility guide offered by Trelleborg Volume [%] Tens. str. [%] Elongation [%]
Sealing Solutions classifies the resistance of sealing material
types into A, B, C or U. Type A is a material deemed best
in terms of compatibility and U denotes that a material is Figure 22 Immersion results of selected Elastomers with
unsuitable for use with a specific medium. FDA, USP and 3-A in ultrapure water for 1000
The primary focus is on the suitability of sealing materials hours at +140 °C / +284 °F
for a hygienically designed groove. The volume swell of
an elastomer in a particular fluid, a physical effect rather
than a chemical resistance, is a critical property. A material
Change
with less than five percent swell can be regarded as having [%]
a good suitability, whereas a ten percent swell represents
30
the upper tolerance in most cases.
20
Accessing the Chemical Compatibility Guide
10
The Chemical Compatibility Guide is free and easy to 0
use. It is accessed via the Trelleborg Sealing Solutions
website www.tss.trelleborg.com, by registering in the -10
Member Area. A printed version is also available as part
-20
of the O-Ring catalog. This can be ordered from your
local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company or -30 Materials
E7502 VCT95, w J9515, b
downloaded from the website.
Volume [%] Tens. str. [%] Elongation [%]

Figure 23 Immersion results of selected Elastomers with


FDA, USP and 3-A in ultrapure steam for 1000
hours at +140 °C / +284 °F

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 25
HARDWARE & DESIGN EXPERTISE · Engineered Molded Parts

„Engineered Molded Parts Quality

Trelleborg Sealing Solutions offers one of the broadest - Robust process landscape with clear accountabilities
ranges of sealing elements on the market. Most of the and deliverables through our Integrated Management
time the tried and tested method works, but sometimes System.
a unique application requires a unique solution. - Customer oriented project management to maximize
Our specially designed sealing solutions can provide customer value.
significant benefits from a cost, function, manufacturing
or performance perspective, providing you with real - Comprehensive understanding of applications and
competitive advantage. customer needs.
Working with our engineering teams, Trelleborg Sealing - Comprehensive product quality planning and assurance.
Solutions will support you in the development of a
- Zero defect culture with world class automated visual
customized engineered molded part designed to suit
inspection capabilities.
your individual needs. This may be a flat gasket of any
dimension, a rubber-to-metal element or a seal of complex - Dedicated design standards
geometry that may consolidate a number of products into
- TSS TBS-00051 as Surface Quality Standard for finished
one.
parts & related Master Inspection Plan.
Customized sealing components are more than just a
product, they are a holistic solution. When developing a
customized engineered molded part, Trelleborg Sealing Technical value
Solutions is not just interested in the function it performs.
In addition, we want our seal to perform that function Trelleborg Sealing Solutions is always at the forefront
more effectively, at a lower total cost while enhancing of technical development. Flexcoat™ micro-thin high-
your manufacturing process and providing your customer performance coatings and surface modification provide
with optimized performance. the ultimate choice, maximizing friction characteristics
during assembly and in dynamic applications.
The three Trelleborg Sealing Solutions Flexclean™
Our Holistic Approach incorporates the following:
standards for technical cleanliness aid customers in
Design and value specifying and verifying appropriate cleanliness levels for
their seals. Flexcoat™ colored coatings or paint marks on
The aim of Trelleborg Sealing Solutions is to facilitate seals allow for 100 percent detection in production and
customers in achieving cost-effective, durable solutions assembly processes.
that match their specific business requirements and needs.
Seven research and development centers based around the
world, supported with the latest in modeling software and Global Manufacturing
testing apparatus, allow us to modify existing solutions
or create entirely new designs to meet the challenges of - Professional mold design for perfect flow characteristics,
demanding applications. short production cycles and easy removal of parts.
- Latest mold technology enables tight tolerances, good
surface quality, long service life and less waste.
Material
- Highly automated molding environment to achieve best
Our capability for quick failure analysis is the key to quality and maximum output.
solving application problems. Trelleborg Sealing Solutions
proprietary materials offer outstanding performance on - Production capabilities are structured in 14 different
physical, chemical and thermal properties. Our experts article categories.
and easy-to-use online material search and chemical - Support of automated assembly by form stability.
compatibility check tool allow customers to choose the
optimum materials for an application from approximately
2,000 compounds in our global materials database. If you are interested in learning more about our custom
molded capabilities, contact your local Trelleborg Sealing
Solutions Marketing Company.
Supply chain management
We are close to our customers through one of our four
logistics centers in Europe, the Americas, Japan or China.
Exemplary levels of service are recognized and appreciated
by customers. These include added value tailored logistics
concepts such as special handling, consignment stocking
and kitting.

26 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
MATERIAL OVERVIEW

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 27
28 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
MATERIAL OVERVIEW

„ Material Overview
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions develops materials to meet compounded for use in seal and bearing applications, when
the specific requirements of the food, beverage and the optimum material is selected, maximum performance
pharmaceutical industries ensuring that they meet is provided.
all relevant standards and regulations. Specifically

Table 9 Black elastomers*

Temperature Range Compliances**

3-A Sanitary
Standard 18
ISO 10993-5
FDA, 21CFR

1935/2004
Reg. (EU)

ADI Free
USP 87 /

Class VI
USP 88,
Material TSS Shore A ISO 1629 Color Min. Temp. Max. Temp.
Compound Hardness Desig- °C / °F °C / °F
nation
E7502 70 -45 °C / -49 °F +150 °C / +302 °F Class I
E8502 80 -45 °C / -49 °F +150 °C / +302 °F Class I
EPDM EPDM
E7518 70 -45 °C / -49 °F +150 °C / +302 °F
E7581 75 -45 °C / -49 °F +150 °C / +302 °F
V8605 80 -20 °C / 0 °F +200 °C / +392 °F Class I
FKM V7011 70 -20 °C / -4 °F +200 °C / +392 °F
FKM
V8T14 80 -15 °C / +5 °F +200 °C / +392 °F Class I
black
Resifluor 500 VCT90 75 -20 °C / -4 °F +220 °C / +428 °F
N7026 70 -30 °C / -22 °F +100 °C / +212 °F
NBR N8604 80 NBR -30 °C / -22 °F +100 °C / +212 °F Class III
N6T51 60 -40 °C / -40 °F +100 °C / +212 °F
HNBR H8T36 80 HNBR -25 °C / -13 °F +150 °C / +302 °F Class I
J9515 75 -10 °C / +14 °F +250 °C / +482 °F Class I
Isolast® FFKM FFKM
J9876 75 -7 °C / +19 °F +279 °C / +543 °F Class I
Colored boxes indicate the available approvals.
* Additional materials are waiting for approvals.
** Contact your local marketing company for detailed compliance information.

Table 10 Colored elastomers / TP Polyurethane materials

Temperature Range Compliances**


3-A Sanitary
Standard 18
ISO 10993-5
FDA, 21CFR

1935/2004
Reg. (EU)

ADI Free
USP 87 /

Class VI
USP 88,

Material TSS Shore A ISO 1629 Color Min. Temp. Max. Temp.
Compound Hardness Desig- °C / °F °C / °F
nation
Silicone S70RB 70 red -60 °C / -76 °F +200 °C / +392 °F Class II
VMQ
Rubber S70W1 70 white -60 °C / -76 °F +200 °C / +392 °F Class I
V56G2 50 green -20 °C / -4 °F +200 °C / +392 °F
FKM Test
V70G6 70 FKM green -20 °C / -4 °F +200 °C / +392 °F on-
going
Resifluor 500 VCT95 75 white -20 °C / -4 °F +220 °C / +428 °F Class I
Isolast® J9516 75 FFKM white -10 °C / +14 °F +250 °C / +482 °F
Zurcon® PUR Z2221 93 white -45 °C / -49 °F +110 °C / +230 °F
Polyurethane TPE-EU
WUAW5 95 white -20 °C / -4 °F +115 °C / +239 °F
PUR
Colored boxes indicate the available approvals.
** Contact your local marketing company for detailed compliance information.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 29
MATERIAL OVERVIEW

Table 11 Silicone Tubing, Hose, Extrusion Materials

Temperature Range Compliances**

3-A Sanitary
Standard 18
ISO 10993-5
FDA, 21CFR

1935/2004
Reg. (EU)

ADI Free
USP 87 /

Class VI
USP 88,
Material TSS Shore A ISO 1629 Color Min. Temp. Max. Temp.
Compound Hardness Desig- °C / °F °C / °F
nation
S7M09 70 -50 °C / -58 °F +175 °C / +347 °F
SDM01 70 -50 °C / -58 °F +175 °C / +347 °F
S6M0F 60 -50 °C / -58 °F +175 °C / +347 °F
Silicone trans-
S6M0K 60 VMQ -50 °C / -58 °F +175 °C / +347 °F
Rubber lucent
S6M05 60 -50 °C / -58 °F +175 °C / +347 °F
S6M04 60 -50 °C / -58 °F +175 °C / +347 °F
S5M02 50 -50 °C / -58 °F +175 °C / +347 °F
Colored boxes indicate the available approvals.
** Contact your local marketing company for detailed compliance information.

Table 12 Silicone Material for Turcon® Variseal® Hi-Clean Groove Filling

Compli-
Temperature Range
ances**

FDA, 21CFR

NSF 51
Material TSS Shore A Color Min. Temp. Max. Temp.
Compound Hardness °C / °F °C / °F

RTV112 white -60 °C / -76 °F +200 °C / +392 °F


Silicone
RTV116 red -60 °C / -76 °F +260 °C / +500 °F
** Contact your local marketing company for detailed compliance information.

Table 13 Plastic Materials

Temperature Range Compliances**


3-A Sanitary
Standard 18
ISO 10993-5
FDA, 21CFR

1935/2004
Reg. (EU)

Reg. (EU)

ADI Free
USP 87 /

Class VI
10/2011

USP 88,

NSF 51
Material TSS Specific ISO 1629 Color Min. Temp. Max. Temp.
Com- Gravity Desig- °C / °F °C / °F
pound nation
off-
Turcon® MF1 2.16 g/cm3 PTFE -253 °C / -423 °F +260 °C / +500 °F
white
PTFE, off-
Turcon® MF2 2.17 g/cm3 -200 °C / -328 °F +260 °C / +500 °F
modified white
PTFE- off-
Turcon® MF3 2.17 g/cm3 -200 °C / -328 °F +260 °C / +500 °F
Compound white
PTFE-
Turcon® MF4 2.06 g/cm3 gray -200 °C / -328 °F +260 °C / +500 °F
Compound
PTFE- off-
Turcon® MF5 2.19 g/cm3 -200 °C / -328 °F +260 °C / +500 °F
Compound white
PTFE-
Turcon® MF6 1.93 g/cm3 brown -200 °C / -328 °F +260 °C / +500 °F
Compound
trans-
Zurcon® Z80 0.93 g/cm3 UHMW-PE -200 °C / -328 °F +125 °C / +257 °F
lucent
off-
Zurcon® Z81 0.93 g/cm3 UHMW-PE -200 °C / -328 °F +125 °C / +257 °F
white

Zurcon® Z431 1.30 g/cm3 PEEK tan -45 °C / -49 °F +260 °C / +500 °F

30 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
MATERIAL OVERVIEW

Temperature Range Compliances**

3-A Sanitary
Standard 18
ISO 10993-5
FDA, 21CFR

1935/2004
Reg. (EU)

Reg. (EU)

ADI Free
USP 87 /

Class VI
10/2011

USP 88,

NSF 51
Material TSS Specific ISO 1629 Color Min. Temp. Max. Temp.
Com- Gravity Desig- °C / °F °C / °F
pound nation
tur-
HiMod® HM871 1.56 g/cm3 POM -40 °C / -40 °F +110 °C / +230 °F
quoise
tur-
HiMod® HM872 1.48 g/cm3 PA -40 °C / -40 °F +130 °C / +266 °F
quoise
tur-
HiMod® HM873 1.60 g/cm3 PA -40 °C / -40 °F +130 °C / +266 °F
quoise
FEP O-Ring /
VZ00R
FKM Core
FEP O-Ring /
SZ00R
VMQ Core
off-
Orkot® C321 1.25 g/cm3 - -60 °C / -76 °F +130 °C / +266 °F
white
off-
Orkot® C333 1.25 g/cm3 - -60 °C / -76 °F +130 °C / +266 °F
white
off-
Orkot® C410 1.25 g/cm3 - -60 °C / -76 °F +130 °C / +266 °F
White
Colored boxes indicate the available approvals.
** Contact your local marketing company for detailed compliance information.

Table 14 Approvals / Registrations

Registrations
UL94HB

UL94V0

EN681

NSF61

WRAS
W270
BAM

KTW

Material TSS Compound


EPDM E7502
EPDM E8502
EPDM E7518
EPDM E7581
FKM V70G6
Colored boxes indicate the available approvals.

All material information in this section is correct as of time of publishing. Please contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing
company for material information.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 31
MATERIAL OVERVIEW

32 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
STATIC SEALS

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 33
34 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
STATIC SEALS

Versatile sealing element Easy installation

Cost-effective in a wide range of primary static Compounds specifically engineered for food,
applications beverage and pharmaceutical applications
provide broad chemical compatibility
Simple one-piece groove design minimizes
hardware and design costs Many sizes available from stock worldwide

Compact design allows smaller hardware

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 35
STATIC SEALS · O-Rings

36 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
O-Rings

„ O-Rings
Description Applications

O-Rings offer the designer an efficient and economical O-Rings are used as sealing elements or as energizing
sealing element for a wide range of static or dynamic elements for hydraulic slipper seals and wipers and thus
applications. cover a large number of fields of application. The O-Ring is
used predominantly for static sealing applications:
Inexpensive production methods and its ease of use have
made the O-Ring the most widely used seal. - As a radial static seal, e.g. for bushings, covers, pipes,
cylinders.
A wide choice of elastomer materials for both standard
and special applications allow the O-Ring to be used to - As an axial static seal, e.g. for flanges, plates, caps.
seal practically all liquid and gaseous media.
O-Rings are vulcanized in molds and are characterized
O-Rings in dynamic applications are recommended only
by their circular form with annular cross section. The
for moderate service conditions. They are limited by
dimensions of the O-Ring are defined by the inside
the speed and the pressure against which they are to seal:
diameter d1 and the cross section d2 (Figure 24).
- For low duty sealing of reciprocating pistons, rods,
Cross sections of approx. 0.35 to 40 mm / .014 to 1.575 inch
plungers, etc.
and inside diameters up to 5,000 mm / 200 inch and more
are available. - For sealing of slowly pivoting, rotating or spiral
movements on shafts, spindles, rotary transmission
leadthroughs, etc.

For much more extensive information on O-Rings,


elastomeric materials, design and installation
d1 recommendations, dimensional tables, quality acceptance
criteria and much more, please consult the Trelleborg
Sealing Solutions O-Rings and Back-up Rings Catalog.
d2

Figure 24 O-Ring dimensioning

Advantages
Compared with other sealing elements, the O-Ring has a
wide range of advantages:

- Simple, one piece groove design reduces hardware and


design costs
- Compact design allows smaller hardware
- Easy, foolproof installation reduces risk
- Applicable to a wide range of sealing problems –
static or dynamic, single or double acting
- Wide compound choice for compatibility with most
fluids
- Stock availability of many sizes worldwide for easy
maintenance and repair

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 37
STATIC SEALS · O-Rings

„ Installation Recommendations – Metric

b1

r
r
(t)
S

b4
(t)

(t)
S
d2 b3 b2 h

Figure 25 Installation Drawing

For radial clearance S and surface finish, see the Trelleborg Sealing Solutions O-Rings and Back-up Rings Catalog.
Groove width b2 and b3: When using Back-up Rings the groove is to be widened by the corresponding Back-up Ring
thickness (b2: one Back-up Ring, b3: two Back-up Rings).
The generally recommended fit is H8/f7.

Table 15 Installation Dimensions – Metric


Radial installation Axial installation
Radius1)
Cross section Groove depth Groove width Groove depth Groove width

Dynamic Static
d2 – mm (t) (t) b1 +0.25 h +0.1 b4 +0.2 r ± 0.2
0.50 - 0.35 0.80 0.35 0.80 0.20
0.74 - 0.50 1.00 0.50 1.00 0.20
1.00 - 0.70 1.40 0.70 1.40 0.20
1.02 - 0.70 1.40 0.70 1.40 0.20
1.20 - 0.85 1.70 0.85 1.70 0.20
1.25 - 0.90 1.70 0.90 1.80 0.20
1.27 - 0.90 1.70 0.90 1.80 0.20
1.30 - 0.95 1.80 0.95 1.80 0.20
1.42 - 1.05 1.90 1.05 2.00 0.30
1.50 1.25 1.10 2.00 1.10 2.10 0.30
1.52 1.25 1.10 2.00 1.10 2.10 0.30
1.60 1.30 1.20 2.10 1.20 2.20 0.30
1.63 1.30 1.20 2.10 1.20 2.20 0.30
1.78* 1.45 1.30 2.40 1.30 2.60 0.30
1.80 1.45 1.30 2.40 1.30 2.60 0.30
1.83 1.50 1.35 2.50 1.35 2.60 0.30

38 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
O-Rings

Radial installation Axial installation


Radius1)
Cross section Groove depth Groove width Groove depth Groove width

Dynamic Static
d2 – mm (t) (t) b1 +0.25 h +0.1 b4 +0.2 r ± 0.2
1.90 1.55 1.40 2.60 1.40 2.70 0.30
1.98 1.65 1.50 2.70 1.50 2.80 0.30
2.00 1.65 1.50 2.70 1.50 2.80 0.30
2.08 1.75 1.55 2.80 1.55 2.90 0.30
2.10 1.75 1.55 2.80 1.55 2.90 0.30
2.20 1.85 1.60 3.00 1.60 3.00 0.30
2.26 1.90 1.70 3.00 1.70 3.10 0.30
2.30 1.95 1.75 3.10 1.75 3.10 0.30
2.34 1.95 1.75 3.10 1.75 3.10 0.30
2.40 2.05 1.80 3.20 1.80 3.30 0.30
2.46 2.10 1.85 3.30 1.85 3.40 0.30
2.50 2.15 1.90 3.30 1.90 3.40 0.30
2.62* 2.25 2.00 3.60 2.00 3.80 0.30
2.65 2.25 2.00 3.60 2.00 3.80 0.30
2.70 2.30 2.05 3.60 2.05 3.80 0.30
2.80 2.40 2.10 3.70 2.10 3.90 0.60
2.92 2.50 2.20 3.90 2.20 4.00 0.60
2.95 2.50 2.20 3.90 2.20 4.00 0.60
3.00 2.60 2.30 4.00 2.30 4.00 0.60
3.10 2.70 2.40 4.10 2.40 4.10 0.60
3.50 3.05 2.65 4.60 2.65 4.70 0.60
3.53* 3.10 2.70 4.80 2.70 5.00 0.60
3.55 3.10 2.70 4.80 2.70 5.00 0.60
3.60 3.15 2.80 4.80 2.80 5.10 0.60
4.00 3.50 3.10 5.20 3.10 5.30 0.60
4.50 4.00 3.50 5.80 3.50 5.90 0.60
5.00 4.40 4.00 6.60 4.00 6.70 0.60
5.30 4.70 4.30 7.10 4.30 7.30 0.60
5.33* 4.70 4.30 7.10 4.30 7.30 0.60
5.50 4.80 4.50 7.10 4.50 7.30 0.60
5.70 5.00 4.60 7.20 4.60 7.40 0.60
6.00 5.30 4.90 7.40 4.90 7.60 0.60
6.50 5.70 5.40 8.00 5.40 8.20 1.00
6.99* 6.10 5.80 9.50 5.80 9.70 1.00
7.00 6.10 5.80 9.50 5.80 9.70 1.00
7.50 6.60 6.30 9.70 6.30 9.90 1.00
8.00 7.10 6.70 9.80 6.70 10.00 1.00
8.40 7.50 7.10 10.00 7.10 10.30 1.00
9.00 8.10 7.70 10.60 7.70 10.90 1.50
9.50 8.60 8.20 11.00 8.20 11.40 1.50

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 39
STATIC SEALS · O-Rings

Radial installation Axial installation


Radius1)
Cross section Groove depth Groove width Groove depth Groove width

Dynamic Static
d2 – mm (t) (t) b1 +0.25 h +0.1 b4 +0.2 r ± 0.2
10.00 9.10 8.60 11.60 8.60 12.00 2.00
12.00 11.00 10.60 13.50 10.60 14.00 2.00

* Preferred sizes
1) If a Back-up Ring is used, the recommended radius r should The given installation dimensions cannot be used for FFKM
always be r = 0.25 ±0.2mm. materials (Isolast®). Please use the Isolast® brochure or contact
your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions Marketing Company for
2) The given values for the housing depth are based on the further details.
nominal O-Ring cross section dimensions. The O-Ring inside
diameter and its stretch are not considered.

40 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
O-Rings

Table 16 Preferred O-Ring dimensions according to TSS Part- Ident-No. Inside-Ø Cross section
ISO 3601-1 and AS 568 with valid tolerances No. ISO 3601-1 d1 Toler- d2 Toler-
according to ISO 3601-1, class B – Metric AS 568 ance ance
± ±
TSS Part- Ident-No. Inside-Ø Cross section ORAR00036 036 60.05 0.55 1.78
No. ISO 3601-1 d1 Toler- d2 Toler-
AS 568 ORAR00037 037 63.22 0.57 1.78
ance ance
± ± ORAR00038 038 66.40 0.59 1.78
ORAR00001 001 0.74 0.12 1.02
ORAR00039 039 69.57 0.62 1.78
ORAR00002 002 1.07 0.12 1.27 0.08
ORAR00040 040 72.75 0.64 1.78
ORAR00003 003 1.42 0.12 1.52
ORAR00041 041 75.92 0.66 1.78

ORAR00042 042 82.27 0.70 1.78


ORAR00004 004 1.78 0.13 1.78
ORAR00043 043 88.62 0.75 1.78 0.08
ORAR00005 005 2.57 0.13 1.78
ORAR00044 044 94.97 0.79 1.78
ORAR00006 006 2.90 0.13 1.78
ORAR00045 045 101.32 0.83 1.78
ORAR00007 007 3.68 0.14 1.78
ORAR00046 046 107.67 0.88 1.78
ORAR00008 008 4.47 0.15 1.78
ORAR00047 047 114.02 0.92 1.78
ORAR00009 009 5.28 0.15 1.78
ORAR00048 048 120.37 0.96 1.78
ORAR00010 010 6.07 0.16 1.78
ORAR00049 049 126.72 1.01 1.78
ORAR00011 011 7.65 0.17 1.78
ORAR00050 050 133.07 1.05 1.78
ORAR00012 012 9.25 0.18 1.78

ORAR00013 013 10.82 0.20 1.78


ORAR00102 102 1.24 0.12 2.62
ORAR00014 014 12.42 0.21 1.78
ORAR00103 103 2.06 0.13 2.62
ORAR00015 015 14.00 0.22 1.78
ORAR00104 104 2.84 0.13 2.62
ORAR00016 016 15.60 0.23 1.78
ORAR00105 105 3.63 0.14 2.62
ORAR00017 017 17.17 0.24 1.78
ORAR00106 106 4.42 0.15 2.62
ORAR00018 018 18.77 0.26 1.78
ORAR00107 107 5.23 0.15 2.62
ORAR00019 019 20.35 0.27 1.78
0.08 ORAR00108 108 6.02 0.16 2.62
ORAR00020 020 21.95 0.28 1.78
ORAR00109 109 7.59 0.17 2.62
ORAR00021 021 23.52 0.29 1.78
ORAR00110 110 9.19 0.18 2.62
ORAR00022 022 25.12 0.30 1.78
ORAR00111 111 10.77 0.20 2.62
ORAR00023 023 26.70 0.31 1.78
ORAR00112 112 12.37 0.21 2.62
ORAR00024 024 28.30 0.33 1.78 0.09
ORAR00113 113 13.94 0.22 2.62
ORAR00025 025 29.87 0.34 1.78
ORAR00114 114 15.54 0.23 2.62
ORAR00026 026 31.47 0.35 1.78
ORAR00115 115 17.12 0.24 2.62
ORAR00027 027 33.05 0.36 1.78
ORAR00116 116 18.72 0.26 2.62
ORAR00028 028 34.65 0.37 1.78
ORAR00117 117 20.30 0.27 2.62
ORAR00029 029 37.82 0.39 1.78
ORAR00118 118 21.89 0.28 2.62
ORAR00030 030 41.00 0.42 1.78
ORAR00119 119 23.47 0.29 2.62
ORAR00031 031 44.17 0.44 1.78
ORAR00120 120 25.07 0.30 2.62
ORAR00032 032 47.35 0.46 1.78
ORAR00121 121 26.64 0.31 2.62
ORAR00033 033 50.52 0.48 1.78
ORAR00122 122 28.24 0.33 2.62
ORAR00034 034 53.70 0.51 1.78
ORAR00123 123 29.82 0.34 2.62
ORAR00035 035 56.87 0.53 1.78

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 41
STATIC SEALS · O-Rings

TSS Part- Ident-No. Inside-Ø Cross section TSS Part- Ident-No. Inside-Ø Cross section
No. ISO 3601-1 d1 Toler- d2 Toler- No. ISO 3601-1 d1 Toler- d2 Toler-
AS 568 ance ance AS 568 ance ance
± ± ± ±
ORAR00124 124 31.42 0.35 2.62 ORAR00162 162 145.72 1.13 2.62
ORAR00125 125 32.99 0.36 2.62 ORAR00163 163 152.07 1.17 2.62
ORAR00126 126 34.59 0.37 2.62 ORAR00164 164 158.42 1.22 2.62

ORAR00127 127 36.17 0.38 2.62 ORAR00165 165 164.77 1.26 2.62
ORAR00128 128 37.77 0.39 2.62 ORAR00166 166 171.12 1.30 2.62
ORAR00129 129 39.34 0.40 2.62 ORAR00167 167 177.47 1.34 2.62

ORAR00130 130 40.94 0.42 2.62 ORAR00168 168 183.82 1.38 2.62
ORAR00131 131 42.52 0.43 2.62 ORAR00169 169 190.17 1.43 2.62
ORAR00132 132 44.12 0.44 2.62 ORAR00170 170 196.52 1.47 2.62 0.09
ORAR00133 133 45.69 0.45 2.62 ORAR00171 171 202.87 1.51 2.62
ORAR00134 134 47.29 0.46 2.62 ORAR00172 172 209.22 1.55 2.62
ORAR00135 135 48.90 0.47 2.62 ORAR00173 173 215.57 1.59 2.62

ORAR00136 136 50.47 0.48 2.62 ORAR00174 174 221.92 1.63 2.62
ORAR00137 137 52.07 0.49 2.62 ORAR00175 175 228.27 1.68 2.62
ORAR00138 138 53.64 0.51 2.62 ORAR00176 176 234.62 1.72 2.62

ORAR00139 139 55.25 0.52 2.62 ORAR00177 177 240.97 1.76 2.62
ORAR00140 140 56.82 0.53 2.62 ORAR00178 178 247.32 1.80 2.62
ORAR00141 141 58.42 0.54 2.62

ORAR00142 142 59.99 0.55 2.62 ORAR00201 201 4.34 0.15 3.53
0.09
ORAR00143 143 61.60 0.56 2.62 ORAR00202 202 5.94 0.16 3.53
ORAR00144 144 63.17 0.57 2.62 ORAR00203 203 7.52 0.17 3.53

ORAR00145 145 64.77 0.58 2.62 ORAR00204 204 9.12 0.18 3.53
ORAR00146 146 66.34 0.59 2.62 ORAR00205 205 10.69 0.20 3.53
ORAR00147 147 67.95 0.61 2.62 ORAR00206 206 12.29 0.21 3.53

ORAR00148 148 69.52 0.62 2.62 ORAR00207 207 13.87 0.22 3.53
ORAR00149 149 71.12 0.63 2.62 ORAR00208 208 15.47 0.23 3.53
ORAR00150 150 72.69 0.64 2.62 ORAR00209 209 17.04 0.24 3.53

ORAR00151 151 75.87 0.66 2.62 ORAR00210 210 18.64 0.25 3.53
0.10
ORAR00152 152 82.22 0.70 2.62 ORAR00211 211 20.22 0.27 3.53
ORAR00153 153 88.57 0.75 2.62 ORAR00212 212 21.82 0.28 3.53

ORAR00154 154 94.92 0.79 2.62 ORAR00213 213 23.39 0.29 3.53
ORAR00155 155 101.27 0.83 2.62 ORAR00214 214 24.99 0.30 3.53
ORAR00156 156 107.62 0.88 2.62 ORAR00215 215 26.57 0.31 3.53

ORAR00157 157 113.97 0.92 2.62 ORAR00216 216 28.17 0.32 3.53
ORAR00158 158 120.32 0.96 2.62 ORAR00217 217 29.74 0.34 3.53
ORAR00159 159 126.67 1.00 2.62 ORAR00218 218 31.34 0.35 3.53

ORAR00160 160 133.02 1.05 2.62 ORAR00219 219 32.92 0.36 3.53
ORAR00161 161 139.37 1.09 2.62 ORAR00220 220 34.52 0.37 3.53

42 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
O-Rings

TSS Part- Ident-No. Inside-Ø Cross section TSS Part- Ident-No. Inside-Ø Cross section
No. ISO 3601-1 d1 Toler- d2 Toler- No. ISO 3601-1 d1 Toler- d2 Toler-
AS 568 ance ance AS 568 ance ance
± ± ± ±
ORAR00221 221 36.09 0.38 3.53 ORAR00259 259 158.34 1.22 3.53
ORAR00222 222 37.69 0.39 3.53 ORAR00260 260 164.69 1.26 3.53
ORAR00223 223 40.87 0.42 3.53 ORAR00261 261 171.04 1.30 3.53

ORAR00224 224 44.04 0.44 3.53 ORAR00262 262 177.39 1.34 3.53
ORAR00225 225 47.22 0.46 3.53 ORAR00263 263 183.74 1.38 3.53
ORAR00226 226 50.39 0.48 3.53 ORAR00264 264 190.09 1.43 3.53

ORAR00227 227 53.57 0.51 3.53 ORAR00265 265 196.44 1.47 3.53
ORAR00228 228 56.74 0.53 3.53 ORAR00266 266 202.79 1.51 3.53
ORAR00229 229 59.92 0.55 3.53 ORAR00267 267 209.14 1.55 3.53

ORAR00230 230 63.09 0.57 3.53 ORAR00268 268 215.49 1.59 3.53
ORAR00231 231 66.27 0.59 3.53 ORAR00269 269 221.84 1.63 3.53
ORAR00232 232 69.44 0.62 3.53 ORAR00270 270 228.19 1.68 3.53

ORAR00233 233 72.62 0.64 3.53 ORAR00271 271 234.54 1.72 3.53
0.10
ORAR00234 234 75.79 0.66 3.53 ORAR00272 272 240.89 1.76 3.53
ORAR00235 235 78.97 0.68 3.53 ORAR00273 273 247.24 1.80 3.53

ORAR00236 236 82.14 0.70 3.53 ORAR00274 274 253.59 1.84 3.53
ORAR00237 237 85.32 0.72 3.53 ORAR00275 275 266.29 1.92 3.53
ORAR00238 238 88.49 0.75 3.53 ORAR00276 276 278.99 2.00 3.53

ORAR00239 239 91.67 0.77 3.53 ORAR00277 277 291.69 2.09 3.53
0.10
ORAR00240 240 94.84 0.79 3.53 ORAR00278 278 304.39 2.17 3.53
ORAR00241 241 98.02 0.81 3.53 ORAR00279 279 329.79 2.33 3.53

ORAR00242 242 101.19 0.83 3.53 ORAR00280 280 355.19 2.49 3.53
ORAR00243 243 104.37 0.85 3.53 ORAR00281 281 380.59 2.65 3.53
ORAR00244 244 107.54 0.88 3.53 ORAR00282 282 405.26 2.81 3.53

ORAR00245 245 110.72 0.90 3.53 ORAR00283 283 430.66 2.97 3.53
ORAR00246 246 113.89 0.92 3.53 ORAR00284 284 456.06 3.13 3.53
ORAR00247 247 117.07 0.94 3.53

ORAR00248 248 120.24 0.96 3.53 ORAR00309 309 10.46 0.19 5.33
ORAR00249 249 123.42 0.98 3.53 ORAR00310 310 12.07 0.21 5.33
ORAR00250 250 126.59 1.00 3.53 ORAR00311 311 13.64 0.22 5.33

ORAR00251 251 129.77 1.03 3.53 ORAR00312 312 15.24 0.23 5.33
ORAR00252 252 132.94 1.05 3.53 ORAR00313 313 16.81 0.24 5.33
ORAR00253 253 136.12 1.07 3.53 ORAR00314 314 18.42 0.25 5.33 0.13

ORAR00254 254 139.29 1.09 3.53 ORAR00315 315 19.99 0.26 5.33
ORAR00255 255 142.47 1.11 3.53 ORAR00316 316 21.59 0.28 5.33
ORAR00256 256 145.64 1.13 3.53 ORAR00317 317 23.16 0.29 5.33
ORAR00257 257 148.82 1.15 3.53 ORAR00318 318 24.77 0.30 5.33
ORAR00258 258 151.99 1.17 3.53 ORAR00319 319 26.34 0.31 5.33

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 43
STATIC SEALS · O-Rings

TSS Part- Ident-No. Inside-Ø Cross section TSS Part- Ident-No. Inside-Ø Cross section
No. ISO 3601-1 d1 Toler- d2 Toler- No. ISO 3601-1 d1 Toler- d2 Toler-
AS 568 ance ance AS 568 ance ance
± ± ± ±
ORAR00320 320 27.94 0.32 5.33 ORAR00358 358 142.24 1.11 5.33
ORAR00321 321 29.51 0.33 5.33 ORAR00359 359 145.42 1.13 5.33
ORAR00322 322 31.12 0.35 5.33 ORAR00360 360 148.59 1.15 5.33

ORAR00323 323 32.69 0.36 5.33 ORAR00361 361 151.77 1.17 5.33
ORAR00324 324 34.29 0.37 5.33 ORAR00362 362 158.12 1.21 5.33
ORAR00325 325 37.47 0.39 5.33 ORAR00363 363 164.47 1.26 5.33

ORAR00326 326 40.64 0.41 5.33 ORAR00364 364 170.82 1.30 5.33
ORAR00327 327 43.82 0.44 5.33 ORAR00365 365 177.17 1.34 5.33
ORAR00328 328 46.99 0.46 5.33 ORAR00366 366 183.52 1.38 5.33

ORAR00329 329 50.17 0.48 5.33 ORAR00367 367 189.87 1.42 5.33
ORAR00330 330 53.34 0.50 5.33 ORAR00368 368 196.22 1.47 5.33
ORAR00331 331 56.52 0.53 5.33 ORAR00369 369 202.57 1.51 5.33

ORAR00332 332 59.69 0.55 5.33 ORAR00370 370 208.92 1.55 5.33
ORAR00333 333 62.87 0.57 5.33 ORAR00371 371 215.27 1.59 5.33
ORAR00334 334 66.04 0.59 5.33 ORAR00372 372 221.62 1.63 5.33

ORAR00335 335 69.22 0.61 5.33 ORAR00373 373 227.97 1.67 5.33
ORAR00336 336 72.39 0.64 5.33 ORAR00374 374 234.32 1.72 5.33
ORAR00337 337 75.57 0.66 5.33 ORAR00375 375 240.67 1.76 5.33

ORAR00338 338 78.74 0.68 5.33 ORAR00376 376 247.02 1.80 5.33
0.13 0.13
ORAR00339 339 81.92 0.70 5.33 ORAR00377 377 253.37 1.84 5.33
ORAR00340 340 85.09 0.72 5.33 ORAR00378 378 266.07 1.92 5.33

ORAR00341 341 88.27 0.74 5.33 ORAR00379 379 278.77 2.00 5.33
ORAR00342 342 91.44 0.77 5.33 ORAR00380 380 291.47 2.09 5.33
ORAR00343 343 94.62 0.79 5.33 ORAR00381 381 304.17 2.17 5.33

ORAR00344 344 97.79 0.81 5.33 ORAR00382 382 329.57 2.33 5.33
ORAR00345 345 100.97 0.83 5.33 ORAR00383 383 354.97 2.49 5.33
ORAR00346 346 104.14 0.85 5.33 ORAR00384 384 380.37 2.65 5.33

ORAR00347 347 107.32 0.87 5.33 ORAR00385 385 405.26 2.81 5.33
ORAR00348 348 110.49 0.90 5.33 ORAR00386 386 430.66 2.97 5.33
ORAR00349 349 113.67 0.92 5.33 ORAR00387 387 456.06 3.13 5.33

ORAR00350 350 116.84 0.94 5.33 ORAR00388 388 481.46 3.29 5.33
ORAR00351 351 120.02 0.96 5.33 ORAR00389 389 506.86 3.45 5.33
ORAR00352 352 123.19 0.98 5.33 ORAR00390 390 532.26 3.61 5.33

ORAR00353 353 126.37 1.00 5.33 ORAR00391 391 557.66 3.77 5.33
ORAR00354 354 129.54 1.02 5.33 ORAR00392 392 582.68 3.92 5.33
ORAR00355 355 132.72 1.05 5.33 ORAR00393 393 608.08 4.08 5.33

ORAR00356 356 135.89 1.07 5.33 ORAR00394 394 633.48 4.24 5.33
ORAR00357 357 139.07 1.09 5.33 ORAR00395 395 658.88 4.40 5.33

44 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
O-Rings

TSS Part- Ident-No. Inside-Ø Cross section TSS Part- Ident-No. Inside-Ø Cross section
No. ISO 3601-1 d1 Toler- d2 Toler- No. ISO 3601-1 d1 Toler- d2 Toler-
AS 568 ance ance AS 568 ance ance
± ± ± ±
ORAR00425 425 113.67 0.92 6.99 ORAR00461 461 405.26 2.81 6.99
ORAR00426 426 116.84 0.94 6.99 ORAR00462 462 417.96 2.89 6.99
ORAR00427 427 120.02 0.96 6.99 ORAR00463 463 430.66 2.97 6.99

ORAR00428 428 123.19 0.98 6.99 ORAR00464 464 443.36 3.05 6.99
ORAR00429 429 126.37 1.00 6.99 ORAR00465 465 456.06 3.13 6.99
ORAR00430 430 129.54 1.02 6.99 ORAR00466 466 468.76 3.21 6.99

ORAR00431 431 132.72 1.05 6.99 ORAR00467 467 481.46 3.29 6.99
ORAR00432 432 135.89 1.07 6.99 ORAR00468 468 494.16 3.37 6.99 0.15
ORAR00433 433 139.07 1.09 6.99 ORAR00469 469 506.86 3.45 6.99

ORAR00434 434 142.24 1.11 6.99 ORAR00470 470 532.26 3.61 6.99
ORAR00435 435 145.42 1.13 6.99 ORAR00471 471 557.66 3.77 6.99
ORAR00436 436 148.59 1.15 6.99 ORAR00472 472 582.68 3.92 6.99

ORAR00437 437 151.77 1.17 6.99 ORAR00473 473 608.08 4.08 6.99
ORAR00438 438 158.12 1.21 6.99 ORAR00474 474 633.48 4.24 6.99
ORAR00439 439 164.47 1.26 6.99 ORAR00475 475 658.88 4.40 6.99

ORAR00440 440 170.82 1.30 6.99


ORAR00441 441 177.17 1.34 6.99
ORAR00442 442 183.52 1.38 6.99
0.15
ORAR00443 443 189.87 1.42 6.99
ORAR00444 444 196.22 1.47 6.99
ORAR00445 445 202.57 1.51 6.99

ORAR00446 446 215.27 1.59 6.99


ORAR00447 447 227.97 1.67 6.99
ORAR00448 448 240.67 1.76 6.99

ORAR00449 449 253.37 1.84 6.99


ORAR00450 450 266.07 1.92 6.99
ORAR00451 451 278.77 2.00 6.99

ORAR00452 452 291.47 2.09 6.99


ORAR00453 453 304.17 2.17 6.99
ORAR00454 454 316.87 2.25 6.99

ORAR00455 455 329.57 2.33 6.99


ORAR00456 456 342.27 2.41 6.99
ORAR00457 457 354.97 2.49 6.99

ORAR00458 458 367.67 2.57 6.99


ORAR00459 459 380.37 2.65 6.99
ORAR00460 460 393.07 2.73 6.99

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 45
STATIC SEALS · O-Rings

„ Installation Recommendations – Inch

b1

r
r
(t)
S

b4
(t)

(t)
S
d2 b3 b2 h

Figure 26 Installation Drawing

Radial clearance S and surface finish, see the Trelleborg Sealing Solutions O-Ring and Back-up Rings Catalog.
Groove width b2 and b3: When using Back-up Rings the groove is to be widened by the corresponding Back-up Ring
thickness (b2: one Back-up Ring, b3: two Back-up Rings).
The generally recommended fit is H8/f7.

Table 17 Installation Dimensions – Inch


Radial installation Axial installation
Radius1)
Cross section Groove depth Groove width Groove depth Groove width

Dynamic Static
d2 – inch (t) (t) b1 +0.25 h +0.1 b4 +0.2 r ± 0.2
0.020 - 0.014 0.031 0.014 0.031 0.008
0.029 - 0.020 0.039 0.020 0.039 0.008
0.039 - 0.028 0.055 0.028 0.055 0.008
0.040 - 0.028 0.055 0.028 0.055 0.008
0.047 - 0.033 0.067 0.033 0.067 0.008
0.049 - 0.035 0.067 0.035 0.071 0.008
0.050 - 0.035 0.067 0.035 0.071 0.008
0.051 - 0.037 0.071 0.037 0.071 0.008
0.056 - 0.041 0.075 0.041 0.079 0.012
0.059 0.049 0.043 0.079 0.043 0.083 0.012
0.060 0.049 0.043 0.079 0.043 0.083 0.012
0.063 0.051 0.047 0.083 0.047 0.087 0.012
0.064 0.051 0.047 0.083 0.047 0.087 0.012
0.070 0.057 0.051 0.094 0.051 0.102 0.012
0.071 0.057 0.051 0.094 0.051 0.102 0.012
0.072 0.059 0.053 0.098 0.053 0.102 0.012

46 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
O-Rings

Radial installation Axial installation


Radius1)
Cross section Groove depth Groove width Groove depth Groove width

Dynamic Static
d2 – inch (t) (t) b1 +0.25 h +0.1 b4 +0.2 r ± 0.2
0.075 0.061 0.055 0.102 0.055 0.106 0.012
0.078 0.065 0.059 0.106 0.059 0.110 0.012
0.079 0.065 0.059 0.106 0.059 0.110 0.012
0.082 0.069 0.061 0.110 0.061 0.114 0.012
0.083 0.069 0.061 0.110 0.061 0.114 0.012
0.087 0.073 0.063 0.118 0.063 0.118 0.012
0.089 0.075 0.067 0.118 0.067 0.122 0.012
0.091 0.077 0.069 0.122 0.069 0.122 0.012
0.092 0.077 0.069 0.122 0.069 0.122 0.012
0.094 0.081 0.071 0.126 0.071 0.130 0.012
0.097 0.083 0.073 0.130 0.073 0.134 0.012
0.098 0.085 0.075 0.130 0.075 0.134 0.012
0.103 0.089 0.079 0.142 0.079 0.150 0.012
0.104 0.089 0.079 0.142 0.079 0.150 0.012
0.106 0.091 0.081 0.142 0.081 0.150 0.012
0.110 0.094 0.083 0.146 0.083 0.154 0.024
0.115 0.098 0.087 0.154 0.087 0.157 0.024
0.116 0.098 0.087 0.154 0.087 0.157 0.024
0.118 0.102 0.091 0.157 0.091 0.157 0.024
0.122 0.106 0.094 0.161 0.094 0.161 0.024
0.138 0.120 0.104 0.181 0.104 0.185 0.024
0.139 0.122 0.106 0.189 0.106 0.197 0.024
0.140 0.122 0.106 0.189 0.106 0.197 0.024
0.142 0.124 0.110 0.189 0.110 0.201 0.024
0.157 0.138 0.122 0.205 0.122 0.209 0.024
0.177 0.157 0.138 0.228 0.138 0.232 0.024
0.197 0.173 0.157 0.260 0.157 0.264 0.024
0.209 0.185 0.169 0.280 0.169 0.287 0.024
0.210 0.185 0.169 0.280 0.169 0.287 0.024
0.217 0.189 0.177 0.280 0.177 0.287 0.024
0.224 0.197 0.181 0.283 0.181 0.291 0.024
0.236 0.209 0.193 0.291 0.193 0.299 0.024
0.256 0.224 0.213 0.315 0.213 0.323 0.039
0.275 0.240 0.228 0.374 0.228 0.382 0.039
0.276 0.240 0.228 0.374 0.228 0.382 0.039
0.295 0.260 0.248 0.382 0.248 0.390 0.039
0.315 0.280 0.264 0.386 0.264 0.394 0.039
0.331 0.295 0.280 0.394 0.280 0.406 0.039
0.354 0.319 0.303 0.417 0.303 0.429 0.059
0.374 0.339 0.323 0.433 0.323 0.449 0.059

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 47
STATIC SEALS · O-Rings

Radial installation Axial installation


Radius1)
Cross section Groove depth Groove width Groove depth Groove width

Dynamic Static
d2 – inch (t) (t) b1 +0.25 h +0.1 b4 +0.2 r ± 0.2
0.394 0.358 0.339 0.457 0.339 0.472 0.079
0.472 0.433 0.417 0.531 0.417 0.551 0.079

* Preferred sizes The given installation dimensions cannot be used for FFKM
materials (Isolast®). Please use the Isolast® brochure or contact
1) If a Back-up Ring is used the recommended radius r should your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions Marketing Company for
always be r1 = .010 ± .008 in. further details.

48 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
O-Rings

Table 18 Preferred O-Ring dimensions according to TSS Part- Ident-No. Inside-Ø Cross section
ISO 3601-1 and AS 568 with valid tolerances No. ISO 3601-1 d1 Toler- d2 Toler-
according to ISO 3601-1, class B – Inch AS 568 ance ance
TSS Part- Ident-No. Inside-Ø Cross section ± ±
No. ISO 3601-1 d1 Toler- d2 Toler- ORAR00036 036 2.364 0.022 0.070
AS 568 ance ance
± ± ORAR00037 037 2.489 0.022 0.070

ORAR00001 001 0.029 0.005 0.040 ORAR00038 038 2.614 0.023 0.070

ORAR00002 002 0.042 0.005 0.050 0.003 ORAR00039 039 2.739 0.024 0.070
ORAR00003 003 0.056 0.005 0.060 ORAR00040 040 2.864 0.025 0.070
ORAR00041 041 2.989 0.026 0.070
ORAR00004 004 0.070 0.005 0.070
ORAR00042 042 3.239 0.028 0.070
ORAR00005 005 0.101 0.005 0.070
ORAR00043 043 3.489 0.030 0.070 0.003
ORAR00006 006 0.114 0.005 0.070
ORAR00044 044 3.739 0.031 0.070
ORAR00007 007 0.145 0.006 0.070
ORAR00045 045 3.989 0.033 0.070
ORAR00008 008 0.176 0.007 0.070
ORAR00046 046 4.239 0.035 0.070
ORAR00009 009 0.208 0.007 0.070
ORAR00047 047 4.489 0.036 0.070
ORAR00010 010 0.239 0.006 0.070
ORAR00048 048 4.739 0.038 0.070
ORAR00011 011 0.301 0.007 0.070
ORAR00049 049 4.989 0.040 0.070
ORAR00012 012 0.364 0.007 0.070
ORAR00050 050 5.239 0.041 0.070
ORAR00013 013 0.426 0.008 0.070
ORAR00014 014 0.489 0.008 0.070 ORAR00102 102 0.049 0.005 0.103
ORAR00015 015 0.551 0.009 0.070 ORAR00103 103 0.081 0.005 0.103
ORAR00016 016 0.614 0.009 0.070 ORAR00104 104 0.112 0.005 0.103
ORAR00017 017 0.676 0.009 0.070 ORAR00105 105 0.143 0.006 0.103
ORAR00018 018 0.739 0.010 0.070 ORAR00106 106 0.174 0.006 0.103
ORAR00019 019 0.801 0.011 0.070 ORAR00107 107 0.206 0.006 0.103
0.003
ORAR00020 020 0.864 0.011 0.070 ORAR00108 108 0.237 0.006 0.103
ORAR00021 021 0.926 0.011 0.070 ORAR00109 109 0.299 0.007 0.103
ORAR00022 022 0.989 0.012 0.070 ORAR00110 110 0.362 0.007 0.103
ORAR00023 023 1.051 0.012 0.070 ORAR00111 111 0.424 0.008 0.103
ORAR00024 024 1.114 0.013 0.070 ORAR00112 112 0.487 0.008 0.103
0.004
ORAR00025 025 1.176 0.013 0.070 ORAR00113 113 0.549 0.009 0.103
ORAR00026 026 1.239 0.014 0.070 ORAR00114 114 0.612 0.009 0.103
ORAR00027 027 1.301 0.014 0.070 ORAR00115 115 0.674 0.009 0.103
ORAR00028 028 1.364 0.015 0.070 ORAR00116 116 0.737 0.010 0.103
ORAR00029 029 1.489 0.015 0.070 ORAR00117 117 0.799 0.011 0.103
ORAR00030 030 1.614 0.017 0.070 ORAR00118 118 0.862 0.011 0.103
ORAR00031 031 1.739 0.017 0.070 ORAR00119 119 0.924 0.011 0.103
ORAR00032 032 1.864 0.018 0.070 ORAR00120 120 0.987 0.012 0.103
ORAR00033 033 1.989 0.019 0.070 ORAR00121 121 1.049 0.012 0.103
ORAR00034 034 2.114 0.020 0.070 ORAR00122 122 1.112 0.013 0.103
ORAR00035 035 2.239 0.021 0.070 ORAR00123 123 1.174 0.013 0.103

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 49
STATIC SEALS · O-Rings

TSS Part- Ident-No. Inside-Ø Cross section TSS Part- Ident-No. Inside-Ø Cross section
No. ISO 3601-1 d1 Toler- d2 Toler- No. ISO 3601-1 d1 Toler- d2 Toler-
AS 568 ance ance AS 568 ance ance
± ± ± ±
ORAR00124 124 1.237 0.014 0.103 ORAR00162 162 5.737 0.044 0.103
ORAR00125 125 1.299 0.014 0.103 ORAR00163 163 5.987 0.046 0.103
ORAR00126 126 1.362 0.015 0.103 ORAR00164 164 6.237 0.048 0.103

ORAR00127 127 1.424 0.015 0.103 ORAR00165 165 6.487 0.050 0.103
ORAR00128 128 1.487 0.015 0.103 ORAR00166 166 6.737 0.051 0.103
ORAR00129 129 1.549 0.016 0.103 ORAR00167 167 6.987 0.053 0.103

ORAR00130 130 1.612 0.017 0.103 ORAR00168 168 7.237 0.054 0.103
ORAR00131 131 1.674 0.017 0.103 ORAR00169 169 7.487 0.056 0.103
ORAR00132 132 1.737 0.017 0.103 ORAR00170 170 7.737 0.058 0.103 0.004
ORAR00133 133 1.799 0.018 0.103 ORAR00171 171 7.987 0.059 0.103
ORAR00134 134 1.862 0.018 0.103 ORAR00172 172 8.237 0.061 0.103
ORAR00135 135 1.925 0.019 0.103 ORAR00173 173 8.487 0.063 0.103

ORAR00136 136 1.987 0.019 0.103 ORAR00174 174 8.737 0.064 0.103
ORAR00137 137 2.050 0.019 0.103 ORAR00175 175 8.987 0.066 0.103
ORAR00138 138 2.112 0.020 0.103 ORAR00176 176 9.237 0.068 0.103

ORAR00139 139 2.175 0.020 0.103 ORAR00177 177 9.487 0.069 0.103
ORAR00140 140 2.237 0.021 0.103 ORAR00178 178 9.737 0.071 0.103
ORAR00141 141 2.300 0.021 0.103

ORAR00142 142 2.362 0.022 0.103 ORAR00201 201 0.171 0.006 0.139
0.004
ORAR00143 143 2.425 0.022 0.103 ORAR00202 202 0.234 0.006 0.139
ORAR00144 144 2.487 0.022 0.103 ORAR00203 203 0.296 0.007 0.139

ORAR00145 145 2.550 0.023 0.103 ORAR00204 204 0.359 0.007 0.139
ORAR00146 146 2.612 0.023 0.103 ORAR00205 205 0.421 0.008 0.139
ORAR00147 147 2.675 0.024 0.103 ORAR00206 206 0.484 0.008 0.139

ORAR00148 148 2.737 0.024 0.103 ORAR00207 207 0.546 0.009 0.139
ORAR00149 149 2.800 0.025 0.103 ORAR00208 208 0.609 0.009 0.139
ORAR00150 150 2.862 0.025 0.103 ORAR00209 209 0.671 0.009 0.139

ORAR00151 151 2.987 0.026 0.103 ORAR00210 210 0.734 0.010 0.139
0.004
ORAR00152 152 3.237 0.028 0.103 ORAR00211 211 0.796 0.011 0.139
ORAR00153 153 3.487 0.029 0.103 ORAR00212 212 0.859 0.011 0.139

ORAR00154 154 3.737 0.031 0.103 ORAR00213 213 0.921 0.011 0.139
ORAR00155 155 3.987 0.033 0.103 ORAR00214 214 0.984 0.012 0.139
ORAR00156 156 4.237 0.035 0.103 ORAR00215 215 1.046 0.012 0.139

ORAR00157 157 4.487 0.036 0.103 ORAR00216 216 1.109 0.013 0.139
ORAR00158 158 4.737 0.038 0.103 ORAR00217 217 1.171 0.013 0.139
ORAR00159 159 4.987 0.039 0.103 ORAR00218 218 1.234 0.014 0.139

ORAR00160 160 5.237 0.041 0.103 ORAR00219 219 1.296 0.014 0.139
ORAR00161 161 5.487 0.043 0.103 ORAR00220 220 1.359 0.015 0.139

50 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
O-Rings

TSS Part- Ident-No. Inside-Ø Cross section TSS Part- Ident-No. Inside-Ø Cross section
No. ISO 3601-1 d1 Toler- d2 Toler- No. ISO 3601-1 d1 Toler- d2 Toler-
AS 568 ance ance AS 568 ance ance
± ± ± ±
ORAR00221 221 1.421 0.015 0.139 ORAR00259 259 6.234 0.048 0.139
ORAR00222 222 1.484 0.015 0.139 ORAR00260 260 6.484 0.050 0.139
ORAR00223 223 1.609 0.017 0.139 ORAR00261 261 6.734 0.051 0.139

ORAR00224 224 1.734 0.017 0.139 ORAR00262 262 6.984 0.053 0.139
ORAR00225 225 1.859 0.018 0.139 ORAR00263 263 7.234 0.054 0.139
ORAR00226 226 1.984 0.019 0.139 ORAR00264 264 7.484 0.056 0.139

ORAR00227 227 2.097 0.020 0.139 ORAR00265 265 7.734 0.058 0.139
ORAR00228 228 2.234 0.021 0.139 ORAR00266 266 7.984 0.059 0.139
ORAR00229 229 2.359 0.022 0.139 ORAR00267 267 8.234 0.061 0.139

ORAR00230 230 2.484 0.023 0.139 ORAR00268 268 8.484 0.063 0.139
ORAR00231 231 2.609 0.023 0.139 ORAR00269 269 8.734 0.064 0.139
ORAR00232 232 2.734 0.024 0.139 ORAR00270 270 8.984 0.066 0.139

ORAR00233 233 2.859 0.025 0.139 ORAR00271 271 9.234 0.068 0.139
0.004
ORAR00234 234 2.984 0.026 0.139 ORAR00272 272 9.484 0.069 0.139
ORAR00235 235 3.109 0.027 0.139 ORAR00273 273 9.734 0.071 0.139

ORAR00236 236 3.234 0.028 0.139 ORAR00274 274 9.984 0.072 0.139
ORAR00237 237 3.359 0.028 0.139 ORAR00275 275 10.484 0.076 0.139
ORAR00238 238 3.484 0.030 0.139 ORAR00276 276 10.984 0.079 0.139

ORAR00239 239 3.609 0.030 0.139 ORAR00277 277 11.484 0.082 0.139
0.004
ORAR00240 240 3.734 0.031 0.139 ORAR00278 278 11.984 0.085 0.139
ORAR00241 241 3.859 0.032 0.139 ORAR00279 279 12.984 0.092 0.139

ORAR00242 242 3.984 0.033 0.139 ORAR00280 280 13.984 0.098 0.139
ORAR00243 243 4.109 0.033 0.139 ORAR00281 281 14.984 0.104 0.139
ORAR00244 244 4.234 0.034 0.139 ORAR00282 282 15.955 0.111 0.139

ORAR00245 245 4.359 0.035 0.139 ORAR00283 283 16.955 0.117 0.139
ORAR00246 246 4.484 0.036 0.139 ORAR00284 284 17.955 0.123 0.139
ORAR00247 247 4.609 0.037 0.139

ORAR00248 248 4.734 0.038 0.139 ORAR00309 309 0.412 0.007 0.210
ORAR00249 249 4.859 0.039 0.139 ORAR00310 310 0.475 0.008 0.210
ORAR00250 250 4.984 0.039 0.139 ORAR00311 311 0.537 0.009 0.210

ORAR00251 251 5.109 0.040 0.139 ORAR00312 312 0.600 0.009 0.210
ORAR00252 252 5.234 0.041 0.139 ORAR00313 313 0.662 0.009 0.210
ORAR00253 253 5.359 0.042 0.139 ORAR00314 314 0.725 0.010 0.210 0.005

ORAR00254 254 5.484 0.043 0.139 ORAR00315 315 0.787 0.010 0.210
ORAR00255 255 5.609 0.044 0.139 ORAR00316 316 0.850 0.011 0.210
ORAR00256 256 5.734 0.045 0.139 ORAR00317 317 0.912 0.011 0.210
ORAR00257 257 5.859 0.045 0.139 ORAR00318 318 0.975 0.012 0.210
ORAR00258 258 5.984 0.046 0.139 ORAR00319 319 1.037 0.012 0.210

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 51
STATIC SEALS · O-Rings

TSS Part- Ident-No. Inside-Ø Cross section TSS Part- Ident-No. Inside-Ø Cross section
No. ISO 3601-1 d1 Toler- d2 Toler- No. ISO 3601-1 d1 Toler- d2 Toler-
AS 568 ance ance AS 568 ance ance
± ± ± ±
ORAR00320 320 1.100 0.013 0.210 ORAR00358 358 5.600 0.044 0.210
ORAR00321 321 1.162 0.013 0.210 ORAR00359 359 5.725 0.045 0.210
ORAR00322 322 1.225 0.014 0.210 ORAR00360 360 5.850 0.045 0.210

ORAR00323 323 1.287 0.014 0.210 ORAR00361 361 5.975 0.046 0.210
ORAR00324 324 1.350 0.015 0.210 ORAR00362 362 6.225 0.048 0.210
ORAR00325 325 1.475 0.015 0.210 ORAR00363 363 6.475 0.049 0.210

ORAR00326 326 1.600 0.016 0.210 ORAR00364 364 6.725 0.051 0.210
ORAR00327 327 1.725 0.017 0.210 ORAR00365 365 6.975 0.053 0.210
ORAR00328 328 1.850 0.018 0.210 ORAR00366 366 7.225 0.054 0.210

ORAR00329 329 1.975 0.019 0.210 ORAR00367 367 7.475 0.056 0.210
ORAR00330 330 2.100 0.020 0.210 ORAR00368 368 7.725 0.058 0.210
ORAR00331 331 2.225 0.021 0.210 ORAR00369 369 7.975 0.059 0.210

ORAR00332 332 2.350 0.022 0.210 ORAR00370 370 8.225 0.061 0.210
ORAR00333 333 2.475 0.022 0.210 ORAR00371 371 8.475 0.063 0.210
ORAR00334 334 2.600 0.023 0.210 ORAR00372 372 8.725 0.064 0.210

ORAR00335 335 2.725 0.024 0.210 ORAR00373 373 8.975 0.066 0.210
ORAR00336 336 2.850 0.025 0.210 ORAR00374 374 9.225 0.068 0.210
ORAR00337 337 2.975 0.026 0.210 ORAR00375 375 9.475 0.069 0.210

ORAR00338 338 3.100 0.027 0.210 ORAR00376 376 9.725 0.071 0.210
0.005 0.005
ORAR00339 339 3.225 0.028 0.210 ORAR00377 377 9.975 0.072 0.210
ORAR00340 340 3.350 0.028 0.210 ORAR00378 378 10.475 0.076 0.210

ORAR00341 341 3.475 0.029 0.210 ORAR00379 379 10.975 0.079 0.210
ORAR00342 342 3.600 0.030 0.210 ORAR00380 380 11.475 0.082 0.210
ORAR00343 343 3.725 0.031 0.210 ORAR00381 381 11.975 0.085 0.210

ORAR00344 344 3.850 0.032 0.210 ORAR00382 382 12.975 0.092 0.210
ORAR00345 345 3.975 0.033 0.210 ORAR00383 383 13.975 0.098 0.210
ORAR00346 346 4.100 0.033 0.210 ORAR00384 384 14.975 0.104 0.210

ORAR00347 347 4.225 0.034 0.210 ORAR00385 385 15.955 0.111 0.210
ORAR00348 348 4.350 0.035 0.210 ORAR00386 386 16.955 0.117 0.210
ORAR00349 349 4.475 0.036 0.210 ORAR00387 387 17.955 0.123 0.210

ORAR00350 350 4.600 0.037 0.210 ORAR00388 388 18.955 0.130 0.210
ORAR00351 351 4.725 0.038 0.210 ORAR00389 389 19.955 0.136 0.210
ORAR00352 352 4.850 0.039 0.210 ORAR00390 390 20.955 0.142 0.210

ORAR00353 353 4.975 0.039 0.210 ORAR00391 391 21.955 0.148 0.210
ORAR00354 354 5.100 0.040 0.210 ORAR00392 392 22.940 0.154 0.210
ORAR00355 355 5.225 0.041 0.210 ORAR00393 393 23.940 0.161 0.210

ORAR00356 356 5.350 0.042 0.210 ORAR00394 394 24.940 0.167 0.210
ORAR00357 357 5.475 0.043 0.210 ORAR00395 395 25.940 0.173 0.210

52 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
O-Rings

TSS Part- Ident-No. Inside-Ø Cross section TSS Part- Ident-No. Inside-Ø Cross section
No. ISO 3601-1 d1 Toler- d2 Toler- No. ISO 3601-1 d1 Toler- d2 Toler-
AS 568 ance ance AS 568 ance ance
± ± ± ±
ORAR00425 425 4.475 0.036 0.275 ORAR00461 461 15.955 0.111 0.275
ORAR00426 426 4.600 0.037 0.275 ORAR00462 462 16.455 0.114 0.275
ORAR00427 427 4.725 0.038 0.275 ORAR00463 463 16.955 0.117 0.275

ORAR00428 428 4.850 0.039 0.275 ORAR00464 464 17.455 0.120 0.275
ORAR00429 429 4.975 0.039 0.275 ORAR00465 465 17.955 0.123 0.275
ORAR00430 430 5.100 0.040 0.275 ORAR00466 466 18.455 0.126 0.275

ORAR00431 431 5.225 0.041 0.275 ORAR00467 467 18.955 0.130 0.275
ORAR00432 432 5.350 0.042 0.275 ORAR00468 468 19.455 0.133 0.275 0.006
ORAR00433 433 5.475 0.043 0.275 ORAR00469 469 19.955 0.136 0.275

ORAR00434 434 5.600 0.044 0.275 ORAR00470 470 20.955 0.142 0.275
ORAR00435 435 5.725 0.045 0.275 ORAR00471 471 21.955 0.148 0.275
ORAR00436 436 5.850 0.045 0.275 ORAR00472 472 22.940 0.154 0.275

ORAR00437 437 5.975 0.046 0.275 ORAR00473 473 23.940 0.161 0.275
ORAR00438 438 6.225 0.048 0.275 ORAR00474 474 24.940 0.167 0.275
ORAR00439 439 6.475 0.050 0.275 ORAR00475 475 25.940 0.173 0.275

ORAR00440 440 6.725 0.051 0.275


ORAR00441 441 6.975 0.053 0.275
ORAR00442 442 7.225 0.054 0.275
0.006
ORAR00443 443 7.475 0.056 0.275
ORAR00444 444 7.725 0.058 0.275
ORAR00445 445 7.975 0.059 0.275

ORAR00446 446 8.475 0.063 0.275


ORAR00447 447 8.975 0.066 0.275
ORAR00448 448 9.475 0.069 0.275

ORAR00449 449 9.975 0.072 0.275


ORAR00450 450 10.475 0.076 0.275
ORAR00451 451 10.975 0.079 0.275

ORAR00452 452 11.475 0.082 0.275


ORAR00453 453 11.975 0.085 0.275
ORAR00454 454 12.475 0.089 0.275

ORAR00455 455 12.975 0.092 0.275


ORAR00456 456 13.475 0.095 0.275
ORAR00457 457 13.975 0.098 0.275

ORAR00458 458 14.475 0.101 0.275


ORAR00459 459 14.975 0.104 0.275
ORAR00460 460 15.475 0.108 0.275

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 53
STATIC SEALS · O-Rings

54 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
STATIC SEALS

Very good chemical resistance to most liquids


and chemicals

Physiologically safe and can be sterilized

Low friction, no adhesion or stick-slip effect

Low leach-out levels

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 55
STATIC SEALS · Special O-Rings

56 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Special O-Rings

„ Special O-Rings

„ Isolast® (FFKM) O-Rings


A range of high-performance Isolast® compounds are FEP sheath
available for the food, beverage and pharmaceutical
industries. Isolast® J9515 plus and the white Isolast® J9516
plus are both FDA conforming and have excellent chemical
compatibility.
Information about our high-performance, Isolast® (FFKM)
O-Rings is available either in our special Isolast® brochure
or through your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions
marketing company. Elastomer ring

FEP sheath
„ FEP/PFA encapsulated O-Rings
Fluorinated ethylene propylene (FEP) and Perfluoroalkoxy
(PFA) encapsulated O-Rings consist of an elastomer inner
ring surrounded by a seamless FEP/PFA sheath.
Similar to PTFE-based O-Rings, FEP/PFA encapsulated
O-Rings are used wherever the chemical resistance of
normal elastomer O-Rings is not sufficient.
Hollow elastomer ring
The required elasticity is provided by the elastomer ring,
chemical resistance by the seamless FEP/PFA sheath.

Figure 27 Different versions of FEP/PFA O-Ring


Advantages

- Very good chemical resistance to most liquids and


chemicals, with the exception of liquid alkaline metals Applications
and some fluorine compounds
Fields of application
- Temperature application range from approximately
-60 °C up to +200 °C / -76 °F to +392 °F (depending on FEP encapsulated O-Rings are ideally suited for use in
the material used for the inner ring) chemical processing, medical technology, foodstuffs and
water. A typical application for FEP encapsulated O-Rings
- Can be used with foodstuffs and pharmaceutical
is the sealing of valve spindles and as secondary sealing
products
elements for mechanical seals.
- Physiologically safe and can be sterilized
FEP encapsulated O-Rings are used primarily as static seals.
- Low friction, no adhesion or stick-slip effect They are also suitable for use as sealing elements for slow
switching and rotary movements.
- Adequate elastic behaviour for improved sealibility
- Recommendable for high purity processes when low
leach-out levels are required Technical Data
Working pressure: up to 25 MPa / 3,625 psi
Versions Temperature: -60 °C up to +200 °C /
-76 °F to +392 °F (depending on the
Standard versions: Elastomer O-Ring with elastomer material)
FEP sheath
Media: Practically all liquids, gases
Special versions: Hollow elastomer ring with and chemicals
FEP sheath

Elastomer O-Ring with


PFA sheath

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 57
STATIC SEALS · Special O-Rings

Materials Design recommendations


FEP encapsulated O-Rings are fully interchangeable with
FEP sheath
standard O-Ring seals. There is no need to modify the
FEP is the abbreviated designation for Tetrafluoroethylene- groove dimensions as the FEP sheath is relatively thin-
hexafluoropropylene. This material has similar properties walled.
to those of Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE). It also has a very
All the specifications given in this section therefore refer
high chemical resistance and exhibits a good resistance to
to the installation dimensions of elastomer O-Rings.
abrasion.
As a result of the FEP sheath, the O-Rings are less flexible
In contrast to PTFE, however, FEP is thermoplastically
than elastomer O-Rings. They have limited stretch and
moldable. This allows the material to be processed to form
higher permanent deformation.
flexible semifinished products, such as thin-walled hoses.
Split-grooves are recommended, especially for outside
PFA sheath sealing FEP encapsulated O-Rings, in order to avoid
overstretching during installation.
PFA is the abbreviation for Perfluoralkoxy. This material
is a type of Fluoropolymer with properties similar to The general information on the construction, design and
Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE). Differing from PTFE, like surfaces given for elastomer O-Rings also apply to FEP
FEP, PFA it is melt-processable but shares PTFE's useful encapsulated O-Rings.
properties of a low coefficient of friction and non-
At higher pressures, additional concave Back-up Rings
reactivity.
should be used.
PFA is preferable to FEP in high temperature situations.
PFA is more affected by water absorption and weathering Application in gases
than FEP, but is superior in terms of salt spray resistance.
Where the encapsulated O-Ring is used to seal gases, the
permeation rate must be taken into consideration. In this
Inner ring
case, the material of the inner ring must also have a good
A choice of three materials is available for the elastomer resistance to the medium to be sealed. The permeation rate
inner rings with FEP encapsulation and two materials for depends on the exposed surface area, the temperature,
the inner ring with PFA encapsulation. The choice of the the working pressure and the thickness of the FEP sheath.
material also determines the service temperature range.
The thickness of the FEP sheath can be found in Table 19.
- Fluorocarbon rubber (FKM)
Temperature range -20 °C up to +200 °C / Compliances and approvals
-4 °F to +392 °F
The FEP-sheath of material VZ00R, SZ00R and EZ00R is
Material code with FEP sheath: VZ00R
in compliance with the following regulations governing
Material code with PFA sheath: VZ01R
plastic materials for food contact applications:
- Silicone Rubber (VMQ)
- The FEP sheath complies with the requirements of
Temperature range: -50 °C up to +175 °C /
USP class VI (+121 °C / +249 °F), Chapter 88 (biological
-58 °F to +347 °F
reactivity, in vivo) and Chapter 87/EN ISO 10993-5
Material code with FEP sheath: SZ00R
(biological reactivity, in vitro)
Material code with PFA sheath: SZ01R
- Requirement of the German Food and Feed Code, LFGB
- Ethylene Propylen Diene Rubber
and regulation (EC) 1935/2004, articles 3 and 5
Temperature range: -45 °C up to +150 °C /
-49 °F to +302 °F
OML (Overall Migration Limits)
Material code with FEP sheath: EZ00R
Migration testing was performed according to 82/711/EEC
The specified temperature ranges are limits which
and 85/572/EEC and amendments. The OML was below the
must always be considered in conjunction with the
required limit of 10 mg/dm² in aqueous, acidic and fatty
medium to be sealed and the working pressure.
food in repeated contact.
The permissible continous operating temperatures
are always lower than the given upper limits.
Sensory Tests
The material meets the requirements of the LFGB and
Regulation (EC) 1935/2004 for aqueous, acidic and fatty
food in repeated contact. Test condition: 30 minutes at
+95 °C / +203 °F. Surface volume ratio: 30 cm²/1000 ml.
Both the FEP and the PFA sheath are also in compliance
with the FDA Regulation 21 CFR Part 177.1550.

58 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Special O-Rings

Table 19 Thickness of the FEP and PFA sheath Figure 29 gives guide values for the permeation of water
vapor.
O-Ring mm (inch) Thickness of the FEP/PFA
Cross section Tolerance sheath
d2 ± mm (inch)
0.4
1.78 1.80 Contact surface area: 645 mm2
0.10 (.004) 0.20 (.008)
(.070 .071) 24h / 40 oC
2.62 2.65 0.3
0.10 (.004) 0.30 (.012)
(.103 .104)

Water vapour permeation g


3.53 3.55
0.12 (.005) 0.38 (.015)
(.139 .140)
0.2
5.34 5.30
0.25 (.010) 0.50 (.020)
(.210 .210)
7.00
(.276)
0.38 (.015) 0.50 (.020) 0.1

0
Figure 28 gives guide values for the permeation of 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
different gases.
Thickness of the FEP sheath mm

10,000 Figure 29 Water vapor permeation for FEP O-Rings


FEP sheath: 0.38 mm
Contact surface area: 645 mm2
Pressure: atmospheric
4,000
cm3 / 24 h

2,000

1,000
ium
Hel
Gas permeation

500 en
rog
Hyd
gen
100 Oxy
n
80 oge
Nitr
60 ne
tha
40 Me
20
10

0
0 20 40 60 80 100
Temperature

Figure 28 Gas permeation rates for FEP O-Rings

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 59
STATIC SEALS · Special O-Rings

Methods of installation O-Ring mm (inch) Minimum


Cross section Tolerance inside diameter
The same recommendations apply to the installation d1 mm (inch)
d2 ±
of FEP and PFA encapsulated O-Rings as for standard
elastomer O-Rings. It should be noted, however, that the 3.00 (0.118) 10.00 (0.394)
encapsulated O-Rings have only limited stretch due to the 3.10 (0.122) 10.00 (0.394)
sheath. 0.13
3.20 (0.126) 12.00 (0.472)
(0.005)
If, for design reasons, a split groove is not possible, auxiliary 3.53 (0.139) 12.00 (0.472)
tools must be used for installation. 3.75 (0.148) 12.00 (0.472)
For inside sealing applications, for example rod, FEP and 4.00 (0.157) 12.00 (0.472)
PFA encapsulated O-Rings can be installed with larger 4.20 (0.165) 15.00 (0.591)
diameters without tools. On no account should the seal 4.50 (0.177) 15.00 (0.591)
ring be forced into the groove, for example by bending,
4.70 (0.185) 0.25 18.00 (0.709)
otherwise the sealing function cannot be assured.
5.00 (0.197) (0.010) 18.00 (0.709)
5.33 (0.210) 18.42 (0.725)
Dimensions 5.50 (0.217) 30.00 (1.181)
5.70 (0.224) 30.00 (1.181)
FEP and PFA encapsulated O-Rings are available in the
6.00 (0.236) 30.00 (1.181)
same sizes as the elastomer O-Rings. Table 21 shows the
smallest available inside diameters for the different cord 6.30 (0.248) 41.00 (1.614)
diameters. 6.50 (0.256) 41.00 (1.614)
0.38
7.00 (0.276) 41.00 (1.614)
(0.015)
Table 20 Tolerances inside diameter (d1) 7.50 (0.295) 101.60 (4.000)
Inside diameter Tolerance 8.00 (0.315) 70.00 (2.756)
d1 ± 8.40 (0.331) 102.00 (4.016)
mm inch mm inch 9.00 (0.354) 102.00 (4.016)
d1 > 7.64 d1 > 0.301 Not available 9.50 (0.374) 102.00 (4.016)
7.64 d d1 d 30.00 0.301 d d1 d 1.181 0.25 0.010 10.00 (0.394) 108.00 (4.252)
30.00 < d1 d 130.00 1.181 < d1 d 5.118 0.38 0.015 10.50 (0.413) 127.00 (5.000)
130.00 < d1 d 170.00 5.118 < d1 d 6.693 0.51 0.020 11.00 (0.433) 127.00 (5.000)
170.00 < d1 d 380.00 6.693 < d1 d 14.961 0.64 0.025 12.00 (0.472) 152.40 (6.000)
380.00 < d1 d 650.00 14.961 < d1 d 25.591 0.76 0.030 12.70 (0.500) 177.80 (7.000)
0.51
650.00 < d1 d 1,000.00 25.591 < d1 d 39.370 1.52 0.060 13.00 (0.512) (0.020) 254.00 (10.000)
d1 >1,000.00 d1 > 39.370 On request 14.00 (0.551) 254.00 (10.000)
15.00 (0.591) 254.00 (10.000)
Table 21 Smallest available sizes and cross section 16.00 (0.630) 305.00 (12.008)
tolerances 18.00 (0.709) 422.00 (16.614)
O-Ring mm (inch) Minimum 19.00 (0.748) 422.00 (16.614)
Cross section Tolerance inside diameter
20.00 (0.787) 508.00 (20.000)
d2 ± d1 mm (inch)

1.60 (0.063) 7.60 (0.299)


1.78 (0.070) 7.64 (0.301)
2.00 (0.079) 8.00 (0.315)
0.10
2.40 (0.094) 9.30 (0.366)
(0.004)
2.50 (0.098) 10.00 (0.394)
2.62 (0.103) 9.19 (0.362)
2.80 (0.110) 10.50 (0.413)

60 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Special O-Rings

Ordering Example – Metric Ordering Example – Inch


O-Ring 30 x 3, FEP encapsulated O-Ring, FEP encapsulated
American Standard AS 568 B, ref. 256
Dimensions: Inside diameter d1 = 30.0 mm Dimensions: Inside diameter d1 = 5.350 inch
Cross section d2 = 3.0 mm Cross section d2 = 0.210 inch
Material of the inner ring: Silicone Rubber (VMQ) Material of the inner ring: Fluorocarbon Rubber (FKM)

TSS Article No. OF3003000 - SZ00R TSS Article No. O FAR00356 - VZ01R

TSS Part No. TSS Part No.

Quality Index (Standard) Quality Index (Standard)

Material Code (Standard) Material Code (Standard)

See the O-Ring section, beginning on page 35, for


dimensions or consult the Trelleborg Sealing Solutions
O-Ring Catalog.
Ordering can also be done according to O-Ring dimensions
and material.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 61
STATIC SEALS · Special O-Rings

62 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
STATIC SEALS

Hygienic design of connections

For CIP and SIP regimes

Available in FDA, EC, USP and 3-A compliant


materials

Designed to ISO, DIN and ASME BPE standards

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 63
STATIC SEALS · Clamp Seals and O-Rings for Hygienic Design Couplings

64 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Clamp Seals and O-Rings for Hygienic Design Couplings

Introduction These materials have been tested against the most


commonly used cleaning fluids such as acids, alkalines and
Filling equipment, processing and packaging machines solutions with active oxygen. They have also been tested
consist of many parts that have to be connected together. in hot water and steam with different types of water,
Especially in Food, Beverage and Pharmaceutical plants, including Ultra pure deionized (UPDI) water.
along with those in Bioprocessing, a hygienic design of Trelleborg Sealing Solutions can also provide a range
these connections is imperative. Only with hygienic design, of sanitary gaskets to ASME BPE standard in inch sizes.
proper cleaning, usually Cleaning-in-Place (CIP) followed Besides the standard flanged and non-flanged versions,
by successful Sterilization-in-Place (SIP) is achievable. special designs like screen gaskets or validation gaskets
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions offers gaskets and O-Rings can be supplied.
for the most common standards like ISO 2852, DIN 11864, If elastomer seals are unsuitable for a specific application
ASME BPE and DIN 32676 in high-quality materials with then PTFE/EPDM Bonded Envelope or PTFE/Stainless Steel
compliance to European Regulation (EC) 1935/2004, FDA, are available. Please contact your local Trelleborg Sealing
USP Class VI and 3-A sanitary standards. Solutions marketing company.

„ Gaskets for 32676:2009-05 (Series A) pipe couplings

T
d3
d2
d1

Figure 30 Seal Dimensioning and Installation

Table 22 TSS Part Numbers and Installation Dimensions according to DIN 32676
TSS Part No. Nominal Size Ø ID Ø Centerline Ø OD T
DIN d1 d2 d3
mm mm mm mm mm

DSDF01000 10 10.20 27.50 34.00

DSDF01500 15 16.20 27.50 34.00

DSDF02000 20 20.20 27.50 34.00

DSDF02500 25 26.20 43.50 50.50

DSDF03200 32 32.20 43.50 50.50

DSDF04000 40 38.20 43.50 50.50

DSDF05000 50 50.20 56.50 64.00 5.5

DSDF06500 65 66.20 83.50 91.00

DSDF08000 80 81.20 97.00 106.00

DSDF10000 100 100.20 110.00 119.00

DSDF12500 125 125.20 146.00 155.00

DSDF15000 150 150.20 174.00 183.00

DSDF20000 200 200.20 225.00 233.50

Clamp seals are not always available from stock in every standard or custom size.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 65
STATIC SEALS · Clamp Seals and O-Rings for Hygienic Design Couplings

Ordering Example

Dimensions: Inner diameter = 10.2 mm


Outer diameter = 34.0 mm
Centerline Ø of
Location groove = 27.5 mm
Material: Ethylene Propylene Diene Rubber E7502

TSS Article No. DS D F 01000 - E7502


TSS Article Group
Standard DIN 32676
F = with flange, C = without flange

Nominal Size in mm x 100


Quality Index (Standard)
Material Code (Standard)

For clamp seal dimension and Trelleborg Sealing Solutions


part numbers see Table 22.
Available Materials: EPDM E7502 with 70 Sh A and FKM
V8605 with a hardness of 80 Sh A.

66 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Clamp Seals and O-Rings for Hygienic Design Couplings

„ Gaskets for ISO 2852/ASME BPE/DIN 32676:2009 (Series C) pipe couplings

d3
d2
d1

Figure 31 Seal Dimensioning and Installation

Table 23 TSS Part Numbers, Installation Dimensions according to ISO 2852 and DIN 32676:2009-05,
pipes according to DIN 11866 (Series C)

TSS Part No. Nominal Size Ø ID Ø Centerline Ø OD T


d1 d2 d3
ISO Inch* mm mm mm mm
DSMF01200 12 10.20 27.50 34.00

DSMF01270 12.7 10.90 27.50 34.00

DSMF01720 17.2 15.40 27.50 34.00

DSMF02130 21.3 19.50 27.50 34.00

DSMF02500 25 1.000 22.80 43.50 50.50

DSMF03370 33.7 31.50 43.50 50.50

DSMF03800 38 1.500 35.80 43.50 50.50

DSMF04000 40 37.80 56.50 64.00

DSMF05100 51 2.000 48.80 56.50 64.00


5.5
DSMF06350 63.5 2.500 60.50 70.50 77.50

DSMF07000 70 67.00 83.50 91.00

DSMF07610 76.1 3.000 73.10 83.50 91.00

DSMF08890 88.9 85.10 97.00 106.00

DSMF10160 101.6 4.000 97.80 110.00 119.00

DSMF11430 114.3 110.50 122.00 130.00

DSMF13970 139.7 135.90 146.00 155.00

DSMF16830 168.3 163.30 174.00 183.00

DSMF21910 219.1 214.10 225.00 233.50

Clamp seals are not always available from stock in every standard or custom size.
*Usually compatible with ASME BPE and DIN 32676:2009-05 (Series C).

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 67
STATIC SEALS · Clamp Seals and O-Rings for Hygienic Design Couplings

Ordering Example

Dimensions: Inner diameter = 10.2 mm


Outer diameter = 34.0 mm
Centerline Ø of
Location groove = 27.5 mm
Material: Ethylene Propylene Diene Rubber E7502

TSS Article No. DS M F 01200 - E7502


TSS Article Group
M = Standard ISO 2852
F = with flange, C = without flange

Nominal Size in mm x 100


Quality Index (Standard)
Material Code (Standard)

For clamp seal dimension and Trelleborg Sealing Solutions


part numbers see Table 23.
Available Materials: EPDM E7502 with 70 Sh A and FKM
V8605 with a hardness of 80 Sh A.

68 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Clamp Seals and O-Rings for Hygienic Design Couplings

„ Gaskets for mini pipe couplings according to ASME BPE tubes and
DIN 32676:2009-05 (Series C)

d3
d2
d1

Figure 32 Seal Dimensioning and Installation

Table 24 TSS Part Numbers, Installation Dimensions according to ASME BPE/DIN 32676 (Series C)

TSS Part No. Nominal Size Ø ID Ø Centerline to Ø OD T


Inch d1 locating groove d3
d2
mm mm mm mm

DSTC00025 0.250 4.75 20.20 22.00

DSTC00038 0.375 8.00 20.20 22.00


4.5
DSTC00050 0.500 11.30 20.20 22.00

DSTC00075 0.750 16.20 20.20 22.00

Clamp seals are not always available from stock in every standard or custom size.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 69
STATIC SEALS · Clamp Seals and O-Rings for Hygienic Design Couplings

Ordering Example

Dimensions: Inner diameter = 4.75 mm


Outer diameter = 22.0 mm
Centerline Ø of
Location groove = 20.2 mm
Material: Ethylene Propylene Diene Rubber E7502

TSS Article No. DS T C 00025 - E7502


TSS Article Group
Standard ASME BPE
C = without flange
Nominal Size in inch x 100
Quality Index (Standard)
Material Code (Standard)

For clamp seal dimension and Trelleborg Sealing Solutions


part numbers see Table 24
Available Materials: EPDM E7502 with 70 Sh A and FKM
V8605 with a hardness of 80 Sh A.

70 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Clamp Seals and O-Rings for Hygienic Design Couplings

„ O-Rings for DIN 11864 pipe couplings


Table 25 and Table 26 show the different sizes of
O-Rings defined for tubing according to DIN 11866, series
A and DIN 11866, series C to be used in conjunction with
couplings according to DIN 11864.

d2
For more information regarding material properties,
quality criteria, storage and shelf life of polymer sealing
d1
materials, refer to our O-Ring Catalog.

Figure 34 O-Ring dimensions

Figure 33 Installation

Table 25 TSS Part Numbers, Dimensions for Aseptic O-Ring for tubes according to DIN 11866 (Series A)

TSS Part No. Nominal diameter DN Inner seal diameter d1 Cross section diameter d2
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)

OR3501200 10 (0.394) 12 ± 0.21 (0.472 ± 0.008)

OR3501800 15 (0.591) 18 ± 0.25 (0.709 ± 0.010)


3.5 ± 0.1 (0.138 ± 0.004)
OR3502200 20 (0.787) 22 ± 0.28 (0.866 ± 0.011)

OR3502800 25 (0.984) 28 ± 0.32 (1.102 ± 0.013)

OR5003400 32 (1.260) 34 ± 0.37 (1.339 ± 0.015)

OR5004000 40 (1.575) 40 ± 0.41 (1.575 ± 0.016)

OR5005200 50 (1.969) 52 ± 0.49 (2.047 ± 0.019)

OR5006800 65 (2.559) 68 ± 0.61 (2.677 ± 0.024)


5 ± 0.13 (0.197 ± 0.005)
OR5008300 80 (3.150) 83 ± 0.71 (3.268 ± 0.028)

OR5010200 100 (3.937) 102 ± 0.84 (4.016 ± 0.033)

OR5012700 125 (4.921) 127 ± 1.01 (5.000 ± 0.040)

OR5015200 150 (5.906) 152 ± 1.17 (5.984 ± 0.046)

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 71
STATIC SEALS · Clamp Seals and O-Rings for Hygienic Design Couplings

Table 26 TSS Part Numbers, Dimensions for Aseptic O-Ring for tubing according to DIN 11866 (Series C)

TSS Part No. Nominal Diameter DN Inner seal diameter d1 Cross section diameter d2
mm (inch) mm (inch) mm (inch)

OR3501200 12.7 (0.500) 12 ± 0.21 (0.472 ± 0.008)

OR3501800 19.05 (0.750) 18 ± 0.25 (0.708 ± 0.010) 3.5 ± 0.1 (0.138 ± 0.004)

OR3502400 25.4 (1.000) 24 ± 0.29 (0.945 ± 0.011)

OR5003700 38.1 (1.500) 37 ± 0.39 (1.457 ± 0.015)

OR5005000 50.8 (2.000) 50 ± 0.48 (1.969 ± 0.019)

OR5006200 63.5 (2.500) 62 ± 0.56 (2.441 ± 0.022) 5 ± 0.13 (0.197 ± 0.005)

OR5007500 76.2 (3.000) 75 ± 0.66 (2.952 ± 0.026)

OR5010000 101.6 (4.000) 100 ± 0.83 (3.937 ± 0.033)

Ordering Example O-Ring – Metric

Dimensions: Inner diameter = 12.0 mm


Cross section = 3.5 mm
Material: E7502

TSS Article No. OR 35 01200 - E7502

TSS Article Group


Cross section x 10
Inside diameter x 100

Quality Index (Standard)

Material Code (Standard)

For O-Ring dimensions and Trelleborg Sealing Solutions


part numbers see Table 25 and Table 26.
When a special material is required the exact five-digit
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions material code must be given
with the order. Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing
Solutions marketing company for more information.

72 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
STATIC SEALS

For demanding applications High sealing pressure

Internal and external designs Excellent sealing in gas and fluids

High performance materials Withstands rapid temperature changes

Very wide temperature range Easy installation

Available for AS568, ISO3601 and Excellent chemical resistance


non-standard sizes

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 73
STATIC SEALS · Turcon® Variseal® HF

74 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Variseal® HF

„ Turcon® Variseal® HF
Description Technical Data

Turcon® Variseal® HF is the standard seal for axial (face) Operating Pressure: 20 MPa / 2,900 psi
applications. The seal has a high specific sealing force and Maximum dynamic load,
gives gas-tight sealing even at low temperatures and is 60 MPa / 8,702 psi
available for both internal and external pressure. Maximum static load,
(207 MPa / 30,000 psi with
The heavy helical spring in Variseal® HF makes it the best
Back-up Ring)
choice for vacuum, gas and low temperature flange sealing
applications. Speed: Static to slow rotating
or pivoting movements
Operating Temperature: -150 °C to +200 °C /
Turcon® Variseal® HF -238 °F to +392 °F
Media Compatibility: Virtually all fluids, chemicals
Helical spring and gases

Important Note:
The above data are maximum values and cannot
be used at the same time. e.g. the maximum
operating speed depends on material type,
pressure, temperature and gap value.
Temperature range also dependent on media.

Figure 35 Turcon® Variseal® HF

Areas of Application

- Vacuum applications
- Homogenizers
- Steam equipment
- Flange connectors
- Static applications

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 75
STATIC SEALS · Turcon® Variseal® HF

Installation Recommendations for Internal Faceseal – Type HF – Metric

d7
dID b4

r1
DVE Smax

h
Figure 36 Installation Drawing

Table 27 Installation Dimensions – Metric

Series Groove Outside Diameter h b4 r1 Axial Clearance Smax


Number d7 H11
Groove Depth Groove Radius 2 MPa 10 MPa 20 MPa 40 MPa
mm
Width
Standard Range Extended Range1) Min Max
DVE0 6.0 - 13.9 10.0 - 40.0 1.45 +0.03 2.4 0 0.4 0.20 0.10 0.08 0.05
DVE1 14 .0 - 24.9 13.0 - 200.0 2.25 +0.05 3.60 0.4 0.25 0.15 0.10 0.07
DVE2 25.0 - 45.9 18.0 - 400.0 3.10 +0.08 4.80 0.6 0.35 0.20 0.15 0.08
DVE3 46.0 - 124.9 28.0 - 700.0* 4.70 +0.10 7.10* 0.8 0.50 0.25 0.20 0.10
DVE4 125.0 - 999.9** 45.0 - 1,000.0** 6.10 +0.15 9.50** 0.8 0.60 0.30 0.25 0.12
*** *** ***
DVE5 1,000.0 - 2,500.0 110.0 - 2,500.0 9.50 +0.20 15.00 0.8 0.90 0.50 0.40 0.20

* For diameters above 700 mm b4 min. = 8.0 mm


** For diameters above 700 mm b4 min. = 11.0 mm
*** For diameters above 1,000 mm b4 min. = 18.0 mm
1)
Available on request
For additional size and part number details, please reference the Variseal Design Guide or contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions
marketing company.

76 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Variseal® HF

Installation Recommendations for Internal Faceseal – Type HF – Inch


Table 29 Diameter
d7 Tolerance

dID b4 Seal ID d7
0.500 to +0.002
r1 2.999 -0.000
DVE Smax 3.000 to +0.003
7.999 -0.000
8.000 +0.004

h
& up -0.000

Figure 37 Installation Drawing

Table 28 Installation Dimensions – Inch

Series h b4 r1 Axial Clearance Smax


Number
Groove Depth Groove Radius 300 psi 1,500 psi 3,000 psi 5,000 psi
Width
Min Max
DVE0 0.057 + 0.002 0.094 0.010 0.008 0.004 0.003 0.002
DVE1 0.089 + 0.002 0.141 0.015 0.010 0.006 0.004 0.003
DVE2 0.122 + 0.002 0.188 0.015 0.014 0.008 0.006 0.003
DVE3 0.186 + 0.002 0.281 0.015 0.020 0.010 0.008 0.004
DVE4 0.238 + 0.002 0.375 0.020 0.024 0.012 0.010 0.005
DVE5 0.374 + 0.004 0.591 0.020 0.030 0.015 0.012 0.006

For additional size and part number details, please reference the Variseal Design Guide or contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions
marketing company.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 77
STATIC SEALS · Turcon® Variseal® HF

Installation Recommendations for External Faceseal – Type HF – Metric

dOD
d8 b4
r1
Smax
DVL
Pressure

h
Figure 38 Installation Drawing

Table 30 Installation Dimensions – Metric


Series Groove Inside Diameter h b4 r1 Radial Clearance Smax
Number d8 H11
Groove Depth Groove Radius 2 MPa 10 MPa 20 MPa 40 MPa
mm
Width
Standard Range Extended Range1) Min Max
DVL0 3.0 - 9.9 3.0 - 40.0 1.45 +0.03 2.40 0.4 0.20 0.10 0.08 0.05
DVL1 10.0 - 19.9 8.0 - 200.0 2.25 +0.05 3.60 0.4 0.25 0.15 0.10 0.07
DVL2 20.0 - 39.9 12.0 - 400.0 3.10 +0.08 4.80 0.6 0.35 0.20 0.15 0.08
DVL3 40.0 - 119.9 20.0 - 700.0* 4.70 +0.10 7.10* 0.8 0.50 0.25 0.20 0.10
**
DVL4 120.0 - 999.9** 35.0 - 1,600.0** 6.10 +0.15 9.50 0.8 0.60 0.30 0.25 0.12
DVL5 1,000.0 - 2,500.9*** 80.0 - 2,500.0*** 9.50 +0.20 15.00*** 0.8 0.90 0.50 0.40 0.20

* For diameters above 700 mm b4 min. = 8.0 mm


** For diameters above 700 mm b4 min. = 11.0 mm
*** For diameters above 1,000 mm b4 min. = 18.0 mm
1)
Available on request
For additional size and part number details, please reference the Variseal Design Guide or contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions
marketing company.

78 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Variseal® HF

Installation Recommendations for External Faceseal – Type HF – Inch


Table 32 Diameter
dOD Tolerance
d8 b4
Seal ID d8
r1
0.125 to +0.000
Smax 2.999 -0.002
DVL
3.000 to +0.000
Pressure 7.999 -0.003

h
8.000 +0.000
and up -0.004

Figure 39 Installation Drawing

Table 31 Installation Dimensions – Inch


Series h b4 r1 Axial Clearance Smax
Number
Groove Depth Groove Radius 300 psi 1,500 psi 3,000 psi 5,000 psi
Width
Min Max
DVL0 0.057 + 0.002 0.094 0.010 0.008 0.004 0.003 0.002
DVL1 0.089 + 0.002 0.141 0.015 0.010 0.006 0.004 0.003
DVL2 0.122 + 0.002 0.188 0.015 0.014 0.008 0.006 0.003
DVL3 0.186 + 0.002 0.281 0.015 0.020 0.010 0.008 0.004
DVL4 0.238 + 0.002 0.375 0.020 0.024 0.012 0.010 0.005
DVL5 0.374 + 0.004 0.591 0.020 0.030 0.015 0.012 0.006

For additional size and part number details, please reference the Variseal Design Guide or contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions
marketing company.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 79
STATIC SEALS · Turcon® Variseal® HF

Table 33 Part Number System for Face Seals


Article Code Cross-Section Size Class Seal Spring Spring
mm (inch) Material Material
DVE Variseal 0 1.45 (0.056) 0Mxx Dash # - Industrial MF1 S Stainless H Heavy
(Internal) Steel
1 2.25 (0.089) 0xxx Groove dia.* <1,000 mm MF2
DVL Variseal (dia x 10.0) H Hastelloy
(External) 2 3.10 (0.122) MF3
Xxxx Groove dia.* >=1,000 mm E Elgiloy
3 4.70 (0.186) (dia x 1.0) MF4
4 6.10 (0.239) Sxxx Groove dia.* <10.0 Inch MF5
5 9.50 (0.375) (dia x MF6
1,000.0)
Z80
Lxxx Groove dia.* >=10.0 Inch
(dia x 100.0) Z81

* DVE use groove OD, DVL use groove ID

Ordering Example 1 – Metric

D V L 3 0 0 8 0 0 - M F 1 S H

Design Cross-Section Size Class Jacket Material Spring Material

External Face Seal 4.70 mm Leading indicator is 0 Industrial MF1 Stainless steel
therefore 0800 size
Variseal HF represents an 80.0 mm Heavy spring load
groove ID*

* Please reference Figure 38 and Figure 39.

Ordering Example 2 – Inch

D V E 2 0 M 2 3 0 - M F 1 S H

Design Cross-Section Size Class Jacket Material Spring Material

Internal Face Seal 200 series Leading indicator is 0M Industrial MF1 Stainless steel
(0.122 inch) therefore 230 is an
Variseal HF inch dash number Heavy spring load

Ordering Example 3 – Inch for non-standard diameters

D V E 3 S 3 4 0 0 - M F 1 S H

Design Cross-Section Size Class Jacket Material Spring Material

Internal Face Seal 300 series Leading indicator is S Industrial MF1 Stainless steel
(0.186 inch) therefore 3.400 size
Variseal HF represents a 3.400 inch Heavy spring load
groove OD*

* Please reference Figure 36 and Figure 37.

80 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
STATIC SEALS

Temperature range from cryogenic to 850 °C / Simple and reliable sealing


1,550 °F
No outgassing
Pressure range from ultra-high vacuum to
1,000 MPa / 145,000 psi Wide range of sizes

Compatible with a large range of media

Corrosion resistant and radiation tolerant

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 81
STATIC SEALS · Wills Rings®

82 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Wills Rings®

„ Wills Rings®
Description Type MOT

Wills Rings® are the original metal O-Ring seals. First


developed at the Trelleborg Sealing Solutions facility in
Bridgwater, England, the term Wills Rings® has become
synonymous with this type of seal and is internationally
used as a generic term to describe metal O-Ring seals.
Superior controlled compression type seals used in static
applications, Wills Rings® withstand extreme conditions
that exceed the capabilities of elastomer and polymer Type MOV
seals. The seals are constructed from high quality metal
tubing or strip in standard or thin wall thickness and are
often coated or plated with a softer material to increase P
their sealing performance.
Wills Rings® are available in two designs and five types, see
Figure 40. The designs are:
1) Wills Rings® O
Type MOU
2) Wills Rings® C
Wills Rings® O consist of a tube formed into a circular
profile.
Wills Rings® C are similar to Wills Rings® O but with an
open ‘C’ cross section. The open slot of the Wills Rings® C
faces toward the system pressure and allows the seal to be
pressure activated.
Type MOS
®
Typical applications for Wills Rings :

- Pressure chambers
- Homogenizers
- Valves
- Reaction chambers
Wills Rings® can be customized to suit the specific Type MCX
requirements of a system. Contact your local Trelleborg
Sealing Solutions marketing company for more
information. P

Figure 40 Wills Rings®

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 83
STATIC SEALS · Wills Rings®

„ Method of Operation
Wills Rings® consist of a metal ring, often coated, which
is used as a deformable seal in a static sealing situation.

Wall Thickness
The ring is located between two flanges and undergoes a
controlled compression.
Wills Rings® are defined by their free height, which is the
cross section in the axial direction of the seal (Figure 41).

Groove Depth h

Free Height d2
The free height d2 of the seal is compressed down to the
groove depth h.
Before Installation
The resistance of the ring to compression enables it to
generate a sealing force when compressed. The resilient
effect of the seal can be increased by pressurizing the
internal volume of the ring, see Type MOT gas filled Wills
Rings® O.
Alternatively, if the system to be sealed is very high pressure,
this system pressure can be used to provide additional
sealing effect. This is called system actuation and is achieved
by allowing the high pressure to enter the seal through vent
holes, see Type MOV or the open C slot, Type MCX. Installed
®
Wills Rings have a certain degree of elasticity. This is known
as springback. The springback is the elastic part of the seal
deflection when it is installed in a groove. This dictates
the seal’s ability to absorb or compensate for hardware
variations due to temperature or pressure loadings,
Springback

maintaining the seal integrity (Figure 41).


A softer plating or coating material can be applied to Wills
Rings® to maximize sealing performance in demanding
applications. The coating material yields during the
ring compression and fills surface machining marks After Installation
(Figure 42).
Figure 41 Method of seal operation
For best sealing results, Wills Rings® should be replaced each
time the groove housing is dismantled as the plating or
coating material deforms from use and performance can´t Non-Coated Seal
be guaranteed again once the housing has been dismantled.

Performance
Because Wills Rings® are constructed from metal, their
ability to handle extreme conditions exceeds that of
polymeric and elastomeric seal types.
Unlike elastomer seals, Wills Rings® are not subject to
outgassing making them suitable for use on equipment
sensitive to outgassing.

Features and benefits Coated Seal


- Temperature range from cryogenic to 850 °C / 1,550 °F
- Pressure range from ultra-high vacuum to
1,000 MPa / 145,000 psi
- Compatible with a large range of media
- Corrosion resistant and radiation tolerant
- Simple and reliable sealing
- No outgassing
- Immune to explosive decompression
Figure 42 Contact surface for coated and non-coated
- Wide range of sizes
Wills Rings®

84 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Wills Rings®

„ Selection Table
Use this table to select the optimum seal for an application.
A, B, C or D indicates relative performance.
Further information can be found on the relevant pages
as indicated.

Table 34 Selection Criteria


If further information on seal selection is required, please contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing
company. Inconel® is a trademark of INCO Alloys International, Inc.

Seal Extreme Seating Spring- Vacuum Pressure Max. Standard Material


Con- Loads back Sealing Working
ditions MPa/psi Temp. °C / °F
Code Cyrogenic to Seal Coating
Type MOT
40 MPa 850 °C
Pressurized A C C 1x10-9 mbar.l.s.-1
5,800 psi 1,550 °F

Type MOV
Mild steel
Vented
internal Stainless
Steel 316 L Silver
1,000 MPa 600 °C
B B C -
Type MOW 145,000 psi 1,100 °F Stainless Nickel
Vented Steel 321
Copper
external Inconel®
600 Gold
Type MOU Inconel ® Indium
Non- -5 -1 4 MPa 400 °C 718
C B C 1x10 mbar.l.s.
Pressurized 580 psi 750 °F
Copper

Type MOS
4 MPa 500 °C
Solid C D D 1x10-5 mbar.l.s.-1
580 psi 925 °F

Type MCX
Internal Silver
pressure Inconel® Nickel
200 MPa 750 °C X750
-7 -1
B A A 1x10 mbar.l.s. Copper
Type MCY 29,000 psi 1,375 °F Inconel®
External 718 Gold
pressure Indium

Properties: A = Excellent B = Good C = Satisfactory D = Poor

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 85
STATIC SEALS · Wills Rings®

„ Materials
Seal Material Table 35 Standard Seal Materials for Wills Rings® O

Available in a wide range of materials, Wills Rings® are Standard Material Maximum Operating Code
used as static seals in a large number of industrial sectors. Temperature
The choice of material affects the seal performance and °C °F
materials should be chosen after considering the following Copper 400 750 O
requirements:
Mild steel 550 1,025 B
- Pressure and temperature Stainless Steel AISI 316L
800 1,475 H
(1.4435)
- Seating loads
Stainless Steel AISI 321
- Corrosion resistance 800 1,475 E
(1.4541)
- Compatibility with housing materials Inconel® 600 850 1,550 M
Inconel® 718 850 1,550 L
- Length of life
- Sealing level
- Cost
Table 36 Standard Seal Materials for Wills Rings® C

Standard Material Maximum Operating Code


Industry Standards Temperature
For some industries, seal material selection can be critical °C °F
and require compliance with industry standards. ®
Inconel X750 (Jacket) 750 1,375 N
For example, a Wills Rings® O or C with compliance to Inconel® 718 (Jacket) 750 1,375 L
NACE MR0175 should be selected in material Inconel® 718
and be hardened using treatment 5 as shown in the part
number tables. Note:
Not all materials are available in all sizes.

86 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Wills Rings®

Plating and Coating Materials for Wills Rings®

The sealing capability of Wills Rings® is greatly enhanced For higher levels of sealing, more layers of plating should
by the addition of a softer coating material, see Figure 42. be combined with a better surface finish.
Table 37 gives the technical data for each coating, including
Note:
the plating thickness, temperature capability and the size
Increased plating and a better surface finish make the seal
range.
and the hardware more expensive to produce.
Select plating and coatings for applications by considering
For less critical applications, non-plated rings may provide
the following system requirements:
sufficient sealing.
1. Level of sealing needed and the fluid to be sealed
2. Operating temperature
Contact your Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing
3. Compatibility to media company for further information.

Table 37 Standard Coating Materials

Coating Coating-Thickness Temperature Comments Max. Ø


Material Code mm inch °C °F mm inch
Nickel Q 0.030 ± 0.005 0.0012 ± 0.0002 1,200 2,200 - 1,000 39
Silver R 0.030 ± 0.005 0.0012 ± 0.0002 800 1,475 1 layer silver 1,000 39
Silver U 0.055 ± 0.005 0.0022 ± 0.0002 800 1,475 2 layers silver 1,000 39
Silver S 0.080 ± 0.005 0.0031 ± 0.0002 800 1,475 3 layers silver 1,000 39
Gold I 0.030 ± 0.005 0.0012 ± 0.0002 930 1,706 - 1,000 39
Copper O 0.030 ± 0.005 0.0012 ± 0.0002 930 1,706 - 1,000 39

Note:
Other non-standard plating/coating options are available.

„ Hardware, Finish and Media


Table 38 shows the media that can be sealed with different Typically a thin gas is more difficult to seal than a heavy
plating materials and the required surface finish for the liquid, and requires a better surface finish. The lower the
housing. It is important that all machining marks are media viscosity, the higher the surface finish quality and
concentric with the line of seal contact. Spiral or radial plating level required.
marks should be avoided as these can form leak paths
across the seal face.
The groove should be machined to the required finish and
not polished by hand. Polishing can lead to radial marks on
the sealing surface which may form leak paths.

Table 38 Media and Hardware Surface Finishes

Sealing System/Media Ra Rmax Typical Coating Comments


m  inch m  inch
Ultra-high vacuum 0.1 - 0.2 4-8 1.2 - 1.6 48 - 64 S
Use this for safety
Cryogenic - High vacuum 0.1 - 0.2 4-8 1.2 - 1.6 48 - 64 S
critical systems
Helium, Hydrogen 0.1 - 0.2 4-8 1.2 - 1.6 48 - 64 S
Nitrogen, Steam 0.2 - 0.4 8 - 16 2.0 - 2.5 80 - 100 R/S/Q -
Cryogenic - Light vacuum 0.2 - 0.4 8 - 16 2.0 - 2.5 80 - 100 R/S/Q -
Air, Water, Light fuel 0.4 - 0.8 16 - 32 3.0 - 4.0 120 - 160 R/Q Non-plated rings
may be suitable
Heavy oils, Polymer 0.4 - 0.8 16 - 32 3.0 - 4.0 120 - 160 R/Q

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 87
STATIC SEALS · Wills Rings®

„ Part Numbers and Ordering Instructions – Metric


Installation Recommendations for Internal Pressure Sealing
Closed Open
Groove Groove
Øda
d2

P P
Wills Rings® O Type MOT

h
Øda r
d2

Wills Rings® C Type MCX b4


Ød7

Figure 43 Installation Drawing for Internal Pressure

Table 39 Installation Dimensions for Internal Pressure

Free Wills Rings® Type Groove Depth Groove Wills Groove Radius Wills Rings®
Height Width 1) Rings® Diameter d7,
O C unplated only 3) rmax Springback
2)
O
Free Height Free Height O C
Mat. Codes Mat. Codes
= da + clearance
d2 mm Stand. Thin Stand. Thin h b4 min. Øda + tolerance mm only only

0.89 J - 0.58 +0.08 1.25 8-50 da +0.10 +0.05 0.25 0.01 -


-0
1.59 A A 1.32 +0.08 2.25 12-150 da +0.10 +0.05 0.40 0.02 0.06
K K -0 0.03 0.07
2.38 B B 1.83 +0.08 3.00 25-500 da +0.18 +0.12 0.50 0.04 0.09
L L -0 50-500 0.06 0.11
3.18 C C 2.54 +0.13 4.00 60-1,000 da +0.18 +0.12 0.75 0.05 0.12
M M -0 0.11 0.14
3.97 D D 3.05 +0.13 5.00 100-1,250 da +0.18 +0.12 1.25 0.06 0.11
N N -0 0.13 0.16
4.76 E E 3.68 +0.13 6.00 115-1,500 da +0.25 +0.12 1.50 0.08 0.12
O O -0 150-1,500 0.17 0.23
6.35 F - 5.08 +0.13 8.00 125-2,000 da +0.25 +0.12 1.50 0.10 0.27
P P -0 0.14 -
7.94 G - 6.35 +0.13 10.00 500-2,500 da +0.38 +0.12 1.50 0.08 -
-0
9.53 H - 7.92 +0.13 12.00 750-3,000 da +0.38 +0.12 1.50 0.08 -
R - -0 0.09
Notes: 1) Minimum value. Recommended groove width 1.5 x d2.
2) For Wills Rings® C diameter size ranges see page 90 (Table 42).
3) Calculate exact groove/seal Ø by the expression:
d7 = da + (2 x maximum coating thickness) + clearance (+ tol.)
= da + CTCV page 95 (Table 48), for clearance tolerance correction value)
Example: 3.18 mm Wills Rings® C with three layers of plating
d7 = da + (2 x 3 layer coating = 2 x 0.085 mm = 0.170 mm) + clearance (+ tol.)
= da + 0.170 + clearance (+ tol.)
= da + 0.170 + 0.18 (+0.12)

88 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Wills Rings®

Installation Recommendations for External Pressure Sealing

Selection process when designing for an existing groove/housing:


®
Use Øda for Wills Rings O / Use Ødi for Wills Rings® C
Closed Open
Ødi Groove Groove
d2

Wills Rings® O Type MOT


Ødi

h
r

P P
d2

Wills Rings® C Type MCY


b4 Ød8

Figure 44 Installation Drawing for Extenal Pressure

Table 40 Installation Dimensions for External Pressure

Free Wills Rings® Wills Rings® Groove Depth Groove Wills Groove Radius Wills Rings®
Height Width 1) Rings® Diameter d8,
O C unplated only 3) rmax Springback
2)
O
Free Height Free Height O C
Mat. Codes Mat. Codes
= di - clearance
d2 mm Stand. Thin Stand. Thin h b4 min. Øda + tolerance mm only only

0.89 J - 0.58 +0.08 1.25 8-50 di -0.10 -0.05 0.25 0.01 -


-0
1.59 A A 1.32 +0.08 2.25 12-150 di -0.10 -0.05 0.40 0.02 0.06
K K -0 0.03 0.07
2.38 B B 1.83 +0.08 3.00 25-500 di -0.18 -0.12 0.50 0.04 0.09
L L -0 50-500 0.06 0.11
3.18 C C 2.54 +0.13 4.00 60-1000 di -0.18 -0.12 0.75 0.05 0.12
M M -0 0.11 0.14
3.97 D D 3.05 +0.13 5.00 100-1250 di -0.18 -0.12 1.25 0.06 0.11
N N -0 0.13 0.16
4.76 E E 3.68 +0.13 6.00 115-1500 di -0.25 -0.12 1.50 0.08 0.12
O O -0 150-1500 0.17 0.23
6.35 F - 5.08 +0.13 8.00 125-2000 di -0.25 -0.12 1.50 0.10 0.27
P P -0 0.14
7.94 G - 6.35 +0.13 10.00 500-2500 di -0.38 -0.12 1.50 0.08 -
-0
9.53 H - 7.92 +0.13 12.00 750-3000 di -0.38 -0.12 1.50 0.08 -
R - -0 0.09
Notes: 1) Minimum value. Recommended is groove width 1.5 x d2.
2) For Wills Rings® C diameter size ranges see page 90 (Table 42).
3) Calculate exact groove/seal Ø by the expression:
d8 = di - (2 x maximum coating thickness) - clearance (- tol.)
= di - CTCV page 95 (Table 48), for clearance tolerance correction value
Example: 2.38 mm Wills Rings® O with 1 layers of plating
d8 = di - (2 x 1 layer coating = 2 x 0.035 mm = 0.070 mm) - clearance (- tol.)
= di - 0.070 - clearance (- tol.)
= di - 0.070 - 0.18 (-0.12)
= di - 0.37 mm

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 89
STATIC SEALS · Wills Rings®

„ Metric Part Numbers and Table 42 Diameter Size Range for Wills Rings® C

Ordering Instructions Free Wall Wall Seal Total Groove


Height Code Thick– Groove Width2)
Metric Size Ranges and Free Heights ness Depth1)
d2 Ø da h b4 min.
Wills Rings® are available in a comprehensive range of mm mm mm mm mm
sizes. Free height ranges from 0.89 mm to 9.53 mm and for
each size, there are a range of seal diameters which can - - - - - - -
be produced. Free height sizes are to industry standards A 0.25 +0.08
and have evolved from inch sizes. See Table 41 and 1.59 20-150 1.32 2.25
K 0.15 -0
Table 42.
B 0.38 +0.08
2.38 25-300 1.83 3.00
L 0.25 -0
Table 41 Diameter Size Range for Wills Rings® O
C 0.51 +0.13
Free Wall Wall Seal Total Groove 3.18 50-400 2.54 4.00
M 0.38 -0
Height Code Thick– Groove Width2)
ness Depth1) D 0.61 +0.13
3.97 60-500 3.05 5.00
d2 Ø da h b4 min. N 0.41 -0
mm mm mm mm mm
E 0.76 +0.13
J 0.15 +0.08 4.76 95-500 3.68 6.00
0.89 8-50 0.58 1.25 O 0.51 -0
-0
A 0.36 +0.08 - - +0.13
1.59 12-150 1.32 2.25 6.35 115-500 5.08 8.00
K 0.25 P 0.64 -0
-0
B 0.46 25-500 +0.08
2.38 1.83 3.00
L 0.25 50-500 -0 Notes:
C 0.51 +0.13 1) When using a gasket in conjunction with Wills Rings®,
3.18 60-1,000 2.54 4.00 the groove depth must be modified.
M 0.25 -0
2) Groove width given in Table 41 and Table 42 is the
D 0.64 +0.13
3.97 100-1,250 3.05 5.00 minimum. Ideally the groove width b4 = 1.5 x d2.
N 0.25 -0
E 0.81 115-1,500 +0.13
4.76 3.68 6.00
O 0.25 150-1,500 -0
F 1.02 +0.13
6.35 125-2,000 5.08 8.00
P 0.51 -0
G 1.27 +0.13
7.94 500-2,500 6.35 10.00
- - -0
H 1.52 +0.13
9.53 750-3,000 7.92 12.00
R 0.51 -0

See page 94 for Size Ranges and Free Heights in Inches.

90 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Wills Rings®

Metric Groove Clearance and Plating Allowances


The table below gives guidance on how to size a seal for a given groove diameter. This will enable sizing of seals correctly
for a given groove diameter, or vice versa.

Table 43 Clearance - Tolerance Correction Value in mm

No Plating One Layer Two Layers Three Layers


Maximum Plating 0.00 + 0.035 + 0.060 + 0.085
2 x maximum Plating 0.00 + 0.070 + 0.120 + 0.170
Free Height
mm code Total Total Total Total
0.89 - J 0.10+0.05 0.15 0.17+0.05 0.22 0.22+0.05 0.27 0.27+0.05 0.32
1.59 A K 0.10+0.05 0.17+0.05 0.22+0.05 0.27+0.05
2.38 B L 0.18+0.12 0.30 0.25+0.12 0.37 0.30+0.12 0.42 0.35+0.12 0.47
3.18 C M 0.18+0.12 0.25+0.12 0.30+0.12 0.35+0.12
3.97 D N 0.18+0.12 0.25+0.12 0.30+0.12 0.35+0.12
4.76 E O 0.25+0.12 0.37 0.32+0.12 0.44 0.37+0.12 0.49 0.42+0.12 0.54
6.35 F P 0.25+0.12 0.32+0.12 0.37+0.12 0.42+0.12
7.94 G - 0.38+0.12 0.50 0.45+0.12 0.57 0.50+0.12 0.62 0.55+0.12 0.67
9.53 H R 0.38+0.12 0.45+0.12 0.50+0.12 0.55+0.12

Wills Rings® clearance and tolerance correction values (CTCV) for different plating levels for each free height size.
See page 95 for Clearance Tolerance Correction Values in Inches.

Internal pressure Ød7 = Øda + CTCV For example


External pressure Ød8 = Ødi - CTCV MOTOG1500K1HS
This is a 4.76 mm gas-filled Wills Rings® O thin wall seal
for a 150.0 mm groove diameter d7. It has silver plate at 3
Notes:
layers, 0.075/0.085 mm thickness.
Use Øda for Wills Rings® O for external pressure
Use Ødi for Wills Rings® C for external pressure
The seal diameter is found from Ød7 = Øda + CTCV
Hence Øda = Ød7 - CTCV
= 150.0 - 0.54
Øda = 149.46 mm

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 91
STATIC SEALS · Wills Rings®

Metric Part Number Systems for Wills Rings®

Table 44 Metric Part Number System for Wills Rings® O in Metric

Seal Series Free Height/ Seal Quality Characteristic Seal Material Coating Treat-
Type Wall Size Diameter Characteristic Number Material ment
mm Code
Standard wall
A 1.59 0.36 Diameter x 10
(up to) 999.9)
B 2.38 0.46 B Mild steel Q Nickel
C 3.18 0.51
G----
S Solid D 3.97 0.64 this is the H Stainless O Copper
groove outside Steel
E 4.76 0.81 ”-” Standard AISI 316L 5=
diameter Quality
T Gas–filled F 6.35 1.02 Ød7 x 10 (1.4435) I Gold Heat
treatment
MO G 7.94 1.27 1 = Standard to NACE
”K” X–Ray E Stainless MR0175
M Metal U Non– H 9.53 1.52 Use the groove required N Indium
Pressurized method only Steel (Inconel®
O O-Ring Thin wall AISI 321 718 only)
for internal
profile (1.4541)
pressure/ R Silver
J 0.89 0.15 ”A” Aerospace
V Pressure external One
use
vented ID K 1.59 0.25 sealing layer
M Inconel® 600
L 2.38 0.25
W Pressure M 3.18 0.25 R---- U Silver
vented OD this is the ring L Inconel® 718 Two
N 3.97 0.25 outside dia. layers
O 4.76 0.25 Øda x 10
O Copper
P 6.35 0.51 S Silver
R 9.53 0.51 Three
layers

Notes:
MOV/MOW (pressure vented type) seal not available in 0.89 mm free height. Use MOT type or increase to a 1.59 mm size instead.
Other non-standard plating/coating options are available.
Ask your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for further details. Select Quality Characteristic Code K for
thin wall rings.
Ordering Example 1

M O T C G 1 0 0 0 - 1 H S

Wills Rings® O Free Height Groove diameter Quality Characteristic Material


gas filled seal 3.18 mm Ød7 = 100.00 mm code Stainless Steel 316L
Standard wall Silver at three
(0.51 mm) Therefore groove - is standard Characteristic layers
diameter number
Øda = 100.00 - CTCV
= 100.00 - 0.47 1 is standard
Øda = 99.53 mm
Ordering Example 2

M O T B R 0 6 9 8 - 1 E R

Wills Rings® O Free Height Seal outside diameter Quality Characteristic Material
gas filled seal 2.38 mm Øda = 69.76 mm code Stainless Steel 321
Standard wall Silver at one layer
Seal on groove inside (0.46 mm) Therefore groove diameter - is standard Characteristic
diameter Ød8 for Ød8 = 69.76 - (2xd2) - CTCV number
external pressure = 69.76 - (4.76) - 0.37 1 is standard
Ød8 = 64.63 mm
where Ødi = 65.0 mm

92 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Wills Rings®

Table 45 Metric Part Number System for Wills Rings® C

Seal Type Series Free Height/ Seal Diameter Quality Characteristic Seal Material Coating Treatment
Wall Size Characteristic Number Material
mm Code
(up to) 999.9)
1=
Standard wall G - - - - Work
this is the
A 1.59 0.25 groove O Copper hardened
B 2.38 0.38 diameter
(Ød7 or ød8)
X Internal C 3.18 0.51 x10 I Gold 2=
pressure Standard age
D 3.97 0.61 hardened
E 4.76 0.76 ”-” Standard L Inconel® N Indium (short cycle)
R----
Y External this is the seal Quality 718
MC pressure 1 = Standard
diameter
M Metal Thin wall (Øda or Ødi) R Silver 3=
x 10 ”A” Aerospace N Inconel® One Age hardened
C C-Ring K 1.59 0.15 use X750 layer (long cycle)
profile
L 2.38 0.25
Use outside
M 3.18 0.38 U Silver 4=
diameter
for internal Two Solution
N 3.97 0.41
pressure/ layers annealed and
O 4.76 0.51 outside sealing age hardened

P 6.35 0.64
S Silver
Use inside Three 5=
diameter layers Heat
for external treatment to
pressure/inside NACE MR0175
sealing

Notes:
Other non-standard plating/coating options are available.
Treatment code 5 for seal material Inconel® 718 only.
Ordering Example 1

M C X C G 1 5 0 0 - 1 N U 2

Wills Rings® C Free Height Groove diameter Quality Characteristic Material


Internal pressure 3.18 mm Ød7 = 150.00 mm code Inconel® X750
(seal on OD) Standard wall Silver at two layers
(0.51 mm) Therefore groove - is standard Characteristic Standard age
diameter number harden (short cycle)
Øda = 150.00 - CTCV
= 150.00 - 0.42 1 is standard
Øda = 149.58 mm
Ordering Example 2

M C Y O R 1 0 5 0 - 1 L R 2

Wills Rings® C Free Height Groove diameter Quality Characteristic Material


External pressure 4.76 mm Ødi = 105.00 mm code Inconel® 718
(seal on ID) Thin wall + Silver at one layer
(0.51 mm) Therefore groove - is standard Characteristic Standard age
diameter number harden (short cycle)
ød8 = 105.00 - CTCV
= 105.00 - 0.44 1 is standard
ød8 = 104.56 mm

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 93
STATIC SEALS · Wills Rings®

„ Inch Part Numbers and Table 47 Diameter Size Range in Inches


for Wills Rings® C
Ordering Instructions
Free Wall Wall Seal Total Groove
Inch Size Ranges and Free Heights Height Code Groove Width2)
Depth1)
Wills Rings® are available in a comprehensive range of
d2 Ø da h b4 min.
sizes. Free height ranges from 0.035 inch to 0.375 inch and inch inch inch inch inch
for each size there is a range of seal diameters which can
be produced. Free height sizes are industry standard and - - - - - - -
have evolved from inch sizes. See Table 46 and Table 47. 0.063 A 0.010 0.8-6 0.052 +0.003 0.089
K 0.006 -0
Table 46 Diameter Size Range in Inches 0.094 B 0.015 1-12 0.072 +0.003 0.118
for Wills Rings® O
L 0.010 -0
Free Wall Wall Seal Total Groove 0.125 C 0.020 2-16 0.100 +0.005 0.157
Height Code Groove Width2)
Depth1) M 0.015 -0

d2 Ø da h b4 min. 0.156 D 0.024 2.4-20 0.120 +0.005 0.197


inch inch inch inch inch N 0.016 -0
0.035 J 0.006 0.313-2 0.023 +0.003 0.050 0.187 E 0.030 3.75-20 0.145 +0.005 0.236
-0 O 0.020 -0
0.063 A 0.014 0.5-6 0.052 +0.003 0.089
0.250 - - 4.5-20 0.200 +0.005 0.315
K 0.010 -0 P 0.025 -0
0.094 B 0.018 1-20 0.072 +0.003 0.118
L 0.010 2-20 -0
Notes:
0.125 C 0.020 2.5-40 0.100 +0.005 0.157
1) When using a gasket in conjunction with Wills Rings®,
M 0.010 -0 the groove depth must be modified.
0.156 D 0.025 4-60 0.120 +0.005 0.197 2) Groove width given in Table 46 and Table 47 is the
N 0.010 -0 minimum. Ideally the groove width b4 = 1.5 x d2.
0.187 E 0.032 4.5-60 0.145 +0.005 0.236
O 0.010 6-60 -0
0.250 F 0.040 5-80 0.200 +0.005 0.315
P 0.020 -0
0.313 G 0.050 20-100 0.250 +0.005 0.394
- - -0
0.375 H 0.060 30-120 0.312 +0.005 0.472
R 0.020 -0

94 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Wills Rings®

Inch Groove Clearance and Plating Allowances


The table below gives guidance on how to size a seal for a given groove diameter. This will enable sizing of seals correctly
for a given groove diameter, or vice versa.

Table 48 Inch Clearance - Tolerance Correction Value

No Plating One Layer Two Layers Three Layers


Maximum Plating 0.00 + 0.0015 + 0.0025 + 0.0035
2 x maximum Plating 0.00 + 0.003 + 0.005 + 0.007
Free Height
inch code Total Total Total Total
0.035 - J 0.004+0.002 0.006 0.007+0.002 0.009 0.009+0.002 0.011 0.011+0.002 0.013
0.063 A K 0.004+0.002 0.007+0.002 0.009+0.002 0.011+0.002
0.094 B L 0.007+0.005 0.012 0.010+0.005 0.015 0.012+0.005 0.017 0.014+0.005 0.019
0.125 C M 0.007+0.005 0.010+0.005 0.012+0.005 0.014+0.005
0.156 D N 0.007+0.005 0.010+0.005 0.012+0.005 0.014+0.005
0.187 E O 0.010+0.005 0.015 0.013+0.005 0.018 0.015+0.005 0.020 0.017+0.005 0.022
0.250 F P 0.010+0.005 0.013+0.005 0.015+0.005 0.017+0.005
0.313 G - 0.015+0.005 0.020 0.018+0.005 0.023 0.020+0.005 0.025 0.022+0.005 0.027
0.375 H R 0.015+0.005 0.018+0.005 0.020+0.005 0.022+0.005

Wills Rings® clearance and tolerance correction values (CTCV) for different plating levels for each free height size in Inches.

Internal pressure Ød7 = Øda + CTCV For example


External pressure Ød8 = Ødi - CTCV MOTOL1200K1HS
This is a 0.187 inch gas-filled Wills Rings® O thin wall seal
for a 12.00 inch seal diameter da. It has silver plate at 3
Notes:
layers, 0.003 inch/0.0035 inch thickness.
Use Øda for Wills Rings® O for external pressure
The groove diameter is found from Ød7 = Øda + CTCV
Use Ødi for Wills Rings® C for external pressure
Hence Ød7 = Øda + CTCV
= 12.00 + 0.022
Ød7 = 12.022"

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 95
STATIC SEALS · Wills Rings®

Inch Part Number Systems for Wills Rings®

Table 49 Inch Part Number System for Wills Rings® O

Seal Type Series Free Height/ Seal Quality Characteristic Seal Material Coating Treat-
Wall Size Diameter Characteristic Number Material ment
mm Code
Standard wall
A 0.063 0.014
B 0.094 0.018 For small Q Nickel
diameter up
S Solid C 0.125 0.020 to 9.999” use B Mild steel
T Gas– D 0.156 0.025 S - - - - H Stainless O Copper
filled Steel
MO E 0.187 0.032 this is the seal AISI 316L 5=
U Non– outside (1.4435) Heat
M Metal pressurized F 0.250 0.040 diameter ”-” Standard I Gold treatment
Quality E Stainless to NACE
O O-Ring V Pressure G 0.313 0.050 Øda to three 1 = Standard
profile "K" X-Ray Steel MR0175
vented H 0.375 0.060 decimal places required AISI 321 N Indium (Inconel®
ID (1.4541) 718 only)
W Pressure Thin wall ”A” Aerospace
For larger use M Inconel® R Silver
vented J 0.035 0.006 diameter 600
OD 1 layer
above 10.000”
K 0.063 0.010
use L Inconel®
718
L 0.094 0.010 U Silver
L----
O Copper 2 layers
M 0.125 0.010 this is the seal
outside
N 0.156 0.010 diameter Øda
O 0.187 0.010 to two S Silver
decimal 3 layers
P 0.250 0.020 places
R 0.375 0.020

Notes:
MOV/MOW (Pressure Vented type) seal not available in 0.035” free height. Use MOT type or increase to a 0.063” size instead.
Other non-standard plating/coating options are available.
Select Quality Characteristic Code K for Thin wall rings.
Ordering Example 1

M O T B S 1 0 0 0 - 1 H S

Wills Rings® O Free Height Groove diameter Quality Characteristic Material


0.094" Øda = 1.000" code Stainless Steel 316L
Gas filled seal Standard wall Silver at three
(0.018") Therefore groove - is standard Characteristic layers
diameter number
Ød7 = 1.000 + CTCV
= 1.000 + 0.019 1 is standard
Ød7 = 1.019"
Ordering Example 2

M O T C L 1 0 0 0 - 1 E R

Wills Rings® O Free Height Seal diameter Quality Characteristic Material


0.125" Øda = 10.000" code Stainless Steel 321
Gas filled seal Standard wall Silver at one layer
(0.020") Therefore groove - is standard Characteristic
diameter number
Ød7 = 10.000 + CTCV
= 10.000 + 0.015 1 is standard
Ød7 = 10.015"

96 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Wills Rings®

Table 50 Inch Part Number System for Wills Rings® C

Seal Type Series Free Height/ Seal Quality Characteristic Seal Material Coating Treatment
Wall Size Diameter Characteristic Number Material
mm Code
For small
diameter up to
999.9" use 1=
S---- Work
O Copper hardened
this is the
Standard wall seal outside
A 0.063 0.010 diameter I Gold 2=
Øda to 3 places
B 0.094 0.015 Standard
age
MC X Internal C 0.125 0.020 For larger ”-” Standard N Indium hardened
pressure diameter above Quality ® (short cycle)
M Metal D 0.156 0.024 L Inconel
10.000" use
718
C C-Ring E 0.187 0.030 1 = Standard R Silver
L----
profile Y External ”A” Aerospace N Inconel® One 3=
this is the
pressure use X750 layer Age
seal outside
Thin wall diameter hardened
(long cycle)
K 0.063 0.006 Øda to two U Silver
decimal places
L 0.094 0.010 Two
layers 4=
M 0.125 0.015 Use outside
Solution
diameter annealed
N 0.156 0.016
for internal S Silver and age
O 0.187 0.020 pressure/ Three hardened
outside sealing layers
P 0.250 0.025

Use inside 5=
diameter Heat
for external treatment
pressure/inside to
sealing NACE
MR0175

Notes:
Other non-standard plating/coating options are available. Treatment code 5 for seal material Inconel® 718 only.
Ordering Example 1

M C X C S 5 0 0 0 - 1 N U 2

Wills Rings® C Free Height Seal diameter Quality Characteristic Material


Internal pressure 0.125" Øda = 5.000" code Inconel® X750
(seal on OD) Standard wall Silver at one layer
(0.020") Therefore groove - is standard Characteristic Standard age
diameter. number harden (short cycle)
Ød7 = 5.000 + CTCV
= 5.000 + 0.017 1 is standard
Ød7 = 5.017"
Ordering Example 2

M C Y B L 1 5 0 0 - 1 L R 2

Wills Rings® C Free Height Seal diameter Quality Characteristic Material


External pressure 0.094" Øda = 15.000" code Inconel® 718
(seal on ID) Standard wall Silver at one layer
(0.015") Therefore groove - is standard Characteristic Standard age harden
diameter number (short cycle)
Ød8 = 15.000 - CTCV
= 15.000 - 0.015 1 is standard
Ød8 = 14.985"

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 97
STATIC SEALS · Wills Rings®

„ Compression Loads to
Seat Wills Rings®
Seating the seal is the process of compressing it to the Table 51 Wills Rings® C
correct depth, such that it forms an effective seal. Code Treatment
®
When Wills Rings are located in a housing, a specific load 1 Work-harden
must be applied to the flanges to seat the seals correctly. 2 Age-harden (short cycle)
The required seating load must be calculated for each seal 3 Age-harden (long cycle)
and must be exceeded by the system load used to secure the
4 Solution anneal and age-harden
sealing flanges together. The system pressure for internal
pressure systems also has an effect on the clamping forces. 5 Heat treat to NACE MR0175
This pressure acts on an area inside the seal diameter
causing an extra load on the clamping system.
Minimum seating load required: Hardness/Seal Resilience

LT = L1 + L2 Age-hardened Wills Rings® C have higher seal resilience.


This is required for silver coated Wills Rings® C in order to
Where LT = Total required seating load apply sufficient seating force to deform the coating.
L1 = Load to seat seal Age-hardening (short cycle) is adequate for normal sealing.
L2 = Load caused by internal system pressure Age-hardening (long cycle) can be used to provide higher
seating loads offering greater seal resilience which assists
The securing system must be sufficiently strong to with sealing in extreme conditions.
withstand the pressure and temperature effects during
system operation. Most Wills Rings® are available in The hardness treatment code must be included in the
standard and thin wall sections. Generally, standard wall Wills Rings® C part numbers. See the ordering example on
seals should be used wherever possible. A standard wall page 93.
thickness ring is stronger and forms a more effective seal. Heat treatment to NACE MR0175 can also be specified for
A thin wall seal should be used to provide lower seating Wills Rings® O in material Inconel® 718, using the material
loads if required. code 5.
Factors affecting the system design and the seating
load of a seal are:
- Loss of bolt strength at elevated temperatures
- Increases in pressure at elevated temperatures
- Creep losses/relaxation over time
- The bolt loads holding the system must be sufficient to
seat Wills Rings® and withstand the system pressure
- The system flanges must be strong enough to avoid
deformation

Notes:
Wills Rings® C can be hardened to modify the seal
resilience. The seating load figures given in Table 54 are
for standard treatment seals only (Code Number 2 - short
cycle age- hardened). If a non-standard seal treatment
is used, see Table 51 for options, then the correct material
factor must be used in the seating load calculation, see
Table 52 and Table 53.
All figures given for seating loads are typical values only.
It is recommended that seal users apply an appropriate
safety margin in all calculations for the seating loads
relative to the sealing requirements.
Tests should be conducted to establish suitability of the
clamping system.

98 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Wills Rings®

„ Calculating Seating Loads


The compressive load required to correctly seat specific Table 52 Material Factor Wills Rings® O
Wills Rings® in the recommended groove depends on the
Material Factor M
seal diameter, seal free height, wall thickness and seal
material according to the following expression: Stainless steel AISI 316L (1.4435) 1.00
Stainless steel AISI 321 (1.4541) 1.00
L1 = M x K x Dm x m
®
Inconel 600 1.10
Where L1 = Load to seat the seal (N)
Inconel® 718 1.10
M = Material factor (see Table 52 or Table 53)
Mild steel 0.75
K = Load in N/mm seal circumference Copper 0.75
(see Table 54)
Dm = Median (sealing) diameter of the seal,
da - d2 (mm)
Table 53 Material Factor Wills Rings® C Condition
m = Pythagoras constant (3.142)
Material Factor M
Inconel® X750 0.85
Inconel® 718 1.00

Notes:
Use M x 0.75 for work harden
Use M x 1.20 for age-harden (long cycle)

Table 54 Compressive Load for Standard Wall Wills Rings®

Cross Section Size Wills Rings® O Wills Rings® C


Code
Wall Thickness Seating Load Wall Thickness Seating Load
Circumference Circumference
mm inch mm inch N/mm lb/inch mm inch N/mm lb/inch
0.89 0.035 thin J 0.15 0.006 100 571 - - -
1.59 0.063 std A 0.36 0.014 161 919 0.25 0.010 51 291
thin K 0.15 0.010 98 560 0.15 0.006 15 86
2.38 0.094 std B 0.46 0.018 198 1131 0.38 0.015 69 394
thin L 0.25 0.010 52 297 0.25 0.010 28 160
3.18 0.125 std C 0.51 0.020 176 1,005 0.51 0.020 100 571
thin M 0.25 0.010 65 371 0.38 0.015 62 354
3.97 0.156 std D 0.64 0.025 253 1,445 0.61 0.024 111 634
thin N 0.25 0.010 46 263 0.41 0.016 46 263
4.76 0.187 std E 0.81 0.032 280 1,599 0.76 0.030 141 805
thin O 0.25 0.010 37 212 0.51 0.020 63 360
6.35 0.250 std F 1.02 0.040 100 571 - - - -
thin P 0.51 0.020 52 297 0.64 0.025 66 377
7.94 0.313 std G 1.27 0.050 330 1,884 - - - -
9.53 0.375 std H 1.52 0.060 380 2,170 - - - -
thin R 0.51 0.020 85 485 - - - -

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 99
STATIC SEALS · Wills Rings®

The compressive load required to correctly seat specific diameter. Typically standard wall Wills Rings® O will require
Wills Rings® in the recommended groove depends on the twice the seating load of standard wall Wills Rings® C.
seal type, seal diameter, free height, wall thickness and
seal material, as described on the previous page.
Table 54 on the previous page gives typical seating loads for
each type and cross section of Wills Rings® and the graph
Figure 45 is a graph showing how seal types compare to below demonstrates how these measurements are taken.
each other for a given seal cross section, wall thickness and

Metal Seal Comparison


Load vs. Deflection Graph for 2.38mm, 0.094 inch Cross-Section Standard Wall,
102.4mm, 4.031 inch OD
80000

60000
Load N
O ring
40000
C seal

20000

0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6
Displacement mm
C seal Springback = 0.09mm

Figure 45 Graph detailing load vs. deflection comparison of two Wills Rings® types

Note:
It is not recommended to compress the seal less than the recommended amount in order to reduce the amount of load
required to seat the seal. Using deeper grooves to reduce seating load could have an adverse effect on sealing efficiency.
If lower seating loads are required, the correct seal type should be chosen with the correct coating.

100 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
STATIC SEALS

Ideal for stress-sensitive flanges, fiber-rein- High mechanical resistance


forced plastic (FRP)
equipment or reactors Temperature range from -210 °C to +260 °C /
-346 °F to +500 °F
Excellent media resistance to lyes and acids
Unlimited shelf life
Compatible with oils, greases, acids, alkalis,
solvents, refrigerants, water and steam Excellent leakage properties

High residual stress Compliance with FDA, TA Luft - German fu-


gitive emission regulation, Regulation (EC)
Resistant to cold flow 1935/2004

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 101
STATIC SEALS · HiMod® Flatseal™

102 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
HiMod® Flatseal™

„ HiMod® Flatseal™ „ HiMod® FlatSeal™ 43


Description Description

The HiMod® Flatseal™ range consists of flat gaskets A modified PTFE with silica, HiMod® FlatSeal™ 43 offers a
made from the proprietary HiMod® material, offering balance between chemical resistance and reduced creep
superior performance compared with conventional properties.
polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) flat gaskets. They are
In addition to the benefits for all of the HiMod®
compliant with virtually all relevant standards including
FlatSeal™ range, HiMod® FlatSeal™ 43 also offers:
FDA as well as those for blowout and fugitive emissions.
- Good chemical resistance and reduced creep properties
The product is die-cut and is available in any standard
or customer specified dimension. The HiMod® Flatseal™ - Concentrated acid resistance
products are manufactured in facilities that comply
- High mechanical resistance at high pressure (vacuum
with ISO/TS 16949 and ISO 14001, meaning complete
to 8.3 MPa / 1,203 psi) and high temperature
transparency in all areas of production and a high degree
of reliability and security for customers. - DVGW – German association for gas and water, BAM -
® German Federal Institute for Materials Research and
The HiMod FlatSeal™ offers:
Testing , TA Luft and FDA compliant
- Excellent media resistance to most lyes and acids
throughout the pH range (pH levels 0-14)
- Compatible with oils, greases, acids, alkalis, solvents, „ HiMod® FlatSeal™ 45
refrigerants, water and steam
Description
- High residual stress
100% multi-directional expanded PTFE. Offering
- Resistant to cold flow superior performance compared to conventional
- High mechanical resistance polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) flat gaskets with nearly
universal chemical resistance, resistance to creep, cold
- Wide temperature range from -210 °C to +260 °C / flow and pressure. These properties make this the perfect
-346 °F to +500 °F material for glass-lined flanges, FRP equipment or in
- Unlimited shelf life process-industry reactors for the food, beverage and
pharmaceutical market.
- Excellent leakage properties – meeting German fugitive
emission regulation TA Luft In addition to the benefits for all of the HiMod®
[leakage rate < 10-4 mbar•l/(s•m)] FlatSeal™ range, HiMod® FlatSeal™ 45 also offers:

- Compliance with FDA 177.1550 Perfluorocarbon - Unrivalled chemical resistance


regulation - Highly resistant to creep and cold flow
A number of compounds have been specially developed - Compensates for low bolt-forces and flange irregularities
for the demanding applications of the food, beverage and
pharmaceutical market. They offer additional features and - High mechanical resistance at high pressure
benefits as well as those listed above. (vacuum to 10 MPa / 1,450 psi)
- Conforms to TA Luft and FDA guidelines

„ HiMod® FlatSeal™ 41
Description

A modified PTFE with mineral filler. With an extremely


high compressibility, the HiMod® FlatSeal™ 41 is suitable
for use in stress-sensitive flanges, such as glass, ceramic and
fiber-reinforced plastic (FRP) flanges. It has been shown
to reduce downtime and increase machine reliability and
availability.
In addition to the benefits for all of the HiMod®
FlatSeal™ range, HiMod® FlatSeal™ 41 also offers:
- Excellent anti-stick properties
- Compensates for minor damage or unevenness in the
flange surface
- High compressibility

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 103
STATIC SEALS · HiMod® Flatseal™

104 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
LINEAR SEALS

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 105
106 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
LINEAR SEALS

Good dynamic and static sealing Capable of withstanding high pressures above
200 MPa / 29,000 psi when using Back-up
Very low coefficient of friction Rings and special custom designs

Very good dry-running properties High resistance to wear

Operating temperature -196 °C to +302 °C / No extrusion into gaps


-320 °F to +575 °F
Withstands aggressive and abrasive process media
Very good thermal resistance
Unlimited shelf life
Almost universal chemical compatibility
Compact form
Permanent elasticity unaffected by contact with
chemicals Standard products are available from 2 mm /
0.079 in up to 2,500 mm / 8 ft 2 in custom
manufactured intermediate sizes, inch sizes or
Capable of sealing at high speeds up to
special geometries
15 m/s / 50 ft/s

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 107
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Variseal®

108 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Variseal®

„ Turcon® Variseal®
Description

The Turcon® Variseal® range is made up of single-acting


spring-energized seals that are used in dynamic and static
situations. Turcon® Variseal® is available in a range of
geometries and designs that allow the optimum profile to
be selected for a wide range of applications.
Turcon® Variseal® is chosen when high resistance to
chemical media is required, if the seal needs to operate
in extremes of temperature and where good extrusion or
compression characteristics are needed.
Turcon® Variseal® has three main design characteristics:
1. Application specific U-shaped seal profile
2. Spring geometry suited to the particular application
3. Proven high-performance Turcon® or Zurcon® polymers

Method of Operation

The Turcon® Variseal® spring supplies the load required for


sealing at low pressures (Figure 46). The U-shaped jacket
allows fluid pressure to energize the sealing lips, so total
sealing pressure rises with increasing operating pressure
(Figure 47).

Turcon®
Variseal®

Figure 46 Turcon® Variseal® without system pressure

Turcon®
Variseal®

Figure 47 Turcon® Variseal® with system pressure

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 109
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Variseal®

„ Turcon® Variseal® M2S


Description Advantages

Turcon® Variseal® M2S is a single-acting seal consisting - Suitable for reciprocating and light duty rotary
of a U-shaped jacket and a V-shaped corrosion resistant movement
spring. Variseal® M2S has an asymmetric seal profile. The
heavy profile of its dynamic lip is optimized, offering long - Excellent scraping ability
service life and a good scraping ability even in media with
- High abrasion resistance
high viscosity.
- Dimensionally stable

- Resistant to most fluids and chemicals

- Excellent resistance to aging


Turcon®
Variseal® M2S - Available in Hi-Clean version

V-shaped spring - Interchangeable with O-Ring and Back-up Ring in most


p cases

Technical Data

Operating Pressure: 20 MPa / 2,900 psi


Figure 48 Turcon® Variseal® M2S Maximum dynamic load,
40 MPa / 5,800 psi
Maximum static load
(207 MPa / 30,000 psi with
Areas of Application custom designs)
- Hydraulic components with highly viscous media Speed: Reciprocating up to
15 m/s / 50 ft/s
- Pharmaceutical processing Rotating up to 1.27 m/s /
250 fpm
- Food and beverage processing
Operating Temperature: -70 °C to +300 °C /
- Processing of pastes etc. -94 °F to +572 °F
Special Turcon® and Zurcon®
- Media with particle ingress materials as well alternative
spring materials are available
for applications outside this
temperature range
Media Compatibility: Fluids of medium to high
viscosity or containing hard
particles

Important Note:
The above data are maximum values and cannot
be used at the same time. e.g. the maximum
operating speed depends on material type,
pressure, temperature and gap value.
Temperature range also dependent on media.

110 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Variseal®

„ Turcon® Variseal® H
Description Advantages
® ®
Turcon Variseal H is a single-acting seal consisting of a - High contact pressure
U-shaped jacket and a helical wound corrosion resistant
spring. - Excellent sealing integrity in gas and fluid applications

The helical spring of Variseal® H features high spring - Withstands rapid changes in temperature
loading, which gives excellent sealing integrity at low
pressure. Variseal® H is suitable for dynamic applications - Good sealing ability when surfaces are not ideal
and ideal in static applications.
- Excellent resistance to aging

- Interchangeable with O-Ring and Back-up Ring in most


cases
Turcon®
Variseal® H
Technical Data
Helical spring
Operating Pressure: 20 MPa / 2,900 psi
p Maximum dynamic load,
40 MPa / 5,800 psi
Maximum static load
(207 MPa / 30,000 with custom
designs)
Figure 49 Turcon® Variseal® H Operating Temperature: -100 °C to +200 °C /
-148 °F to +392 °F
Media Compatibility: Virtually all fluids, chemicals
Areas of Application and gases

- Food equipment and processing

- Pharmaceutical processing
Important Note:
- Vacuum applications The above data are maximum values and cannot
be used at the same time. e.g. the maximum
- Gas chromatographs operating speed depends on material type,
pressure, temperature and gap value.
Temperature range also dependent on media.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 111
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Variseal®

„ Turcon® Variseal® Hi-Clean


Description Advantages
® ®
Turcon Variseal Hi-Clean is available with the spring - Significantly reduced dead space
groove filled with high temperature silicone. Extremely
important in food and pharmaceutical processing, this - Can be sterilized easily
prevents trapping of contaminants within the seal, making
- Silicone compound increases sealing pressure
it easier to clean. Variseal® Hi-Clean is also ideal for dirty
environments where it may be in contact with mud, slurry - FDA 21 CFR177.2600 compliant
or sand. In these applications, the silicone maintains the
flexibility of the spring and seal lips. - Red color as standard

- White color available on request

When ordering Variseal® Hi-Clean, change the last digit to


Turcon ® the letter R.
Variseal ®
Silicone TSS Article Number Example
V-shaped spring
RVC200350-MF4SR
p

Figure 50 Turcon® Variseal® Hi-Clean

112 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Variseal®

Groove Configurations

Split housing Stepped housing Solid housing


A C H

30° 30°

r1 30° r1
r1 r2
E

Ø d N Minimum Ø d1 Minimum Ø d 2 Minimum

Split piston Stepped piston Solid piston


A C H

r1 r2
r1 r1
30°

30° 30°
E

Ø DN Minimum Ø D 1 Minimum Ø D2 Minimum

Figure 51 Turcon® Variseal® Groove Configurations

Table 55 Dimensions for Groove Designs – Metric


Series Rod / Piston Groove Dimensions
A r1 C r2 E H
Chamfer Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Minimum
Radius Chamfer Radius Step Height Chamfer
000 0.25/0.38 0.25 0.70 0.13 0.40 1.20
100 0.38/0.51 0.38 1.10 0.13 0.60 1.50
200 0.38/0.51 0.38 1.25 0.18 0.70 2.50
300 0.51/0.69 0.38 1.40 0.25 0.80 4.50
400 0.51/0.69 0.51 1.60 0.25 0.90 6.00
500 0.76/1.02 0.51 2.60 0.38 1.50 11.00

Table 56 Groove Design for Rod – Metric Table 57 Groove Design for Piston – Metric
Series Rod Diameter Recommendations Series Piston Diameter Recommendations
Ø dN Ø d1 Ø d2 Ø DN Ø D1 Ø D2
Minimum Minimum Minimum Minimum Minimum Minimum
Type Type M2S H Type Type M2S H
M2S, H M2S, H M2S, H M2S, H
000 3.00 20.00 31.75 25.40 000 6.00 11.50 34.93 19.05
100 6.00 30.00 69.85 63.50 100 10.00 17.50 50.80 28.58
200 10.00 35.00 111.13 107.95 200 16.00 20.00 69.85 44.45
300 20.00 40.00 298.45 228.60 300 28.00 28.00 104.78 60.33
400 35.00 45.00 495.30 400.05 400 45.00 45.00 139.70 95.25
500 80.00 80.00 762.00 635.00 500 100.00 100.00 254.00 203.20

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 113
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Variseal®

Split housing Stepped housing Solid housing


A C H

30° 30°

r1 30° r1
r1 r2
E

Ø d N Minimum Ø d1 Minimum Ø d 2 Minimum

Split piston Stepped piston Solid piston


A C H

r1 r2
r1 r1
30°

30° 30°
E

Ø DN Minimum Ø D 1 Minimum Ø D2 Minimum

Figure 52 Turcon® Variseal® Groove Configurations

Table 58 Dimensions for Groove Designs – Inch


Series Rod / Piston Groove Dimensions
A r1 C r2 E H
Chamfer Maximum Minimum Maximum Minimum Minimum
Radius Chamfer Radius Step Height Chamfer
000 0.010 / 0.015 0.016 0.028 0.005 0.016 0.047
100 0.015 / 0.020 0.016 0.043 0.005 0.024 0.059
200 0.015 / 0.020 0.024 0.050 0.007 0.028 0.098
300 0.020 / 0.027 0.031 0.055 0.010 0.031 0.177
400 0.020 / 0.027 0.031 0.063 0.010 0.035 0.236
500 0.030 / 0.040 0.031 0.102 0.015 0.059 0.433

Table 59 Groove Design for Rod – Inch Table 60 Groove Design for Piston – Inch
Series Rod Diameter Recommendations Series Piston Diameter Recommendations
Ø dN Ø d1 Ø d2 Ø DN Ø D1 Ø D2
Minimum Minimum Minimum Minimum Minimum Minimum
Type Type M2S H Type Type M2S H
M2S, H M2S, H M2S, H M2S, H
000 0.118 0.787 1.250 1.000 000 0.236 0.453 1.375 0.750
100 0.236 1.181 2.750 2.500 100 0.394 0.689 2.000 1.125
200 0.394 1.378 4.375 4.250 200 0.630 0.787 2.750 1.75
300 0.787 1.575 11.750 9.000 300 1.102 1.102 4.125 2.375
400 1.378 1.772 19.500 15.750 400 1.772 1.772 5.500 3.750
500 3.150 3.150 30.000 25.000 500 3.937 3.937 10.000 8.000

114 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Variseal®

Installation Recommendations for Rod Seals – Types MS2 and H – Metric


r1
Variseal M2S Variseal H

S
h
D1

dN

RVC RVE
L1

Figure 53 Installation Drawing

Table 61 Installation Dimensions – Metric


Series Number Rod Diameter dN h9 D1 L1 r1 Radial Clearance Smax
for Types
M2S H Standard Extended Groove Groove Radius 2 10 20 40
Range Range Diameter Width MPa MPa MPa MPa
H9 +0.2 Max
RVC0 RVE0 3.0 - 9.9 3.0 - 40.0 dN + 2.9 2.4 0.4 0.20 0.10 0.08 0.05
RVC1 RVE1 10.0 - 19.9 6.0 - 200.0 dN + 4.5 3.6 0.4 0.25 0.15 0.10 0.07
RVC2 RVE2 20.0 - 39.9 10.0 - 400.0 dN + 6.2 4.8 0.6 0.35 0.20 0.15 0.08
RVC3 RVE3 40.0 - 119.9 20.0 - 700.0 dN + 9.4 7.1 0.8 0.50 0.25 0.20 0.10
RVC4 RVE4 120.0 - 999.9 35.0 - 1600.0 dN + 12.2 9.5 0.8 0.60 0.30 0.25 0.12
RVC5 RVE5 1000.0 - 2500.9 80.0 - 2500.0 dN + 19.0 15.0 0.8 0.90 0.50 0.40 0.20

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 115
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Variseal®

Installation Recommendations for Rod Seals – Types M2S and H – Inch


r1 Table 63 Diameter Tolerance
Variseal M2S Variseal H Seal ID dN D1
0.125 to +0.000 +0.001
0.374 -0.001 -0.000
S 0.375 to +0.000 +0.002
h 2.999 -0.002 -0.000
3.000 to +0.000 +0.003
7.999 -0.003 -0.000
8.000 +0.000 +0.004
D1

dN

RVC RVE & up -0.004 -0.000


L1

Figure 54 Installation Drawing

Table 62 Installation Dimensions – Inch


Series Number h L1 r1 Radial Clearance Smax
for Types
M2S H Groove Groove Radius 300 psi 1,500 psi 3,000 psi 5,000 psi
Depth Width
+0.010 Max
RVCA RVEA 0.062 0.094 0.016 0.008 0.004 0.003 0.002
RVCB RVEB 0.093 0.141 0.016 0.010 0.006 0.004 0.003
RVCC RVEC 0.125 0.188 0.024 0.014 0.008 0.006 0.003
RVCD RVED 0.187 0.281 0.031 0.020 0.010 0.008 0.004
RVCE RVEE 0.250 0.375 0.031 0.024 0.012 0.010 0.005
RVCG RVEG 0.375 0.591 0.031 0.030 0.015 0.012 0.006

116 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Variseal®

Table 64 Part Number System for Rod Turcon® Variseal®


Article Code Cross- Size Class Food- Spring Material Spring Load
Section Grade
Materials
RVC Variseal M2S Metric NBxxx Inch Dash # - Industrial MF1 S Stainless Steel Standard
load for each
RVE Variseal H 0 1,45 0xxxx Rod dia <1000 mm MF2 H Hastelloy design
(dia x 10.0)
1 2,25 MF3 E Elgiloy
Xxxxx Rod dia. >= 1000 mm
2 3,10 (dia x 1.0) MF4 RVC
3 4,70 Rxxxx Rod dia <10.0 inch MF5 M Medium
4 6,10 (dia x 1000.0) MF6 R Hi Clean
5 9,50 Kxxxx Rod dia. >= 10.0 inch Z80
(dia x 100.0)
Z81 RVE
Inch
H Heavy
A 0.062
B 0.093
C 0.125
D 0.187
E 0.250
G 0.375

Ordering Example 1 – Metric

R V C 3 0 0 8 0 0 - M F 1 S R

Design Cross-Section Size Class Jacket Material Spring Material

Rod Seal Leading indicator is 0 Industrial MF1 Stainless steel


4.70 mm
therefore 0800 Medium spring load
Variseal M2S represents a 80.0 mm
rod diameter Hi-Clean Silicone

Ordering Example 2 – Inch

R V C C N B 2 3 0 - M F 4 S M

Design Cross-Section Size Class Jacket Material Spring Material

Rod Seal 200 series Leading indicator is NB Industrial MF4 Stainless steel
(0.125 Inch) therefore 230
Variseal M2S is an inch dash number Medium spring load

Ordering Example 3 – Inch

R V E D R 3 4 0 0 - M F 3 S H

Design Cross-Section Size Class Jacket Material Spring Material

Rod Seal 300 series Leading indicator is R Industrial MF3 Stainless steel
(0,187 Inch) therefore 3400
Variseal H represents a 3.400 inch Heavy spring load
rod diameter

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 117
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Variseal®

Installation Recommendations for Piston Seals – Types M2S and H – Metric

Variseal M2S Variseal H

h
S
DN

d1

L1 r1 PVC PVE

Figure 55 Installation Drawing

Table 65 Installation Dimensions – Metric


Series Number Bore Diameter DN H9 d1 L1 r1 Radial Clearance Smax
for Types
M2S H Standard Extended Groove Groove Radius 2 MPa 10 MPa 20 MPa 40 MPa
Range Range1) Diameter Width
h9 +0.2 Max
PVC0 PVE0 6.0 - 13.9 6.0 - 40.0 DN - 2.9 2.4 0.4 0.20 0.10 0.08 0.05
PVC1 PVE1 14.0 - 24.9 10.0 - 200.0 DN - 4.5 3.6 0.4 0.25 0.15 0.10 0.07
PVC2 PVE2 25.0 - 45.9 16.0 - 400.0 DN - 6.2 4.8 0.6 0.35 0.20 0.15 0.08
PVC3 PVE3 46.0 - 124.9 28.0 - 700.0 DN - 9.4 7.1 0.8 0.50 0.25 0.20 0.10
PVC4 PVE4 125.0 - 999.9 45.0 - 1,600.0 DN - 12.2 9.5 0.8 0.60 0.30 0.25 0.12
PVC5 PVE5 1,000.0 - 2,500.0 100.0 - 2,500.0 DN - 19.0 15.0 0.8 0.90 0.50 0.40 0.20

118 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Variseal®

Installation Recommendations for Piston Seals – Types M2S and H – Inch


Table 67 Diameter Tolerance
Variseal M2S Variseal H Seal ID DN d1
0.125 to +0.000 +0.001
h 0.374 -0.001 -0.000
S 0.375 to +0.000 +0.002
2.999 -0.002 -0.000
3.000 to +0.000 +0.003
DN

7.999 -0.003 -0.000


d1

8.000 +0.000 +0.004


L1 r1 PVC PVE & up -0.004 -0.000

Figure 56 Installation Drawing

Table 66 Installation Dimensions – Inch


Series Number h L1 r1 Radial Clearance Smax
for Types
M2S H Groove Groove Radius 300 psi 1,500 psi 3,000 psi 5,000 psi
Depth Width
+0.010 Max
PVCA PVEA 0.062 0.094 0.016 0.008 0.004 0.003 0.002
PVCB PVEB 0.093 0.141 0.016 0.010 0.006 0.004 0.003
PVCC PVEC 0.125 0.188 0.024 0.014 0.008 0.006 0.003
PVCD PVED 0.187 0.281 0.031 0.020 0.010 0.008 0.004
PVCE PVEE 0.250 0.375 0.031 0.024 0.012 0.010 0.005
PVCF PVEF 0.375 0.591 0.031 0.030 0.015 0.012 0.006

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 119
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Variseal®

Table 68 Part Number System for Piston Turcon® Variseal®


Article Code Cross- Size Class Food- Spring Material Spring Load
Section Grade
Materials
PVC Variseal M2S Metric NBxxx Inch Dash # - Industrial MF1 S Stainless Steel Standard
load for each
PVE Variseal H 0 1.45 0xxxx Bore dia <1,000 mm MF2 H Hastelloy design
(dia x 10.0)
1 2.25 MF3 E Elgiloy
Xxxxx Bore dia. >= 1,000 mm
2 3.10 (dia x 1.0) MF4 PVC
3 4.70 Rxxxx Bore dia <10.0 inch MF5 M Medium
4 6.10 (dia x 1000.0) MF6 R Hi-Clean
5 9.50 Kxxxx Bore dia. >= 1,000 inch Z80
(dia x 1.0)
Z81 PVE
Inch
H Heavy
A 0.062
B 0.093
C 0.125
D 0.187
E 0.250
G 0.375

Ordering Example 1 – Metric

P V C 3 0 0 8 0 0 - M F 1 S R

Design Cross-Section Size Class Jacket Material Spring Material

Piston Seal 4.70 mm Leading indicator is 0 Industrial MF1 Stainless steel


therefore 0800 represents
Variseal M2S a 80.0 bore diameter Medium spring load

Hi-Clean Silicone

Ordering Example 2 – Inch

P V C C N B 2 3 0 - M F 4 S M

Design Cross-Section Size Class Jacket Material Spring Material

Piston Seal 200 series Leading indicator is NB Industrial MF4 Stainless steel
(0.125 Inch) therefore 230 is an inch
Variseal M2S dash number Medium spring load

Ordering Example 3 – Inch

P V E D R 3 4 0 0 - M F 3 S H

Design Cross-Section Size Class Jacket Material Spring Material

Piston Seal 300 series Leading indicator is R Industrial MF3 Stainless steel
(0.187 Inch) therefore 3400 represents
Variseal H a 3.400 inch bore diameter Heavy spring load

120 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Variseal®

Turcon® Roto Variseal ® Rod / Face Seal High Pressure System Sealing Piston
Helical Sanitary
With encapsulated spring. Seal to overcome large Sealing system for Double acting sealing
This isolates the spring eccentricity. extreme pressures or piston for a.o. filling
from the media. big extrusion gaps. machines.
For static applications.

® ®
Conical Seal Turcon Roto Variseal Turcon ® Roto Variseal ®
Cryogenic Sanitary
Design optimised for With encapsulated spring.
low temperature use. This isolates the spring
Minimizes effect of from the media.
contraction forces.

Ø2.50

® ®
Sealing Piston Double-Decker Captive Variseal H Variseal Mini-piston

Compact sealing piston. Can be adapted to any Protects against pressure Design for small applications,
groove dimension. surges. such as pipettes.

Figure 57 Special Variseals

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 121
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Variseal®

„ Turcon® Variseal® Ultra-Clean™


Description Advantages

Turcon® Variseal® Ultra-Clean™ offers the ultimate in - Excellent wear and friction characteristics
cleanliness, making it ideal for use in processing equipment
where maintaining an ultra clean system is a priority. In - Compatible with virtually all chemicals
this unique design, the spring required to activate the seal
- Unrivalled cleanability in food, beverage and
is fully enclosed within a Turcon® PTFE-based case. In food,
pharmaceutical applications
beverage and pharmaceutical production this ensures
there is no dead space for bacteria to be caught. - Materials available compliant to FDA 21 CFR 177.1550,
3-A, USP Class VI, Cytotoxicity <USP 87>, NSF and the EU
Machinery Directive

- Easy retrofit into standard O-Ring and Variseal™


Variseal ® grooves
Ultra-Clean
Helical Spring
P
Technical Data

Operating Pressure: Withstands high pressures up to


3 MPa / 435 psi
Figure 58 Turcon® Variseal® Ultra-Clean™ Speed: Reciprocating up to 5 m/s /
16 ft/s
Rotating up to 0.1 m/s / 0.3 ft/s
Areas of Application Operating Temperature: -253 °C to +200 °C /
-423 °F to +392 °F
- For piston, rod - static, reciprocating and rotary Special Turcon® and Zurcon®
applications materials as well alternative
spring materials are available
- To prevent downtime in pharmaceutical and serum for applications outside this
production temperature range
- Mixed process streams in multipurpose equipment Media Compatibility: Compatible with virtually all
where seals are exposed to a variety of extremely chemicals
aggressive cleaning solvents and CIP fluids

- Low and high temperature environments

- Filling equipment for fruit juices Important Note:


The above data are maximum values and cannot
be used at the same time, e.g. the maximum
operating speed depends on material type,
pressure, temperature and gap value.
Temperature range also depends on the media.

122 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Variseal®

„ Turcon® Variseal® PS™


Description Advantages

The Variseal® PS™ has been developed to provide - Easily retrofitted into standard Variseal® and O-Ring
equipment manufacturers and end users with a sealing grooves including to MIL-G-5514F, DIN 3771, ISO 6194
solution compatible with virtually all chemical media. and AS-568

This high performing seal type has been designed with a - Ultra-low leach out and no outgassing
Turcon® PTFE based sealing body, encompassing a
polymeric spring which has been tailored to give - Materials available compliant to USP Class VI,
precisely the correct seal energization at low pressures, Cytotoxicity <USP 87>, NSF, EU Machinary Directive,
while maintaining high pressure sealing integrity by FDA 21 CFR 177.1550 and 3-A
assistance from the system media pressure. The polymer
spring and Turcon® jacket both have unrivalled chemical - Can be supplied cleanroom washed and packed to
compatibility performance – far superior to any existing class 100
FKM or FFKM O-Rings.
- Compatible with virtually all chemicals
The Variseal® PS™ has ultra-low leach out of
impurities and no outgassing as seen with - Excellent wear and friction characteristics
rubber O-Rings. Therefore this product is ideally
suited for use in food, beverage and pharmaceutical
applications. Technical Data

Operating Pressure: Withstands high pressures up to


40 MPa / 5,800 psi
Vacuum sealing
5.3 x 10-8 mbar/l/s-1 /
Variseal
®
PS 4.7 x 10-8 psi/in3/s-1 per mm
length of seal circumference
PEEK Spring
P Speed: Reciprocating up to 5 m/s /
16 ft/s
Rotating up to 0.1 m/s / 0.3 ft/s
Operating Temperature: -253 °C to +260 °C /
Figure 59 Turcon® Variseal® PS™ -423 °F to +500 °F
Special Turcon® and Zurcon®
materials as well alternative
spring materials are available
Areas of Application for applications outside this
temperature range
- Suitable for dynamic and static applications
Media Compatibility: Compatible with virtually all
- Suitable for piston, rod, face, rotary, reciprocating and chemicals
static situation

Important Note:
The above data are maximum values and cannot
be used at the same time, e.g. the maximum
operating speed depends on material type,
pressure, temperature and gap value.
Temperature range also depends on the media.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 123
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Variseal®

124 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
LINEAR SEALS

High operational reliability Stick-slip-free operation

Robust seal design High static / dynamic tightness

Double-acting Simple housing design - one piece piston /


gland possible
Very low friction
Easy installation
Very low wear, long service life

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 125
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring®

126 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring®

„ Turcon® Glyd Ring®


Description

Successfully used for decades, Turcon® Glyd O-Ring


Ring® is a very effective and reliable low friction
seal. It is particularly suitable as a rod seal in
both high and low pressure systems.
The double-acting Turcon® Glyd Ring® is a combination
of a Turcon® based slipper seal and an energizing O-Ring. Turcon® Seal
It is produced with an interference fit, which together P
with the squeeze of the O-Ring, ensures a good sealing
effect even at low pressure. At higher system pressures,
the O-Ring is energized by the fluid, pushing Turcon® Glyd
Ring® against the sealing face with increased force.
The geometry of Turcon® Glyd Ring® ensures a good static Figure 61 Turcon® Glyd Ring® for rod
sealing and allows the lubricating hydrodynamic oil film to
be built under the seal in reciprocating applications. Advantages

- No stick-slip effect when starting for smooth operation


Notches - Minimum static and dynamic friction coefficient for a
minimum energy loss and operating temperature
To ensure that a rapid energizing of the seal takes place at
sudden changes of pressure and direction of motion, the - Suitable for non-lubricating fluids, depending on seal
seal can be delivered with radial notches on both sides of material for optimum design flexibility
the seal.
- High wear resistance ensures long service life
- Installation grooves according to ISO 7425
- No adhesive effect to the mating surface during long
periods of inactivity or storage
P Turcon® Seal
- Suitable for most hydraulic fluids in addition to most
modern hardware materials and surface finishes
Notch
depending on material selected
- Suitable for new environmentally friendly hydraulic fluids
O-Ring
- Available for all piston / rod diameters up to
2,700 / 2,600 mm (106 / 102 inch)
Applications examples

Over several decades, Turcon® Glyd Ring® has been


® ®
Figure 60 Turcon Glyd Ring for bore successfully implemented in numerous applications as
double acting rod / piston seals for hydraulic components
such as:

For the piston seal version, notches are standard on the - Chemical processing equipment
following series and diameters: - Filling machines
PG 42 for bore diameter > 30 mm / 1.181 inch - Robotics
PG 44 for bore diameter > 20 mm / 0.787 inch - Handling machinery
PG 46 for bore diameter > 40 mm / 1.575 inch - Manipulators
Standard rod seal version is delivered without notches. - Hydraulic cylinders (actuators)
- Valves
- Fittings
- Testing machinery
- High and low speed hydraulics

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 127
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring®

Technical Data Materials

Operating conditions: Standard Applications


® ®
Turcon Glyd Ring is recommended for reciprocating Turcon® Seal: Turcon® MF6
(with a length of stroke at least twice the groove width) Temperature -45 °C to +150 °C /
and helical movements. -49 °F to +302 °F
Pressure: Up to 60 MPa / 8,702 psi O-Ring: EPDM 70 Shore A
(according to temperature, required
Speed: Up to 15 m/s / 2,950 fpm approvals and availability)

Frequency: Up to 5 Hz.
Alternative
Temperature: -45 °C to +200 °C* / Turcon® Seal: Turcon® MF4
-49 °F to +392 °F* Temperature -45 °C to +150 °C /
(depending on O-Ring Material) -49 °F to +302 °F

Media: Mineral oil based hydraulic fluids, O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A


fire retardant hydraulic fluids, FKM 70 Shore A
environmentally safe hydraulic (according to temperature, required
fluids (biological degradable oils), approvals and availability)
phosphate ester, water, air and Other seal ring materials and elastomers are available
others. Depending on the O-Ring on request. Please contact your local Trelleborg Sealing
material compatibility. Solutions marketing company for more information.
Clearance: The maximum radial clearance
Smax is shown in Table 70, as a Standard Hydraulic Applications
function of the operating pressure
and functional diameter. For components with reciprocating movements, lubrication
and/or high temperatures:
Important Note: Turcon® Seal: Turcon® M12
The above data are maximum values and cannot Temperature -45 °C to- +150 °C /
be used at the same time, e.g. the maximum -49 °F to +302 °F
operating speed depends on material type,
pressure, temperature and gap value. O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N
Temperature range also depends on the media. FKM 70 Shore A V
(depending on the temperature)
Set code: M12N or M12V
*) Important Note for the piston version:
In case of unpressurized applications in temperatures
below 0 °C / +32 °F please contact your local
Trellleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company
for more information! Installation of Turcon® Glyd Ring®

The seal is preferably installed in a closed groove. The


installation procedure is the same as for a piston or rod
Table 69 Surface Roughness
seal, see page 19 and 21.
Surface Roughness μm (μin)
Mating Surface
Parameter Groove Surface
Turcon® Materials
0.63 - 2.50
Rmax < 16.0 (<629.920)
(24.803 - 98.425)
0.40 - 1.60
RZ DIN < 10.0 (<393.700)
15.748 - 62.992)
0.05 - 0.20
Ra < 1.6 (62.992)
(1.968 - 7.874)
50 – 70 % at a cut
depth c = 0.25 x
Mr Rz relative to a
reference line of
Cref = 5 %

128 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring®

„ Installation Recommendation / Rod – Metric

L1

r1
d2

p p

dN
D1

r max. 0.3

Figure 62 Installation Drawing

Table 70 Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations


Rod Diameter Groove Groove Radius Radial Clearance O-Ring
dN f8/h9 Diameter* Width Cross-
Series No. RG 43 Series No. RG 45 Series No. RG 41 Smax** Section

Standard Light Heavy Duty D1 H9 L1 +0.2 r1 10 MPa 20 MPa 40 MPa d2


Application Application Application
3 - 7.9 8 - 18.9 - dN + 4.9 2.2 0.4 0.30 0.20 0.15 1.78
8 - 18.9 19 - 37.9 - dN + 7.3 3.2 0.6 0.40 0.25 0.15 2.62
19 - 37.9 38 - 199.9 8 - 18.9 dN + 10.7 4.2 1.0 0.40 0.25 0.20 3.53
38 - 199.9 200 - 255.9 19 - 37.9 dN + 15.1 6.3 1.3 0.50 0.30 0.20 5.33
200 - 255.9 256 - 649.9 38 - 199.9 dN + 20.5 8.1 1.8 0.60 0.35 0.25 7.00
256 - 649.9 650 - 999.9 200 - 255.9 dN + 24.0 8.1 1.8 0.60 0.35 0.25 7.00
650 - 999.9  1,000 256 - 649.9 dN + 27.3 9.5 2.5 0.70 0.50 0.30 8.40
 1,000*** - 650 - 999.9 dN + 38.0 13.8 3.0 1.00 0.70 0.60 12.00
* Installation with groove dimensions to ISO 7425/2 is also recommendable.
** At pressures > 40 MPa use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore/rod) in area of the seal or consult Trelleborg Sealing Solutions for
alternative material or profiles.
Slydring®/Wear Rings are not applicable at very small radial clearance; consult the Slydring® catalog.
*** O-Rings with 12 mm cross section are delivered as a special profile ring.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 129
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring®

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. RG43 0 0800 - MF6 N
Turcon® Glyd Ring®, complete with O-Ring, standard
application, Series RG43 (from Table 70). TSS Series No.
Rod diameter: dN = 80.0 mm Type (Standard)**
TSS Part No.: RG4300800 (from Table 71)
Rod diameter x 10*
Select the material from the Material Overview Pages. Qualtity Index (Standard)
The corresponding code numbers are appended to the
TSS Part No. (from Table 71). Material Code (Seal Ring)
Material Code (O-Ring)
Together these form the TSS Article Number. The TSS Article
Number for all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 71
can be determined following the example opposite. * For diameters dN t 1,000.0 mm multiply only by factor 1.
Example: RG43 for diamater dN 1,200.0 mm
Note: TSS Article No.: RG43X1200 - MF6
For seal assemblies requiring compliance with industry
standards and governmental regulations, O-Ring ** Ordering Glyd Ring® with radial notches, use suffix “N” in the
fifth character, for diameter dN <1,000 mm.
energizers need to be ordered separately from the seal.
Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing
company for assistance.

Table 71 Installation Dimensions / TSS Part No.


Rod Groove Groove TSS Part No. O-Ring
Diameter Diameter Width Size
dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +0.2
3.0 7.9 2.2 RG4300030 4.47 x 1.78
6.0 10.9 2.2 RG4300060 7.65 x 1.78
8.0 12.9 2.2 RG4500080 9.50 x 1.80
10.0 14.9 2.2 RG4500100 11.80 x 1.80
12.0 16.9 2.2 RG4500120 13.20 x 1.80
12.0 19.3 3.2 RG4300120 14.50 x 2.65
14.0 18.9 2.2 RG4500140 15.60 x 1.78
14.0 21.3 3.2 RG4300140 17.12 x 2.62
15.0 22.3 3.2 RG4300150 18.00 x 2.65
16.0 23.3 3.2 RG4300160 18.72 x 2.62
18.0 25.3 3.2 RG4300180 20.29 x 2.62
20.0 30.7 4.2 RG4300200 23.40 x 3.53
22.0 32.7 4.2 RG4300220 26.58 x 3.53
25.0 35.7 4.2 RG4300250 29.75 x 3.53
28.0 38.7 4.2 RG4300280 32.92 x 3.53
30.0 40.7 4.2 RG4300300 34.52 x 3.53
32.0 42.7 4.2 RG4300320 36.09 x 3.53
35.0 45.7 4.2 RG4300350 37.69 x 3.53
The rod diameters in bold type are in accordance with the recommendations of ISO 3320.
Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,600 mm diameter including imperial (inch) sizes can be supplied.
All O-Rings with 12 mm cross section are delivered as a special profile ring.
For full installation dimension tables and additional information on the Turcon® Glyd Ring®, see the Hydraulic Seals - Linear catalog.

130 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring®

Rod Groove Groove TSS Part No. O-Ring


Diameter Diameter Width Size
dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +0.2
36.0 46.7 4.2 RG4300360 40.87 x 3.53
40.0 55.1 6.3 RG4300400 43.82 x 5.33
42.0 57.1 6.3 RG4300420 46.99 x 5.33
45.0 60.1 6.3 RG4300450 50.17 x 5.33
48.0 63.1 6.3 RG4300480 53.34 x 5.33
50.0 65.1 6.3 RG4300500 56.52 x 5.33
52.0 67.1 6.3 RG4300520 56.52 x 5.33
55.0 70.1 6.3 RG4300550 59.69 x 5.33
56.0 71.1 6.3 RG4300560 62.87 x 5.33
60.0 75.1 6.3 RG4300600 66.04 x 5.33
63.0 78.1 6.3 RG4300630 69.22 x 5.33
65.0 80.1 6.3 RG4300650 69.22 x 5.33
70.0 85.1 6.3 RG4300700 75.57 x 5.33
75.0 90.1 6.3 RG4300750 81.92 x 5.33
80.0 95.1 6.3 RG4300800 85.09 x 5.33
85.0 100.1 6.3 RG4300850 91.44 x 5.33
90.0 105.1 6.3 RG4300900 94.62 x 5.33
95.0 110.1 6.3 RG4300950 100.97 x 5.33
100.0 115.1 6.3 RG4301000 107.32 x 5.33
105.0 120.1 6.3 RG4301050 110.49 x 5.33
110.0 125.1 6.3 RG4301100 116.84 x 5.33
115.0 130.1 6.3 RG4301150 120.02 x 5.33
120.0 135.1 6.3 RG4301200 126.37 x 5.33
125.0 140.1 6.3 RG4301250 129.54 x 5.33
130.0 145.1 6.3 RG4301300 135.89 x 5.33
135.0 150.1 6.3 RG4301350 142.24 x 5.33
140.0 155.1 6.3 RG4301400 145.42 x 5.33
145.0 160.1 6.3 RG4301450 151.77 x 5.33
160.0 175.1 6.3 RG4301600 164.47 x 5.33
170.0 185.1 6.3 RG4301700 177.17 x 5.33
180.0 195.1 6.3 RG4301800 183.52 x 5.33
190.0 205.1 6.3 RG4301900 196.22 x 5.33
200.0 220.5 8.1 RG4302000 208.90 x 7.00
210.0 230.5 8.1 RG4302100 215.27 x 7.00
220.0 240.5 8.1 RG4302200 227.97 x 7.00
230.0 250.5 8.1 RG4302300 240.67 x 7.00
The rod diameters in bold type are in accordance with the recommendations of ISO 3320.
Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,600 mm diameter including imperial (inch) sizes can be supplied.
All O-Rings with 12 mm cross section are delivered as a special profile ring.
For full installation dimension tables and additional information on the Turcon® Glyd Ring®, see the Hydraulic Seals - Linear catalog.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 131
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring®

Rod Groove Groove TSS Part No. O-Ring


Diameter Diameter Width Size
dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +0.2
240.0 260.5 8.1 RG4302400 253.37 x 7.00
250.0 270.5 8.1 RG4302500 266.07 x 7.00
280.0 300.5 8.1 RG4502800 291.47 x 7.00
300.0 320.5 8.1 RG4503000 304.17 x 7.00
320.0 340.5 8.1 RG4503200 329.57 x 7.00
350.0 370.5 8.1 RG4503500 354.97 x 7.00
360.0 380.5 8.1 RG4503600 367.67 x 7.00
400.0 420.5 8.1 RG4504000 405.26 x 7.00
500.0 520.5 8.1 RG4505000 506.86 x 7.00
600.0 620.5 8.1 RG4506000 608.08 x 7.00
700.0 727.3 9.5 RG4307000 713.00 x 8.40
800.0 827.3 9.5 RG4308000 813.00 x 8.40
900.0 927.3 9.5 RG4309000 913.00 x 8.40
1000.0 1027.3 9.5 RG45X1000 1,013.00 x 8.40
1500.0 1538.0 13.8 RG43X1500 1,516.00 x 12.00
2000.0 2038.0 13.8 RG43X2000 2,016.00 x 12.00
2600.0 2638.0 13.8 RG43X2600 2,616.00 x 12.00
The rod diameters in bold type are in accordance with the recommendations of ISO 3320.
Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,600 mm diameter including imperial (inch) sizes can be supplied.
All O-Rings with 12 mm cross section are delivered as a special profile ring.
For full installation dimension tables and additional information on the Turcon® Glyd Ring®, see the Hydraulic Seals - Linear catalog.

132 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring®

„ Installation Recommendation / Rod – Inch

L1

r1
d2

p p

dN
D1

r max. 0.012 inches

Figure 63 Installation Drawing

Table 72 Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations


TSS Rod Diameter Groove Groove Radius Radial Clearance O-Ring
Series Diameter* Width Cross-
No. dN f8/h9 Smax** Section
Standard Light Heavy Duty D1 H9 L1 +0.08 r1 10 MPa 20 MPa 40 MPa d2
Application Application Application 1,500 psi 3,000 psi 5,800 psi
RG00 0.313 - 0.624 0.625 - 1.624 - dN + 0.193 0.087 0.015 0.020 0.012 0.008 0.070
RG01 0.625 - 1.624 1.625 - 3.249 - dN + 0.287 0.126 0.025 0.024 0.016 0.008 0.103
RG02 1.625 - 3.249 3.250 - 5.374 0.625 - 1.624 dN + 0.421 0.165 0.025 0.024 0.016 0.008 0.139
RG03 3.250 - 5.374 5.375 -12.999 1.625 - 3.249 dN + 0.594 0.248 0.035 0.031 0.020 0.012 0.210
RG04 5.375 - 12.999 13.000 - 26.000 3.250 - 5.374 dN + 0.807 0.319 0.035 0.031 0.020 0.012 0.275
RG05 13.000 - 26.000 - 5.375 - 13.000 dN + 0.945 0.319 0.035 0.035 0.020 0.016 0.275

* Installation with groove dimensions to ISO 7425/2 is possible.


** At pressures > 40 MPa (5,800 psi) use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore/rod) in area of the seal or consult your local Trelleborg Sealing
Solutions marketing company for alternative materials or profiles.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 133
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring®

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. RG 0 2 01625 - MF6 N
Turcon® Glyd Ring®, complete with O-Ring, standard
application, Series RG02 (from Table 72) TSS Series No.
Rod diameter: dN = 1.625 inches Without notch (Standard)
TSS Part No.: RG0201625 (from Table 73) (substitute “N” if notch is required)

Select the material from the Material Overview Pages. Cross-section Size
The corresponding code numbers are appended to the Rod diameter x 1000*
TSS Part No. (from Table 73).
Quality Index (Standard)
Together these form the TSS Article No. The TSS Article
No. for all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 73 can be Material Code (Seal Ring)
determined following the example opposite.
Material Code (O-Ring)
To order parts with notches substitute “N“ for “0“ in 3rd
digit. * For diameters dN  20 inches please consult your Trelleborg
Sealing Solutions Marketing Company for special Article No.

Note:
For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry
standards and governmental regulations, O-Ring
energizers need to be ordered separately from the seal.
Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing
company for further assistance.

Table 73 Installation Dimensions / TSS Part No.


Rod Groove Groove TSS Part No. Rod Groove Groove TSS Part No.
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Diameter Width
dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +.008 dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +.008
0.500 0.693 0.087 RG0000500 1.813 2.234 0.165 RG0201813
0.563 0.756 0.087 RG0000563 1.875 2.296 0.165 RG0201875
0.625 0.912 0.126 RG0100625 1.938 2.359 0.165 RG0201938
0.688 0.975 0.126 RG0100688 2.000 2.421 0.165 RG0202000
0.750 1.037 0.126 RG0100750 2.125 2.546 0.165 RG0202125
0.813 1.100 0.126 RG0100813 2.250 2.796 0.165 RG0202250
0.875 1.162 0.126 RG0100875 2.375 2.796 0.165 RG0202375
0.938 1.225 0.126 RG0100938 2.500 2.921 0.165 RG0202500
1.000 1.287 0.126 RG0101000 2.625 3.046 0.165 RG0202625
1.063 1.350 0.126 RG0101063 2.750 3.171 0.165 RG0202750
1.125 1.412 0.126 RG0101125 2.875 3.296 0.165 RG0202875
1.188 1.475 0.126 RG0101188 3.000 3.421 0.165 RG0203000
1.250 1.537 0.126 RG0101250 3.125 3.546 0.165 RG0203125
1.313 1.600 0.126 RG0101313 3.250 3.844 0.248 RG0303250
1.375 1.662 0.126 RG0101375 3.375 3.969 0.248 RG0303375
1.438 1.725 0.126 RG0101438 3.500 4.094 0.248 RG0303500
1.500 1.787 0.126 RG0101500 3.625 4.219 0.248 RG0303625
1.563 1.850 0.126 RG0101563 3.750 4.344 0.248 RG0303750
1.625 2.046 0.165 RG0201625 3.875 4.469 0.248 RG0303875
1.688 2.109 0.165 RG0201688 4.000 4.594 0.248 RG0304000
1.750 2.171 0.165 RG0201750 4.125 4.719 0.248 RG0304125

134 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring®

Rod Groove Groove TSS Part No. Rod Groove Groove TSS Part No.
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Diameter Width
dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +.008 dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +.008
4.250 4.844 0.248 RG0304250 9.500 10.307 0.319 RG0409500
4.375 4.969 0.248 RG0304375 9.750 10.557 0.319 RG0409750
4.500 5.094 0.248 RG0304500 10.000 10.807 0.319 RG0410000
4.625 5.219 0.248 RG0304625 10.500 11.307 0.319 RG0410500
4.750 5.344 0.248 RG0304750 11.000 11.807 0.319 RG0411000
4.875 5.469 0.248 RG0304875 11.500 12.307 0.319 RG0411500
5.000 5.594 0.248 RG0305000 12.000 12.945 0.319 RG0512000
5.125 5.719 0.248 RG0305125 12.500 13.445 0.319 RG0512500
5.250 5.844 0.248 RG0305250 13.000 13.945 0.319 RG0513000
5.375 6.182 0.319 RG0405375 13.500 14.445 0.319 RG0513500
5.500 6.307 0.319 RG0405500 14.000 14.945 0.319 RG0514000
5.625 6.432 0.319 RG0405625 14.500 15.445 0.319 RG0514500
5.750 6.557 0.319 RG0405750 15.000 15.945 0.319 RG0515000
6.000 6.807 0.319 RG0406000 15.500 16.445 0.319 RG0515500
6.250 7.057 0.319 RG0406250 16.000 16.945 0.319 RG0516000
6.500 7.307 0.319 RG0406500 16.500 17.445 0.319 RG0516500
6.750 7.557 0.319 RG0406750 17.000 17.945 0.319 RG0517000
7.000 7.807 0.319 RG0407000 17.500 18.445 0.319 RG0517500
7.250 8.057 0.319 RG0407250 18.000 18.945 0.319 RG0518000
7.500 8.307 0.319 RG0407500 18.500 19.445 0.319 RG0518500
7.750 8.557 0.319 RG0407750 19.000 19.945 0.319 RG0519000
8.000 8.807 0.319 RG0408000 19.500 20.445 0.319 RG0519500
8.250 9.057 0.319 RG0408250 20.000 20.945 0.319 RG0520000
8.500 9.307 0.319 RG0408500 The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be
8.750 9.557 0.319 RG0408750 available for immediate shipment).

9.000 9.807 0.319 RG0409000


9.250 10.057 0.319 RG0409250

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 135
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring®

„ Installation Recommendation / Piston – Metric


r max. 0.3

S
d2

DN r1

d1

L1

Figure 64 Installation Drawing

Table 74 Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations


Bore Diameter Groove Groove Radius Radial Clearance O-Ring
DN H9 Diameter Width Cross-
Series No. PG 44 Series No. PG 46 Series No. PG 42 Smax* Section

Standard Light Application Heavy Duty d1 h9 L1 +0.2 r1 10 MPa 20 MPa 40 MPa d2


Application Application
8 - 14.9 15 - 39.9 - DN - 4.9 2.2 0.4 0.30 0.20 0.15 1.78
15 - 39.9 40 - 79.9 - DN - 7.5 3.2 0.6 0.40 0.25 0.15 2.62
40 - 79.9 80 - 132.9 15 - 39.9 DN - 11.0 4.2 1.0 0.40 0.25 0.20 3.53
80 - 132.9 133 - 329.9 40 - 79.9 DN - 15.5 6.3 1.3 0.50 0.30 0.20 5.33
133 - 329.9 330 - 669.9 80 - 132.9 DN - 21.0 8.1 1.8 0.60 0.35 0.25 7.00
330 - 669.9 670 - 999.9 133 - 329.9 DN - 24.5 8.1 1.8 0.60 0.35 0.25 7.00
670 - 999.9  1,000 330 - 669.9 DN - 28.0 9.5 2.5 0.70 0.50 0.30 8.40
 1,000**  1,000  1,000 DN - 38.0 13.8 3.0 1.00 0.70 0.60 12.00

* At pressures > 40 MPa use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore/piston) in area of the seal or consult your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions
marketing company for alternative material or profiles. TSS Slydring® / Wear Rings are not applicable at very small radial clearance S.
Please consult the Hydraulic Seals – Linear catalog.
** O-Rings with 12 mm cross section are delivered as a special profile ring.

136 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring®

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. PG44 0 0800 - MF6 N
Turcon® Glyd Ring®, complete with O-Ring, standard
application, Series PG44 (from Table 74). TSS Series No.
Type (Standard)
Bore diameter: DN = 80.0 mm
TSS Part No.: PG4400800 (from Table 75) Bore diameter x 10*
Quality Index (Standard)
Select the material from the Material Overview Pages.
The corresponding code numbers are appended to the Material code (Seal Ring)
TSS Part No. Preferred Series (Table 75).
Material code (O-Ring)
Together they form the TSS Article Number. The TSS Article
Number for all intermediate sizes not shown in Preferred * For diameters DN t 1,000.0 mm multiply only by factor 1.
Series (Table 75) can be determined following the example Example: PG44 for diameter DN 1,200.0 mm
TSS Article No.: PG44X1200 - MF6
opposite.
Note:
For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry
standards and governmental regulations, O-Ring
energizers need to be ordered separately from the seal.
Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing
company for further assistance.
Table 75 Installation Dimensions / TSS Part No.
Bore Groove Groove TSS Part No. O-Ring Size Bore Groove Groove TSS Part No. O-Ring Size
Dia. Dia. Width Dia. Dia. Width
DN H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2 DN H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2
8.0 3.1 2.2 PG4400080 2.90 x 1.78 32.0 21.0 4.2 PG4200320 20.22 x 3.53
10.0 5.1 2.2 PG4400100 4.80 x 1.80 35.0 27.5 3.2 PG4400350 26.64 x 2.62
12.0 7.1 2.2 PG4400120 6.70 x 1.80 35.0 24.0 4.2 PG4200350 23.40 x 3.53
14.0 9.1 2.2 PG4400140 8.75 x 1.80 36.0 28.5 3.2 PG4400360 28.24 x 2.62
15.0 7.5 3.2 PG4400150 7.59 x 2.62 38.0 30.5 3.2 PG4400380 29.82 x 2.62
16.0 11.1 2.2 PG4600160 10.82 x 1.78 40.0 32.5 3.2 PG4600400 31.42 x 2.62
16.0 8.5 3.2 PG4400160 7.59 x 2.62 40.0 29.0 4.2 PG4400400 28.17 x 3.53
18.0 13.1 2.2 PG4600180 12.42 x 1.78 42.0 31.0 4.2 PG4400420 29.75 x 3.53
18.0 10.5 3.2 PG4400180 9.19 x 2.62 44.45 36.95 3.2 PG4600444 36.17 x 2.62
19.05 11.55 3.2 PG4400190 10.77 x 2.62 45.0 34.0 4.2 PG4400450 32.92 x 3.53
20.0 15.1 2.2 PG4600200 14.00 x 1.78 48.0 37.0 4.2 PG4400480 36.09 x 3.53
20.0 12.5 3.2 PG4400200 12.37 x 2.62 50.0 42.5 3.2 PG4600500 40.94 x 2.62
21.0 13.5 3.2 PG4400210 12.37 x 2.62 50.0 39.0 4.2 PG4400500 37.70 x 3.53
22.0 17.1 2.2 PG4600220 17.17 x 1.78 50.0 34.5 6.3 PG4200500 32.69 x 5.33
22.0 14.5 3.2 PG4400220 13.94 x 2.62 50.8 43.3 3.2 PG4600508 42.52 x 2.62
24.0 16.5 3.2 PG4400240 15.54 x 2.62 50.8 39.8 4.2 PG4400508 37.70 x 3.53
25.0 20.1 2.2 PG4600250 18.77 x 1.78 52.0 41.0 4.2 PG4400520 40.87 x 3.53
25.0 17.5 3.2 PG4400250 17.12 x 2.62 53.0 42.0 4.2 PG4400530 40.87 x 3.53
25.0 14.0 4.2 PG4200250 13.87 x 3.53 55.0 44.0 4.2 PG4400550 44.04 x 3.53
25.4 20.5 2.2 PG4600254 17.12 x 2.62 57.0 46.0 4.2 PG4400570 44.04 x 3.53
28.0 20.5 3.2 PG4400280 20.29 x 2.62 58.0 47.0 4.2 PG4400580 47.22 x 3.53
30.0 22.5 3.2 PG4400300 21.89 x 2.62 60.0 49.0 4.2 PG4400600 47.22 x 3.53
32.0 27.1 2.2 PG4600320 26.70 x 1.78 62.0 51.0 4.2 PG4400620 50.39 x 3.53
32.0 24.5 3.2 PG4400320 23.47 x 2.62 63.0 52.0 4.2 PG4400630 50.39 x 3.53

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 137
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring®

Bore Groove Groove TSS Part No. O-Ring SIze Bore Groove Groove TSS Part No. O-Ring SIze
Dia. Dia. Width Dia. Dia. Width
DN H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2 DN H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2
63.0 47.5 6.3 PG4200630 46.99 x 5.33 132.0 121.0 4.2 PG4601320 120.24 x 3.53
65.0 54.0 4.2 PG4400650 53.57 x 3.53 135.0 114.0 8.1 PG4401350 113.67 x 7.00
68.0 57.0 4.2 PG4400680 56.74 x 3.53 140.0 124.5 6.3 PG4601400 123.19 x 5.33
70.0 59.0 4.2 PG4400700 56.74 x 3.53 140.0 119.0 8.1 PG4401400 116.84 x 7.00
70.0 54.5 6.3 PG4200700 53.34 x 5.33 145.0 129.5 6.3 PG4601450 126.37 x 5.33
75.0 64.0 4.2 PG4400750 63.09 x 3.53 145.0 124.0 8.1 PG4401450 123.19 x 7.00
75.0 59.5 6.3 PG4200750 56.52 x 5.33 150.0 134.5 6.3 PG4601500 132.72 x 5.33
80.0 69.0 4.2 PG4600800 66.27 x 3.53 150.0 129.0 8.1 PG4401500 126.37 x 7.00
80.0 64.5 6.3 PG4400800 62.87 x 5.33 155.0 134.0 8.1 PG4401550 132.72 x 7.00
80.0 59.0 8.1 PG4200800 58.00 x 7.00 160.0 144.5 6.3 PG4601600 142.24 x 5.33
82.5 67.0 6.3 PG4400825 66.04 x 5.33 160.0 139.0 8.1 PG4401600 135.89 x 7.00
85.0 69.5 6.3 PG4400850 69.22 x 5.33 165.0 144.0 8.1 PG4401650 142.24 x 7.00
85.0 64.0 8.1 PG4200850 63.00 x 7.00 170.0 149.0 8.1 PG4401700 145.42 x 7.00
90.0 79.0 4.2 PG4600900 78.97 x 3.53 175.0 154.0 8.1 PG4401750 151.77 x 7.00
90.0 74.5 6.3 PG4400900 72.39 x 5.33 180.0 164.5 6.3 PG4601800 164.47 x 5.33
90.0 69.0 8.1 PG4200900 68.00 x 7.00 180.0 159.0 8.1 PG4401800 158.12 x 7.00
95.0 84.0 4.2 PG4600950 82.14 x 3.53 190.0 169.0 8.1 PG4401900 164.47 x 7.00
95.0 79.5 6.3 PG4400950 78.74 x 5.33 194.0 178.5 6.3 PG4601940 177.17 x 5.33
95.0 74.0 8.1 PG4200950 73.00 x 7.00 200.0 184.5 6.3 PG4602000 183.52 x 5.33
100.0 89.0 4.2 PG4601000 88.49 x 3.53 200.0 179.0 8.1 PG4402000 177.17 x 7.00
100.0 84.5 6.3 PG4401000 81.92 x 5.33 205.0 184.0 8.1 PG4402050 183.52 x 7.00
100.0 79.0 8.1 PG4201000 78.00 x 7.00 210.0 189.0 8.1 PG4402100 183.52 x 700
101.6 86.1 6.3 PG4401016 85.09 x 5.33 215.0 194.0 8.1 PG4402150 189.87 x 7.00
105.0 94.0 4.2 PG4601050 91.67 x 3.53 220.0 199.0 8.1 PG4402200 196.22 x 7.00
105.0 89.5 6.3 PG4401050 88.27 x 5.33 230.0 214.5 6.3 PG4602300 208.92 x 5.33
108.0 92.5 6.3 PG4401080 91.44 x 5.33 230.0 209.0 8.1 PG4402300 208.90 x 7.00
110.0 99.0 4.2 PG4601100 98.02 x 3.53 240.0 219.0 8.1 PG4402400 215.27 x 7.00
110.0 94.5 6.3 PG4401100 91.44 x 5.33 250.0 229.0 8.1 PG4402500 227.97 x 7.00
110.0 89.0 8.1 PG4201100 88.00 x 7.00 250.0 225.5 8.1 PG4202500 215.27 x 7.00
115.0 99.5 6.3 PG4401150 97.79 x 5.33 250.0 234.5 6.3 PG4602500 234.32 x 5.33
120.0 109.0 4.2 PG4601200 107.54 x 3.53 254.0 233.0 8.1 PG4402540 227.97 x 7.00
120.0 104.5 6.3 PG4401200 100.97 x 5.33 260.0 239.0 8.1 PG4402600 240.67 x 7.00
120.0 99.0 8.1 PG4201200 98.00 x 7.00 265.0 244.0 8.1 PG4402650 240.67 x 7.00
125.0 114.0 4.2 PG4601250 113.89 x 3.53 268.0 247.0 8.1 PG4402680 240.67 x 7.0
125.0 109.5 6.3 PG4401250 107.32 x 5.33 270.0 249.0 8.1 PG4402700 240.67 x 7.00
125.0 104.0 8.1 PG4201250 103.00 x 7.00 280.0 259.0 8.1 PG4402800 253.37 x 7.00
127.0 111.5 6.3 PG4401270 110.49 x 5.33 290.0 269.0 8.1 PG4402900 266.07 x 7.00
130.0 114.5 6.3 PG4401300 113.67 x 5.33 300.0 279.0 8.1 PG4403000 278.77 x 7.00
130.0 109.0 8.1 PG4201300 108.00 x 7.00 300.0 275.5 8.1 PG4203000 266.07 x 7.00

138 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring®

Bore Groove Groove TSS Part No. O-Ring Size Bore Groove Groove TSS Part No. O-Ring Size
Dia. Dia. Width Dia. Dia. Width
DN H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2 DN H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2
304.8 283.8 8.1 PG4403048 278.77 x 7.00 740.0 712.0 9.5 PG4407400 710.00 x 8.40
310.0 289.0 8.1 PG4403100 278.77 x 7.00 780.0 752.0 9.5 PG4407800 750.00 x 8.40
320.0 299.0 8.1 PG4403200 291.47 x 7.00 800.0 772.0 9.5 PG4408000 770.00 x 8.40
320.0 295.5 8.1 PG4203200 291.47 x 7.00 900.0 872.0 9.5 PG4409000 870.00 x 8.40
330.0 305.5 8.1 PG4403300 304.17 x 7.00 1,000.0 972.0 9.5 PG46X1000 970.00 x 8.40
340.0 315.5 8.1 PG4403400 316.87 x 7.00 1,000.0 962.0 13.8 PG44X1000 960.00 x 12.00
350.0 325.5 8.1 PG4403500 316.87 x 7.00 1,050.0 1,022.0 9.5 PG46X1050 1,020.00 x 8.40
360.0 335.5 8.1 PG4403600 329.57 x 7.00 1,065.0 1,027.0 13.8 PG44X1065 1,025.00 x 12.00
370.0 345.5 8.1 PG4403700 342.27 x 7.00 1,070.0 1,032.0 13.8 PG44X1070 1,030.00 x 12.00
380.0 355.5 8.1 PG4403800 354.97 x 7.00 1,200.0 1,172.0 9.5 PG46X1200 1,170.00 x 8.40
400.0 375.5 8.1 PG4404000 367.67 x 7.00 1,200.0 1,162.0 13.8 PG44X1200 1,160.00 x 12.00
420.0 395.5 8.1 PG4404200 393.07 x 7.00 1,225.0 1,187.0 13.8 PG44X1225 1,185.00 x 12.00
430.0 405.5 8.1 PG4404300 405.26 x 7.00 1,500.0 1,462.0 13.8 PG44X1500 1,460.00 x 12.00
440.0 415.5 8.1 PG4404400 405.26 x 7.00 2,000.0 1,962.0 13.8 PG44X2000 1,960.00 x 12.00
450.0 425.5 8.1 PG4404500 417.96 x 7.00 2,700.0 2,662.0 13.8 PG44X2700 2,660.00 x 12.00
460.0 435.5 8.1 PG4404600 430.66 x 7.00
All dimensions in bold type are suitable for installation in
480.0 455.5 8.1 PG4404800 456.06 x 7.00 grooves to ISO 7425/1, bore dia. in accordance with ISO 3320.
Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,700 mm dia.
500.0 475.5 8.1 PG4405000 468.76 x 7.00 including inch sizes can be supplied.
555.0 530.5 8.1 PG4405550 506.86 x 7.00 All O-Rings with 12 mm cross section are delivered as a special
profile ring.
600.0 575.5 8.1 PG4406000 557.66 x 7.00
640.0 615.5 8.1 PG4406400 608.08 x 7.00
660.0 635.5 8.1 PG4406600 633.48 x 7.00
700.0 672.0 9.5 PG4407000 670.00 x 8.40
710.0 682.0 9.5 PG4407100 680.00 x 8.40

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 139
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring®

„ Installation Recommendation / Piston – Inch


r max. 0.012 inches

S
d2

DN r1

d1

L1

Figure 65 Installation Drawing

Table 76 Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations


TSS Rod Diameter Groove Groove Radius Radial Clearance O-Ring
Series Diameter Width Cross-
No. DN H9 Smax* Section
Standard Light Heavy Duty d1 h9 L1 +0.08 r1 10 MPa 20 MPa 40 MPa d2
Application Application Application 1,500 psi 3,000 psi 5,800 psi
PG00 0.312 - 0.562 0.625 - 1.500 - DN - 0.193 0.087 0.015 0.020 0.012 0.008 0.070
PG01 0.562 - 1.563 1.563 - 3.125 - DN - 0.295 0.126 0.025 0.024 0.016 0.008 0.103
PG02 1.563 - 3.125 3.125 - 5.250 0.562 - 1.563 DN - 0.433 0.165 0.025 0.024 0.016 0.008 0.139
PG03 3.125 - 5.250 5.250 - 12.500 1.563 - 3.125 DN - 0.610 0.248 0.035 0.031 0.020 0.012 0.210
PG04 5.250 - 12.500 12.500 - 26.000 3.125 - 5.250 DN - 0.827 0.319 0.035 0.031 0.020 0.012 0.275
PG05 12.500 - 26.000 - 5.250 - 12.500 DN - 0.965 0.319 0.035 0.035 0.020 0.016 0.275

* At pressures > 40 MPa (5,800 psi) use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore/piston) in area of the seal.

140 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring®

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. PG 0 2 02500 - T46 N
Turcon® Glyd Ring®, complete with O-Ring, standard
application, Series PG02 (from Table 76) TSS Series No.

Bore diameter: DN = 2.500 inches 0=std, N=with notches


TSS Part No.: PG0202500 (from Table 77) Cross Section
Select the material from the Material Overview Pages. Function Bore Dia. x 1000
The corresponding code numbers are appended to the
TSS Part No. Preferred Series Table 77). Quality Index (Standard)

Together they form the TSS Article Number. The TSS Article Material Code (Seal Ring)
Number for all intermediate sizes not shown in Preferred Material Code (O-Ring)
Series (Table 77) can be determined following the example
opposite.
For diameters DN  100.000 inches please consult your Trelleborg
Sealing Solutions Marketing Company for custom article no.

Note:
For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry
standards and governmental regulations, O-Ring
energizers need to be ordered separately from the seal.
Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing
company for further assistance.

Table 77 Installation Dimensions / TSS Part No.


Bore Groove Groove TSS Part No. Bore Groove Groove TSS Part No.
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Diameter Width
DN H9 d1 h9 L1 +.010 DN H9 d1 h9 L1 +.010
0.500 0.307 0.087 PG0000500 1.813 1.380 0.165 PG0201813
0.563 0.370 0.087 PG0000563 1.875 1.442 0.165 PG0201875
0.625 0.330 0.126 PG0100625 1.938 1.505 0.165 PG0201938
0.688 0.393 0.126 PG0100688 2.000 1.567 0.165 PG0202000
0.750 0.455 0.126 PG0100750 2.125 1.692 0.165 PG0202125
0.813 0.518 0.126 PG0100813 2.250 1.817 0.165 PG0202250
0.875 0.580 0.126 PG0100875 2.375 1.942 0.165 PG0202375
0.938 0.643 0.126 PG0100938 2.500 2.067 0.165 PG0202500
1.000 0.705 0.126 PG0101000 2.626 2.193 0.165 PG0202625
1.063 0.768 0.126 PG0101063 2.750 2.317 0.165 PG0202750
1.125 0.830 0.126 PG0101125 2.875 2.442 0.165 PG0202875
1.188 0.893 0.126 PG0101188 3.000 2.567 0.165 PG0203000
1.250 0.955 0.126 PG0101250 3.125 2.692 0.165 PG0203125
1.313 1.018 0.126 PG0101313 3.250 2.640 0.248 PG0303250
1.375 1.080 0.126 PG0101375 3.375 2.765 0.248 PG0303375
1.438 1.143 0.126 PG0101438 3.500 2.890 0.248 PG0303500
1.500 1.205 0.126 PG0101500 3.625 3.015 0.248 PG0303625
1.563 1.268 0.126 PG0101563 3.750 3.140 0.248 PG0303750
1.625 1.192 0.165 PG0201625 3.875 3.265 0.248 PG0303875
1.688 1.255 0.165 PG0201688 4.000 3.390 0.248 PG0304000
1.750 1.317 0.165 PG0201750 4.125 3.515 0.248 PG0304125

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 141
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring®

Bore Groove Groove TSS Part No. Bore Groove Groove TSS Part No.
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Diameter Width
DN H9 d1 h9 L1 +.010 DN H9 d1 h9 L1 +.010
4.250 3.640 0.248 PG0304250 9.500 8.673 0.319 PG0409500
4.375 3.765 0.248 PG0304375 9.750 8.923 0.319 PG0409750
4.500 3.890 0.248 PG0304500 10.000 9.173 0.319 PG0410000
4.625 4.015 0.248 PG0304625 10.500 9.673 0.319 PG0410500
4.750 4.140 0.248 PG0304750 11.000 10.173 0.319 PG0411000
4.875 4.265 0.248 PG0304875 11.500 10.673 0.319 PG0411500
5.000 4.390 0.248 PG0305000 12.000 11.173 0.319 PG0412000
5.125 4.515 0.248 PG0305125 12.500 11.673 0.319 PG0412500
5.250 4.640 0.248 PG0305250 13.000 12.035 0.319 PG0513000
5.375 4.548 0.319 PG0405375 13.500 12.535 0.319 PG0513500
5.500 4.673 0.319 PG0405500 14.000 13.035 0.319 PG0514000
5.625 4.798 0.319 PG0405625 14.500 13.535 0.319 PG0514500
5.750 4.923 0.319 PG0405750 15.000 14.035 0.319 PG0515000
6.000 5.173 0.319 PG0406000 15.500 14.535 0.319 PG0515500
6.250 5.423 0.319 PG0406250 16.000 15.035 0.319 PG0516000
6.500 5.673 0.319 PG0406500 16.500 15.535 0.319 PG0516500
6.750 5.923 0.319 PG0406750 17.000 16.035 0.319 PG0517000
7.000 6.173 0.319 PG0407000 17.500 16.535 0.319 PG0517500
7.250 6.423 0.319 PG0407250 18.000 17.035 0.319 PG0518000
7.500 6.673 0.319 PG0407500 18.500 17.535 0.319 PG0518500
7.750 6.923 0.319 PG0407750 19.000 18.035 0.319 PG0519000
8.000 7.173 0.319 PG0408000 19.500 18.535 0.319 PG0519500
8.250 7.423 0.319 PG0408250 20.000 19.035 0.319 PG0520000
8.500 7.673 0.319 PG0408500 The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to
8.750 7.923 0.319 PG0408750 be available for immediate shipment). Other dimensions and all
intermediate sizes up to 106 inches (2,700mm) diameter can be
9.000 8.173 0.319 PG0409000 supplied.
9.250 8.423 0.319 PG0409250

142 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
LINEAR SEALS

High operational reliability Stick-slip-free operation

Increased hardware clearance possible High static / dynamic tightness

Double-acting Simple housing design - one piece piston /


gland possible
Very low friction
Easy Installation
Very low wear, long service life

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 143
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

144 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

„ Turcon® Glyd Ring® T - Steep increase of contact pressure on the product side
gives clear advantages in piston fillers for difficult
Description products with fruit pips, like strawberry jam or curd.

Turcon® Glyd Ring® T is a further technical - Installation grooves to ISO 7425/1


development of the Turcon® Glyd Ring® seal - Adaptable to the operating conditions due to a wide
which has been successfully used for decades. range of possible materials (Turcon®, Zurcon®)
It is fully interchangeable with the earlier Glyd
Ring® seals in all new applications. Glyd Ring® T meets all - Available for all cylinder diameters up to 2.700 mm
the market demands for a function-specific seal solution, (106 inch).
observing economic and ecological aspects.
The benefits of the patented seal concept are provided Application Examples
by the innovative functional principle of the trapezoidal
Turcon® Glyd Ring® T is the recommended sealing element
profile cross-section.
for single- and double-acting inside sealing of hydraulic
Both lateral profile flanks are inclined so that the seal components such as:
profile tapers towards the seal surface. The profile can thus
- Chemical processing equipment
retain the robust and compact form typical of piston seals
without losing any of the flexibility required to achieve a - Filling machines with piston dosing units
pressure-related maximum compression (Figure 66).
- Robotics
- Handling machinery

p - Manipulators

Turcon® Seal ring - Hydraulic cylinders (Actuators)


- Valves
O-Ring
- Fittings
- Testing machinery

Figure 66 Turcon® Glyd Ring® T Single acting hydraulic cylinder


Test conditions: HLP 46, 80°C, Pressure cycle 0/30MPa,
The edge angle created by the special Glyd Ring® T enables piston moving in pressure direction
a slight tilting movement of the seal. The maximum
compression is thus always shifted towards the area of the Turcon® Glyd Ring®
seal edge directly exposed to the pressure. PG4400600-T46
Accumulated leakage

Turcon® Glyd Ring® T


Glyd Ring® T is fully interchangeable with the earlier Glyd PT0300600-T46
Ring® seals in all new applications. Glyd Ring® T meets all
the market demands for a function-specific seal solution,
observing economic and ecological aspects.

Advantages
The benefits offered by the Glyd Ring® are now
complemented by a number of further important Cycles
advantages:
- Increased clearance possible (approx. +50%), depending Figure 67 Dynamic leakage Turcon® Glyd Ring® T/
on the operating conditions Turcon® Glyd Ring® as a single-acting piston
seal
- Due to the larger extrusion gap, safe use even with
soiled media
* Patent No.:
- Low friction, no stick-slip effect DE 4140833C3
EP 0582593
- Simple groove design, one-piece pistons possible Japan 2799367
USA 5,433,452

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 145
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

Technical Data Standard Hydraulic Applications

Operating conditions For components with reciprocating movements, lubrication


and/or high temperatures:
Pressure: Up to 60 MPa / 8,700 psi
Turcon® Seal: Turcon® M12
Speed: Up to 15 m/s / 2,952 fpm Temperature -45 °C to- +150 °C /
-49 °F to +302 °F
Temperature: -45 °C to +200 °C*) /
O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N
-45 °F to +392 °F*)
FKM 70 Shore A V
(depending on O-Ring material)
(depending on the temperature)
Media: Food products like jam or curd, Set code: M12N or M12V
highly-viscous products like honey,
fluids (bio-oils), phosphate ester,
water, air and others, depending
on the seal and O-Ring material Series
compatibility
Different cross-section sizes are recommended as a
Clearance: The maximum radial clearance Smax function of the seal diameters.
is shown in Table 80, Table 78 shows the relationship between the series number
as a function of the operating according to the seal diameter range and the different
pressure and functional diameter. application class sizes. These application classes are:
Standard application: General applications with
Important Note: no exceptional operating
The above data are maximum values and cannot conditions.
be used at the same time, e.g. the maximum
operating speed depends on material type,
Light application: Applications with demands
pressure, temperature and gap value.
Temperature range also depends on the media. for reduced friction or for
smaller grooves.

Heavy-duty application: For exceptional operating


*) Important Note for the piston version:
In case of unpressurized applications in temperatures loads such as high
below 0 °C / +32 °F please contact your local pressures, pressure peaks,
Trellleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company etc.
for more information! Table 78 Available range
Series No. Piston Diameter
Materials DN H9

Standard Applications PT00 8.0 - 140.0


PT01 8.0 - 200.0
Turcon® Seal: Turcon® MF6
Temperature -45 °C to +150 °C / PT02 16.0 - 380.0
-49 °F to +302 °F PT03 40.0 - 480.0
O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A PT04 80.0 - 700.0
FKM 70 Shore A PT08 133.0 - 999.9
(according to temperature, required
PT05 310.0 - 999.9
approvals and availability)
PT05X 1,000.0 - 1,200.0

Alternative PT06 750.0 - 999.9


PT06X 1,000.0 - 2,700.0
Turcon® Seal: Turcon® MF4
Temperature -45 °C to +150 °C /
-49 °F to +302 °F For the recommended range see Table 82.

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A


FKM 70 Shore A
(according to temperature, required
approvals and availability)
Other seal ring materials and elastomers are available
on request. Please contact your local Trelleborg Sealing
Solutions marketing company for more information.

146 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

Table 79 Surface Roughness


Surface Roughness μm (μin)
Mating Surface
Parameter Groove Surface
Turcon® Materials
0.63 - 2.50
Rmax < 16.0 (<629.920)
(24.803 - 98.425)
0.40 - 1.60
RZ DIN < 10.0 (<393.700)
15.748 - 62.992)
0.05 - 0.20
Ra < 1.6 (62.992)
(1.968 - 7.874)
50 – 70 % at a cut
depth c = 0.25 x
Mr Rz relative to a
reference line of
Cref = 5 %

Installation of Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

The seal is preferably installed in a closed groove. The installation


procedure is the same as for a piston or rod seal, see page 19 and 21.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 147
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

„ Installation Recommendation Rod – Metric

L1

r1
d2

d
D1

r max. 0.3

Figure 68 Installation Drawing

Table 80 Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations


Series Rod Diameter Groove Groove Radius Radial Clearance O-Ring
No. dN f8/h9 Diameter* Width Smax** Size
Standard Light Heavy Duty D1 H9 L1 +0.2 r1 10 MPa 20 MPa 40 MPa d2
Application Application Application
RT00 3 - 7.9 8 - 18.9 - dN + 4.9 2.2 0.4 0.40 0.30 0.20 1.78
RT01 8 - 18.9 19 - 37.9 - dN + 7.3 3.2 0.6 0.60 0.50 0.30 2.62
RT02 19 - 37.9 38 - 199.9 8 - 18.9 dN + 10.7 4.2 1.0 0.70 0.50 0.30 3.53
RT03 38 - 199.9 200 - 255.9 19 - 37.9 dN + 15.1 6.3 1.3 0.80 0.60 0.40 5.33
RT04 200 - 255.9 256 - 649.9 38 - 199.9 dN + 20.5 8.1 1.8 0.80 0.60 0.40 7.00
RT08 256 - 649.9 650 - 999.9 200 - 255.9 dN + 24.0 8.1 1.8 0.90 0.70 0.50 7.00
RT05 650 - 999.9  1,000 256 - 649.9 dN + 27.3 9.5 2.5 1.00 0.80 0.60 8.40
RT06***  1,000 - 650 - 999.9 dN + 38.0 13.8 3.0 1.20 0.90 0.70 12.00
* Installation with groove dimensions to ISO 7425/2 is also recommendable.
** At pressures > 40 MPa use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore/rod) in area of the seal or consult your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions
marketing company for alternative material or profiles.
Slydring®/Wear Rings are not applicable at very small radial clearance; consult the Slydring® catalog.
*** O-Rings with 12 mm cross section are delivered as a special profile ring.

148 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. RT03 0 0800 - MF6 N
Turcon® Glyd Ring® T, complete with O-Ring, standard
application, Series RT03 (from Table 80). TSS Series No.

Rod diameter: dN = 80.0 mm Type (Standard)


TSS Part No.: RT0300800 (from Table 81) Rod diameter x 10

Select the material from the Material Overview Pages. Quality Index (Standard)
The corresponding code numbers are appended to the
Material code (Seal ring)
TSS Part No. (from Table 81).
Material code (O-Ring)
Together these form the TSS Article Number. The TSS Article
Number for all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 81 For diameters t 1,000.0 mm multiply only by factor 1
can be determined following the example opposite. Example: RT06 for diameter 1,200.0 mm
TSS Article No.: RT06X1200 - MF6N

Note:
For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry
standards and governmental regulations O-Ring energizers
need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your
local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for
further assistance.
Table 81 Installation Dimensions / TSS Part No.

Rod Groove Groove TSS Part O-Ring Rod Groove Groove TSS Part O-Ring
Dia. Dia. Width No. Size Dia. Dia. Width No. Size
dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +0.20 dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +0.20
3.0 7.9 2.2 RT0000030 4.47 x 1.78 45.0 60.1 6.3 RT0300450 50.17 x 5.33
6.0 10.9 2.2 RT0000060 7.65 x 1.78 48.0 63.1 6.3 RT0300480 53.34 x 5.33
8.0 12.9 2.2 RT0000080 9.50 x 1.80 50.0 65.1 6.3 RT0300500 56.52 x 5.33
10.0 14.9 2.2 RT0000100 11.80 x 1.80 52.0 67.1 6.3 RT0300520 56.52 x 5.33
12.0 16.9 2.2 RT0000120 14.00 x 1.78 55.0 70.1 6.3 RT0300550 59.69 x 5.33
12.0 19.3 3.2 RT0100120 14.50 x 2.65 56.0 71.1 6.3 RT0300560 62.87 x 5.33
14.0 18.9 2.2 RT0000140 15.60 x 1.78 60.0 75.1 6.3 RT0300600 66.04 x 5.33
14.0 21.3 3.2 RT0100140 17.12 x 2.62 63.0 78.1 6.3 RT0300630 69.22 x 5.33
15.0 22.3 3.2 RT0100150 18.00 x 2.65 65.0 80.1 6.3 RT0300650 69.22 x 5.33
16.0 23.3 3.2 RT0100160 18.72 x 2.62 70.0 85.1 6.3 RT0300700 75.57 x 5.33
18.0 25.3 3.2 RT0100180 20.29 x 2.62 75.0 90.1 6.3 RT0300750 81.92 x 5.33
20.0 30.7 4.2 RT0200200 23.40 x 3.53 80.0 95.1 6.3 RT0300800 85.09 x 5.33
22.0 32.7 4.2 RT0200220 26.58 x 3.53 85.0 100.1 6.3 RT0300850 91.44 x 5.33
25.0 35.7 4.2 RT0200250 29.75 x 3.53 90.0 105.1 6.3 RT0300900 94.62 x 5.33
28.0 38.7 4.2 RT0200280 32.92 x 3.53 95.0 110.1 6.3 RT0300950 100.97 x 5.33
30.0 40.7 4.2 RT0200300 34.52 x 3.53 100.0 115.1 6.3 RT0301000 107.32 x 5.33
32.0 42.7 4.2 RT0200320 36.09 x 3.53 105.0 120.1 6.3 RT0301050 110.49 x 5.33
35.0 45.7 4.2 RT0200350 37.69 x 3.53 110.0 125.1 6.3 RT0301100 116.84 x 5.33
36.0 46.7 4.2 RT0200360 40.87 x 3.53 115.0 130.1 6.3 RT0301150 120.02 x 5.33
40.0 55.1 6.3 RT0300400 43.82 x 5.33 120.0 135.1 6.3 RT0301200 126.37 x 5.33
42.0 57.1 6.3 RT0300420 46.99 x 5.33 125.0 140.1 6.3 RT0301250 129.54 x 5.33

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 149
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

Rod Groove Groove TSS Part O-Ring Rod Groove Groove TSS Part O-Ring
Dia. Dia. Width No. Size Dia. Dia. Width No. Size
dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +0.20 dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +0.20
130.0 145.1 6.3 RT0301300 135.89 x 5.33 360.0 380.5 8.1 RT0403600 367.67 x 7.00
135.0 150.1 6.3 RT0301350 142.24 x 5.33 400.0 420.5 8.1 RT0404000 405.26 x 7.00
140.0 155.1 6.3 RT0301400 145.42 x 5.33 500.0 520.5 8.1 RT0405000 506.86 x 7.00
145.0 160.1 6.3 RT0301450 151.77 x 5.33 600.0 620.5 8.1 RT0406000 608.08 x 7.00
160.0 175.1 6.3 RT0301600 164.47 x 5.33 700.0 727.3 9.5 RT0507000 713.00 x 8.40
170.0 185.1 6.3 RT0301700 177.17 x 5.33 800.0 827.3 9.5 RT0508000 813.00 x 8.40
180.0 195.1 6.3 RT0301800 183.52 x 5.33 900.0 927.3 9.5 RT0509000 913.00 x 8.40
190.0 205.1 6.3 RT0301900 196.22 x 5.33 1,000.0 1,027.3 9.5 RT05X1000 1,013.00 x 8.40
200.0 220.5 8.1 RT0402000 208.90 x 7.00 1,500.0 1,538.0 13.8 RT06X1500 1,516.00 x 12.00
210.0 230.5 8.1 RT0402100 215.27 x 7.00 2,000.0 2,038.0 13.8 RT06X2000 2,016.00 x 12.00
220.0 240.5 8.1 RT0402200 227.97 x 7.00 2,600.0 2,638.0 13.8 RT06X2600 2,616.00 x 12.00
230.0 250.5 8.1 RT0402300 240.67 x 7.00 The rod diameters in bold type are in accordance with the
240.0 260.5 8.1 RT0402400 253.37 x 7.00 recommendations of ISO 3320.

250.0 270.5 8.1 RT0402500 266.07 x 7.00 Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,600 mm
diameter including imperial (inch) sizes can be supplied.
280.0 300.5 8.1 RT0402800 291.47 x 7.00
All O-Rings with 12 mm cross section are delivered as a special
300.0 320.5 8.1 RT0403000 304.17 x 7.00 profile ring.
320.0 340.5 8.1 RT0403200 329.57 x 7.00 For full installation dimension tables and additional information
on the Turcon® Glyd Ring®, see the Hydraulic Seals - Linear catalog.
350.0 370.5 8.1 RT0403500 354.97 x 7.00

150 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

„ Installation Recommendation Piston – Metric

r max. 0.3

S
d2

r1
DN

d1

L1

Figure 69 Installation Drawing

Table 82 Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations


Series- Bore Diameter Groove Groove Radius Radial Clearance O-Ring
No. DN H9 Diameter Width Smax* Size
Standard Light Heavy Duty d1 h9 L1 +0.2 r1 10 MPa 20 MPa 40 MPa d2
Application Application Application
PT00 8 - 14.9 15 - 39.9 - DN - 4.9 2.2 0.4 0.40 0.30 0.20 1.78
PT01 15 - 39.9 40 - 79.9 - DN - 7.5 3.2 0.6 0.60 0.50 0.30 2.62
PT02 40 - 79.9 80 - 132.9 15 - 39.9 DN - 11.0 4.2 1.0 0.70 0.50 0.30 3.53
PT03 80 - 132.9 133 - 329.9 40 - 79.9 DN - 15.5 6.3 1.3 0.80 0.60 0.40 5.33
PT04 133 - 329.9 330 - 669.9 80 - 132.9 DN - 21.0 8.1 1.8 0.80 0.60 0.40 7.00
PT08 330 - 669.9 670 - 999.9 133 - 329.9 DN - 24.5 8.1 1.8 0.90 0.70 0.50 7.00
PT05 670 - 999.9 - 310 - 669.9 DN - 28.0 9.5 2.5 1.00 0.80 0.60 8.40
PT05X - 1,000 - 1,200 - DN - 28.0 9.5 2.5 1.00 0.80 0.60 8.40
PT06** - - 670 - 999.9 DN - 38.0 13.8 3.0 1.20 0.90 0.70 12.00
PT06X** 1,000 - 2,700 - - DN - 38.0 13.8 3.0 1.20 0.90 0.70 12.00

* At pressures > 40 MPa use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore/piston) in area of the seal or consult Trelleborg Sealing Solutions for
alternative material or profiles.
Slydring® / Wear Rings are not applicable at very small radial clearance S. Please consult the Slydring® catalog.
** O-Rings with 12 mm cross section are delivered as a special profile ring.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 151
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. PT03 0 0800 - MF6 N
Turcon® Glyd Ring® T, complete with O-Ring, standard
application, series PT03 (from Table 82). TSS Series No.
Type (Standard)
Bore diameter: DN = 80.0 mm
TSS Part No.: PT0300800 (from Table 83) Cylinder diamter x 10*
Select the material from the Material Overview Pages. Quality Index (Standard)
The corresponding code numbers are appended to the
TSS Part No. (from Table 83). Together they form the TSS Material Code (Seal Ring)
Article No. Material Code (O-Ring)

For all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 83, the TSS
Article No. can be determined from the example opposite. * For diameters t 1,000.0 mm multiply only by factor 1.
Example: PT06 for diameter 1,200.0 mm
TSS Article No.: PT06X1200 - MF6N
Note:
For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry
standards and governmental regulations O-Ring energizers
need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your
local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for
further assistance.

Table 83 Installation Dimensions / TSS Part No.


Bore Groove Groove TSS Part O-Ring Size Bore Groove Groove TSS Part O-Ring Size
Dia. Dia. Width No. Dia. Dia. Width No.
DN H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2 DN H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2
8.0 3.1 2.2 PT0000080 2.90 x 1.78 30.0 22.5 3.2 PT0100300 21.89 x 2.62
10.0 5.1 2.2 PT0000100 4.80 x 1.80 32.0 27.1 2.2 PT0000320 26.70 x 1.78
12.0 7.1 2.2 PT0000120 6.70 x 1.80 32.0 24.5 3.2 PT0100320 23.47 x 2.62
14.0 9.1 2.2 PT0000140 8.75 x 1.80 32.0 21.0 4.2 PT0200320 20.22 x 3.53
15.0 7.5 3.2 PT0100150 7.59 x 2.62 35.0 27.5 3.2 PT0100350 26.64 x 2.62
16.0 11.1 2.2 PT0000160 10.82 x 1.78 35.0 24.0 4.2 PT0200350 23.40 x 3.53
16.0 8.5 3.2 PT0100160 7.59 x 2.62 36.0 28.5 3.2 PT0100360 28.24 x 2.62
18.0 13.1 2.2 PT0000180 12.42 x 1.78 38.0 30.5 3.2 PT0100380 29.82 x 2.62
18.0 10.5 3.2 PT0100180 9.19 x 2.62 40.0 32.5 3.2 PT0100400 31.42 x 2.62
19.05 11.55 3.2 PT0100190 10.77 x 2.62 40.0 29.0 4.2 PT0200400 28.17 x 3.53
20.0 15.1 2.2 PT0000200 14.00 x 1.78 42.0 31.0 4.2 PT0200420 29.75 x 3.53
20.0 12.5 3.2 PT0100200 12.37 x 2.62 44.45 36.95 3.2 PT0100444 36.17 x 2.62
21.0 13.5 3.2 PT0100210 12.37 x 2.62 45.0 34.0 4.2 PT0200450 32.92 x 3.53
22.0 17.1 2.2 PT0000220 17.17 x 1.78 48.0 37.0 4.2 PT0200480 36.09 x 3.53
22.0 14.5 3.2 PT0100220 13.94 x 2.62 50.0 42.5 3.2 PT0100500 40.94 x 2.62
24.0 16.5 3.2 PT0100240 15.54 x 2.62 50.0 39.0 4.2 PT0200500 37.70 x 3.53
25.0 20.1 2.2 PT0000250 18.77 x 1.78 50.0 34.5 6.3 PT0300500 32.69 x 5.33
25.0 17.5 3.2 PT0100250 17.12 x 2.62 50.8 43.3 3.2 PT0100508 42.52 x 2.62
25.0 14.0 4.2 PT0200250 13.87 x 3.53 50.8 39.8 4.2 PT0200508 37.70 x 3.53
25.4 20.5 2.2 PT0000254 17.12 x 2.62 52.0 41.0 4.2 PT0200520 40.87 x 3.53
28.0 20.5 3.2 PT0100280 20.29 x 2.62 53.0 42.0 4.2 PT0200530 40.87 x 3.53

152 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

Bore Groove Groove TSS Part O-Ring Size Bore Groove Groove TSS Part O-Ring Size
Dia. Dia. Width No. Dia. Dia. Width No.
DN H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2 DN H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2
55.0 44.0 4.2 PT0200550 44.04 x 3.53 125.0 114.0 4.2 PT0201250 113.89 x 3.53
57.0 46.0 4.2 PT0200570 44.04 x 3.53 125.0 109.5 6.3 PT0301250 107.32 x 5.33
58.0 47.0 4.2 PT0200580 47.22 x 3.53 125.0 104.0 8.1 PT0401250 103.00 x 7.00
60.0 49.0 4.2 PT0200600 47.22 x 3.53 127.0 111.5 6.3 PT0301270 110.49 x 5.33
62.0 51.0 4.2 PT0200620 50.39 x 3.53 130.0 114.5 6.3 PT0301300 113.67 x 5.33
63.0 52.0 4.2 PT0200630 50.39 x 3.53 130.0 109.0 8.1 PT0401300 108.00 x 7.00
63.0 47.5 6.3 PT0300630 46.99 x 5.33 132.0 121.0 4.2 PT0201320 120.24 x 3.53
65.0 54.0 4.2 PT0200650 53.57 x 3.53 135.0 114.0 8.1 PT0401350 113.67 x 7.00
68.0 57.0 4.2 PT0200680 56.74 x 3.53 140.0 124.5 6.3 PT0301400 123.19 x 5.33
70.0 59.0 4.2 PT0200700 56.74 x 3.53 140.0 119.0 8.1 PT0401400 116.84 x 7.00
70.0 54.5 6.3 PT0300700 53.34 x 5.33 145.0 129.5 6.3 PT0301450 126.37 x 5.33
75.0 64.0 4.2 PT0200750 63.09 x 3.53 145.0 124.0 8.1 PT0401450 123.19 x 7.00
75.0 59.5 6.3 PT0300750 56.52 x 3.53 150.0 134.5 6.3 PT0301500 132.72 x 5.33
80.0 69.0 4.2 PT0200800 66.27 x 3.53 150.0 129.0 8.1 PT0401500 126.37 x 7.00
80.0 64.5 6.3 PT0300800 62.87 x 5.33 155.0 134.0 8.1 PT0401550 132.72 x 7.00
80.0 59.0 8.1 PT0400800 58.00 x 7.00 160.0 144.5 6.3 PT0301600 142.24 x 5.33
82.5 67.0 6.3 PT0300825 66.04 x 5.33 160.0 139.0 8.1 PT0401600 135.89 x 7.00
85.0 69.5 6.3 PT0300850 69.22 x 5.33 165.0 144.0 8.1 PT0401650 142.24 x 7.00
85.0 64.0 8.1 PT0400850 63.00 x 7.00 170.0 149.0 8.1 PT0401700 145.42 x 7.00
90.0 79.0 4.2 PT0200900 78.97 x 3.53 175.0 154.0 8.1 PT0401750 151.77 x 7.00
90.0 74.5 6.3 PT0300900 72.39 x 5.33 180.0 164.5 6.3 PT0301800 164.47 x 5.33
90.0 69.0 8.1 PT0400900 68.00 x 7.00 180.0 159.0 8.1 PT0401800 158.12 x 7.00
95.0 84.0 4.2 PT0200950 82.14 x 3.53 190.0 169.0 8.1 PT0401900 164.47 x 7.00
95.0 79.5 6.3 PT0300950 78.74 x 5.33 194.0 178.5 6.3 PT0301940 177.17 x 5.33
95.0 74.0 8.1 PT0400950 73.00 x 7.00 200.0 184.5 6.3 PT0302000 183.52 x 5.33
100.0 89.0 4.2 PT0201000 88.49 x 3.53 200.0 179.0 8.1 PT0402000 177.17 x 7.00
100.0 84.5 6.3 PT0301000 81.92 x 5.33 205.0 184.0 8.1 PT0402050 183.52 x 7.00
100.0 79.0 8.1 PT0401000 78.00 x 7.00 210.0 189.0 8.1 PT0402100 183.52 x 7.00
101.6 86.1 6.3 PT0301016 85.09 x 5.33 215.0 194.0 8.1 PT0402150 189.87 x 7.00
105.0 94.0 4.2 PT0201050 91.67 x 3.53 220.0 199.0 8.1 PT0402200 196.22 x 7.00
105.0 89.5 6.3 PT0301050 88.27 x 5.33 230.0 214.5 6.3 PT0302300 208.92 x 5.33
108.0 92.5 6.3 PT0301080 91.44 x 5.33 230.0 209.0 8.1 PT0402300 208.92 x 7.00
110.0 99.0 4.2 PT0201100 98.02 x 3.53 240.0 219.0 8.1 PT0402400 215.27 x 7.00
110.0 94.5 6.3 PT0301100 91.44 x 5.33 250.0 229.0 8.1 PT0402500 227.97 x 7.00
110.0 89.0 8.1 PT0401100 88.00 x 7.00 250.0 225.5 8.1 PT0802500 215.27 x 7.00
115.0 99.5 6.3 PT0301150 97.79 x 5.33 250.0 134.5 6.3 PT0302500 234.32 x 5.33
120.0 109.0 4.2 PT0201200 107.54 x 3.53 254.0 233.0 8.1 PT0402540 227.97 x 7.00
120.0 104.5 6.3 PT0301200 100.97 x 5.33 260.0 239.0 8.1 PT0402600 240.67 x 7.00
120.0 99.0 8.1 PT0401200 98.00 x 7.00 265.0 244.0 8.1 PT0402650 240.67 x 7.00

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 153
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

Bore Groove Groove TSS Part O-Ring Size Bore Groove Groove TSS Part O-Ring Size
Dia. Dia. Width No. Dia. Dia. Width No.
DN H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2 DN H9 d1 h9 L1 +0.2
268.0 247.0 8.1 PT0402680 240.67 x 7.00 660.0 635.5 8.1 PT0806600 633.48 x 7.00
270.0 249.0 8.1 PT0402700 240.67 x 7.00 700.0 672.0 9.5 PT0507000 670.00 x 8.40
280.0 259.0 8.1 PT0402800 253.37 x 7.0 0 710.0 682.0 9.5 PT0507100 680.00 x 8.40
290.0 269.0 8.1 PT0402900 266.07 x 7.00 740.0 712.0 9.5 PT0507400 710.00 x 8.40
300.0 279.0 8.1 PT0403000 278.77 x 7.00 780.0 752.0 9.5 PT0507800 750.00 x 8.40
300.0 275.5 8.1 PT0803000 266.07 x 7.00 800.0 772.0 9.5 PT0508000 770.00 x 8.4 0
304.8 283.8 8.1 PT0403048 278.77 x 7.00 900.0 872.0 9.5 PT0509000 870.00 x 8.40
310.0 289.0 8.1 PT0403100 278.77 x 7.00 1,000.0 972.0 9.5 PT05X1000 970.00 x 8.40
320.0 299.0 8.1 PT0403200 291.47 x 7.00 1,000.0 962.0 13.8 PT06X1000 960.00 x 12.00
320.0 295.5 8.1 PT0803200 291.47 x 7.00 1,050.0 1,022.0 9.5 PT05X1050 1,020.00 x 8.40
330.0 305.5 8.1 PT0803300 304.17 x 7.00 1,065.0 1,027.0 13.8 PT06X1065 1,025.00 x 12.00
340.0 315.5 8.1 PT0803400 316.87 x 7.00 1,070.0 1,032.0 13.8 PT06X1070 1,030.00 x 12.00
350.0 325.5 8.1 PT0803500 316.87 x 7.00 1,200.0 1,172.0 9.5 PT05X1200 1,170.00 x 8.40
360.0 335.5 8.1 PT0803600 329.57 x 7.00 1,200.0 1,162.0 13.8 PT06X1200 1,160.00 x 12.00
370.0 345.5 8.1 PT0803700 342.27 x 7.00 1,225.0 1,187.0 13.8 PT06X1225 1,185.00 x 12.00
380.0 355.5 8.1 PT0803800 354.97 x 7.00 1,500.0 1,462.0 13.8 PT06X1500 1,460.00 x 12.00
400.0 375.5 8.1 PT0804000 367.67 x 7.00 2,000.0 1,962.0 13.8 PT06X2000 1,960.00 x 12.00
420.0 395.5 8.1 PT0804200 393.07 x 7.00 2,700.0 2,662.0 13.8 PT06X2700 2,660.00 x 12.00
430.0 405.5 8.1 PT0804300 405.26 x 7.00
All dimensions in bold type are suitable for installation in grooves
440.0 415.5 8.1 PT0804400 405.26 x 7.00 to ISO 7425/1, bore dia. in accordance with ISO 3320.

450.0 425.5 8.1 PT0804500 417.96 x 7.00 Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,700 mm
diameter including inch sizes can be supplied.
460.0 435.5 8.1 PT0804600 430.66 x 7.00
All O-Rings with 12 mm cross section are delivered as a special
480.0 455.5 8.1 PT0804800 456.06 x 7.00 profile ring.
500.0 475.5 8.1 PT0805000 468.76 x 7.00
555.0 530.5 8.1 PT0805550 506.86 x 7.00
600.0 575.5 8.1 PT0806000 557.66 x 7.00
640.0 615.5 8.1 PT0806400 608.08 x 7.00

154 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

„ Installation Recommendation Rod – Inch

L1

r1
d2

p p

dN
D1

r max. 0.012 inches

Figure 70 Installation Drawing

Table 84 Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations


Series Rod Diameter Groove Groove Radius Radial Clearance O-Ring
No. dN f8/h9 Diameter* Width Smax** Size
Standard Light Heavy Duty D1 H9 L1 +.008 r1 10 MPa 20 MPa 40 MPa d2
Application Application Application 1,500 3,000 5,800
psi psi psi
RT10 - 0.313 - 0.624 - dN + 0.193 0.087 0.020 0.020 0.012 0.008 0.070
RT11 0.313 - 0.624 0.625 - 1.624 - dN + 0.287 0.126 0.020 0.024 0.016 0.008 0.103
RT12 0.625 - 1.624 1.625 - 3.249 0.313 -0 .624 dN + 0.421 0.165 0.025 0.024 0.016 0.008 0.139
RT13 1.625 - 7.749 3.250 - 5.374 0.625 - 1.624 dN + 0.594 0.248 0.030 0.031 0.020 0.012 0.210
RT14 7.750 - 9.999 5.375 - 12.999 1.625 - 3.249 dN + 0.807 0.319 0.035 0.031 0.020 0.012 0.275
RT15 10.000 - 20.000 13.000 - 26.000 3.250 - 5.375 dN + 0.945 0.319 0.035 0.035 0.020 0.016 0.275
* Installation with groove dimensions to ISO 7425/2 is possible.
** At pressures > 40 MPa (5,800 psi) use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore/rod) in area of the seal.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 155
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. RT14 08000 - MF6 N
Turcon® Glyd Ring® T, complete with O-Ring, standard
application, Series RT03 (from Table 84). TSS Series No.
Rod diameter: dN = 8.000 inches Rod diameter x 1000
TSS Part No.: RT1408000 (from Table 85) Quality Index (Standard)
Select the material from the Material Overview Pages. Material code (Seal ring)
The corresponding code numbers are appended to the
Material code (O-Ring)
TSS Part No. (from Table 85).
For diameters t 20 inches please consult your Trelleborg Sealing
Together these form the TSS Article Number. The TSS Article Solutions marketing company for special TSS Article No.
Number for all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 85
can be determined following the example opposite.
Note:
For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry
standards and governmental regulations O-Ring energizers
need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your
local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for
further assistance.

Table 85 Installation Dimensions / TSS Part No.


Rod Groove Groove TSS Part No. Rod Groove Groove TSS Part No.
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Diameter Width
dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +.008 dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +.008
0.500 0.693 0.087 RT1000500 1.813 2.234 0.165 RT1201813
0.563 0.756 0.087 RT1000563 1.875 2.296 0.165 RT1201875
0.625 0.912 0.126 RT1100625 1.938 2.359 0.165 RT1201938
0.688 0.975 0.126 RT1100688 2.000 2.421 0.165 RT1202000
0.750 1.037 0.126 RT1100750 2.125 2.546 0.165 RT1202125
0.813 1.100 0.126 RT1100813 2.250 2.796 0.165 RT1202250
0.875 1.162 0.126 RT1100875 2.375 2.796 0.165 RT1202375
0.938 1.225 0.126 RT1100938 2.500 2.921 0.165 RT1202500
1.000 1.287 0.126 RT1101000 2.625 3.046 0.165 RT1202625
1.063 1.350 0.126 RT1101063 2.750 3.171 0.165 RT1202750
1.125 1.412 0.126 RT1101125 2.875 3.296 0.165 RT1202875
1.188 1.475 0.126 RT1101188 3.000 3.421 0.165 RT1203000
1.250 1.537 0.126 RT1101250 3.125 3.546 0.165 RT1203125
1.313 1.600 0.126 RT1101313 3.250 3.844 0.248 RT1303250
1.375 1.662 0.126 RT1101375 3.375 3.969 0.248 RT1303375
1.438 1.725 0.126 RT1101438 3.500 4.094 0.248 RT1303500
1.500 1.787 0.126 RT1101500 3.625 4.219 0.248 RT1303625
1.563 1.850 0.126 RT1101563 3.750 4.344 0.248 RT1303750
1.625 2.046 0.165 RT1201625 3.875 4.469 0.248 RT1303875
1.688 2.109 0.165 RT1201688 4.000 4.594 0.248 RT1304000
1.750 2.171 0.165 RT1201750 4.125 4.719 0.248 RT1304125

156 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

Rod Groove Groove TSS Part No. Rod Groove Groove TSS Part No.
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Diameter Width
dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +.008 dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +.008
4.250 4.844 0.248 RT1304250 13.500 14.445 0.319 RT1513500
4.375 4.969 0.248 RT1304375 14.000 14.945 0.319 RT1514000
4.500 5.094 0.248 RT1304500 14.500 15.445 0.319 RT1514500
4.625 5.219 0.248 RT1304625 15.000 15.945 0.319 RT1515000
4.750 5.344 0.248 RT1304750 15.500 16.445 0.319 RT1515500
4.875 5.469 0.248 RT1304875 16.000 16.945 0.319 RT1516000
5.000 5.594 0.248 RT1305000 16.500 17.445 0.319 RT1516500
5.125 5.719 0.248 RT1305125 17.000 17.945 0.319 RT1517000
5.250 5.844 0.248 RT1305250 17.500 18.445 0.319 RT1517500
5.375 6.182 0.319 RT1405375 18.000 18.945 0.319 RT1518000
5.500 6.307 0.319 RT1405500 18.500 19.445 0.319 RT1518500
5.625 6.432 0.319 RT1405625 19.000 19.945 0.319 RT1519000
5.750 6.557 0.319 RT1405750 19.500 20.445 0.319 RT1519500
6.000 6.807 0.319 RT1406000 20.000 20.945 0.319 RT1520000
6.250 7.057 0.319 RT1406250 The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be
6.500 7.307 0.319 RT1406500 available for immediate shipment).

6.750 7.557 0.319 RT1406750


7.000 7.807 0.319 RT1407000
7.250 8.057 0.319 RT1407250
7.500 8.307 0.319 RT1407500
7.750 8.557 0.319 RT1407750
8.000 8.807 0.319 RT1408000
8.250 9.057 0.319 RT1408250
8.500 9.307 0.319 RT1408500
8.750 9.557 0.319 RT1408750
9.000 9.807 0.319 RT1409000
9.250 10.057 0.319 RT1409250
9.500 10.307 0.319 RT1409500
9.750 10.557 0.319 RT1409750
10.000 10.807 0.319 RT1410000
10.500 11.307 0.319 RT1410500
11.000 11.807 0.319 RT1411000
11.500 12.307 0.319 RT1411500
12.000 12.945 0.319 RT1512000
12.500 13.445 0.319 RT1512500
13.000 13.945 0.319 RT1513000

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 157
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

„ Installation Recommendation Piston – Inch

r max. 0.012 inches

S
d2

r1
DN

d1

L1

Figure 71 Installation Drawing

Table 86 Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations


Series Bore Diameter Groove Groove Radius Radial Clearance O-Ring
No. DN H9 Diameter* Width Smax* Size
Standard Light Heavy Duty d1 h9 L1 +.008 r1 10 MPa 20 MPa 40 MPa d2
Application Application Application 1,500 3,000 5,800
psi psi psi
PT10 0.312 - 0.562 0.625 - 1.500 - DN + 0.193 0.087 0.015 0.020 0.012 0.008 0.070
PT11 0.562 - 1.563 1.563 - 3.125 - DN + 0.295 0.126 0.025 0.024 0.016 0.008 0.103
PT12 1.563 - 3.125 3.125 - 5.250 0.560 - 1.563 DN + 0.433 0.165 0.025 0.024 0.016 0.008 0.139
PT13 3.125 - 5.250 5.250 - 12.500 1.563- 3.125 DN + 0.610 0.248 0.035 0.031 0.020 0.012 0.210
PT14 5.250 - 12.500 12.500 - 26.000 3.125 - 5.250 DN + 0.827 0.319 0.035 0.031 0.020 0.012 0.275
PT15 12.500 - 26.000 - 5.250 - 12.500 DN + 0.965 0.319 0.035 0.035 0.020 0.016 0.275
* At pressures > 40 MPa (5,800 psi) use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore/rod) in area of the seal. The radial clearance is valid for material
Turcon® T46 at +140 °F (+60 °C)

158 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. PT 12 03000 - MF6 N
Turcon® Glyd Ring® T, complete with O-Ring, standard
application, Series PT12 (from Table 86). TSS Series No.

Bore diameter: DN = 3.000 inches Cross Section Series


TSS Part No.: PT1203000 (from Table 87) Functional Bore dia x 1000
Select the material from the Material Overview Pages. Quality Index
The corresponding code numbers are appended to the
Turcon® Seal Ring Material Code
TSS Part No. (from Table 87). Together they form the TSS
Article Number. Turel ® Elastomer Material Code

For all intermediate sizes not shown in Table 87, the TSS For diameters t 100.000 inches please consult your Trelleborg
Sealing Solutions sales office for special TSS Article No.
Article No. can be determined from the example opposite.

Note:
For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry
standards and governmental regulations O-Ring energizers
need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your
local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for
further assistance.
Table 87 Installation Dimensions / TSS Part No.
Bore Groove Groove TSS Part No. Bore Groove Groove TSS Part No.
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Diameter Width
DN H9 d1 h9 L1 +.010 DN H9 d1 h9 L1 +.010
0.500 0.307 0.087 PT1000500 1.813 1.380 0.165 PT1201813
0.563 0.370 0.087 PT1000563 1.875 1.442 0.165 PT1201875
0.625 0.330 0.126 PT1100625 1.938 1.505 0.165 PT1201938
0.688 0.393 0.126 PT1100688 2.000 1.567 0.165 PT1202000
0.750 0.455 0.126 PT1100750 2.125 1.692 0.165 PT1202125
0.813 0.518 0.126 PT1100813 2.250 1.817 0.165 PT1202250
0.875 0.580 0.126 PT1100875 2.375 1.942 0.165 PT1202375
0.938 0.643 0.126 PT1100938 2.500 2.067 0.165 PT1202500
1.000 0.705 0.126 PT1101000 2.625 2.193 0.165 PT1202625
1.063 0.768 0.126 PT1101063 2.750 2.317 0.165 PT1202750
1.125 0.830 0.126 PT1101125 2.875 2.442 0.165 PT1202875
1.188 0.893 0.126 PT1101188 3.000 2.567 0.165 PT1203000
1.250 0.955 0.126 PT1101250 3.125 2.692 0.165 PT1203125
1.313 1.018 0.126 PT1101313 3.250 2.640 0.248 PT1303250
1.375 1.080 0.126 PT1101375 3.375 2.765 0.248 PT1303375
1.438 1.143 0.126 PT1101438 3.500 2.890 0.248 PT1303500
1.500 1.205 0.126 PT1101500 3.625 3.015 0.248 PT1303625
1.563 1.268 0.126 PT1101563 3.750 3.140 0.248 PT1303750
1.625 1.192 0.165 PT1201625 3.875 3.265 0.248 PT1303875
1.688 1.255 0.165 PT1201688 4.000 3.390 0.248 PT1304000
1.750 1.317 0.165 PT1201750 4.125 3.515 0.248 PT1304125

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 159
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® T

Bore Groove Groove TSS Part No. Bore Groove Groove TSS Part No.
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Diameter Width
DN H9 d1 h9 L1 +.010 DN H9 d1 h9 L1 +.010
4.250 3.640 0.248 PT1304250 13.500 12.535 0.319 PT1513500
4.375 3.765 0.248 PT1304375 14.000 13.035 0.319 PT1514000
4.500 3.890 0.248 PT1304500 14.500 13.535 0.319 PT1514500
4.625 4.015 0.248 PT1304625 15.000 14.035 0.319 PT1515000
4.750 4.140 0.248 PT1304750 15.500 14.535 0.319 PT1515500
4.875 4.265 0.248 PT1304875 16.000 15.035 0.319 PT1516000
5.000 4.390 0.248 PT1305000 16.500 15.535 0.319 PT1516500
5.125 4.515 0.248 PT1305125 17.000 16.035 0.319 PT1517000
5.250 4.640 0.248 PT1305250 17.500 16.535 0.319 PT1517500
5.375 4.548 0.319 PT1405375 18.000 17.035 0.319 PT1518000
5.500 4.673 0.319 PT1405500 18.500 17.535 0.319 PT1518500
5.625 4.798 0.319 PT1405625 19.000 18.035 0.319 PT1519000
5.750 4.923 0.319 PT1405750 19.500 18.535 0.319 PT1519500
6.000 5.173 0.319 PT1406000 20.000 19.035 0.319 PT1520000
6.250 5.423 0.319 PT1406250 The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be
6.500 5.673 0.319 PT1406500 available for immediate shipment).

6.750 5.923 0.319 PT1406750 Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 106 inches
(2,700 mm) diameter can be supplied.
7.000 6.173 0.319 PT1407000
7.250 6.423 0.319 PT1407250
7.500 6.673 0.319 PT1407500
7.750 6.923 0.319 PT1407750
8.000 7.173 0.319 PT1408000
8.250 7.423 0.319 PT1408250
8.500 7.673 0.319 PT1408500
8.750 7.923 0.319 PT1408750
9.000 8.173 0.319 PT1409000
9.250 8.423 0.319 PT1409250
9.500 8.673 0.319 PT1409500
9.750 8.923 0.319 PT1409750
10.000 9.173 0.319 PT1410000
10.500 9.673 0.319 PT1410500
11.000 10.173 0.319 PT1411000
11.500 10.673 0.319 PT1411500
12.000 11.173 0.319 PT1412000
12.500 11.673 0.319 PT1412500
13.000 12.035 0.319 PT1513000

160 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
LINEAR SEALS

Single- and double-acting slipper seal Very low friction

For low pressure fluid and pneumatic Very low wear


applications
Stick-slip-free operation
Flexible seal profile for high static / dynamic
sealing Small installation space

Simple housing design – typically for one piece High operating temperature possible
piston / gland

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 161
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

162 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

„ Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG


Description

The original Turcon® Glyd Ring® series PG59 /


RG58 have been applied to low pressure
applications because its shallow cross section
provides a flexible and adaptive sealing element
specifically suited to this type of system.
Based on experience with this seal type, Trelleborg Sealing
Solutions has developed Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG to
meet demanding dynamic requirements in both pneumatic
and low pressure fluid systems.
To secure low friction and sufficient fluid sealing effect from
Turcon® Glyd Ring® for food, beverage and pharmaceutical
applications, the squeeze on the O-Ring energizer has
been increased compared to the standard installation for
Turcon® Glyd Ring® APG / ARG in pneumatic applications.
The new groove dimensions are shown in bold in Table 89
and Table 91.
The geometry provides consistent static sealing from the
thin and flexible profile and the length of the contact area.
The curved profile towards the O-Ring presents an
increased contact force at the corners of the seal for
efficient dynamic sealing performance in reciprocating
applications. This shape also keeps the seal “locked” in the Figure 72 Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG
groove for easy seal and rod installation.

The high proportion of elastomer compared to Turcon®


material creates maximum flexibility for Turcon® Glyd
Ring® ARG / APG and provides good sealing effect even at
very low pressures.
To ensure stable radial sealing force throughout the
diameter ranges, the Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG makes
use of a specific design concept to ensure constant O-Ring
squeeze for all diameters.
This is achieved by adjusting the radial thickness of the seal
ring for each diameter according to the dimensions of the
recommended O-Ring size.
By including the influence of circumferential stretching
or compression of the O-Ring cord in the calculations, the
corresponding variations on sealing force are eliminated.
In this way, it has become possible to design the seal series
at a constant and uniform O-Ring squeeze in the installed
state.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 163
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

For rod seals, the squeeze is sufficient to match the Applications Examples
f8/h9 tolerances of typical commercial piston rods,
and application of the rod seal series is accordingly Turcon® Glyd Ring® has been successfully implemented in
straightforward. a wide variety of applications, such as:

For piston seals, the squeeze is also sufficient to match the - Chemical processing equipment
recommended bore tolerance H9 throughout the diameter - Filling machines
ranges as listed in the installation tables.
- Robotics
- Handling machinery
Glyd Ring® O-Ring - Manipulators
- Hydraulic cylinders (Actuators)
- Valves
- Fittings
- Testing machinery
h

- Low speed hydraulics


R - High speed hydraulics
L1 - Low temperature hydraulics
- High temperature hydraulics
øD

ød

Advantages
Figure 73 The geometry of Turcon® Glyd Ring® APG
- High operating temperature possible (+150 °C / +302 °F)
Suitable for dry operation (non-lubricated) depending
on seal material.
- No stick-slip effect when starting for smooth operation.
- Minimum static and dynamic coefficient of friction for a
minimum loss of energy.
- High wear resistance ensures long service life.
- No adhesive effect to the mating surface during long
period of inactivity or storage.
- Suitable for most modern hardware materials and
surface finish depending on material selected.
- Available for rod diameters up to 999.9 mm / 40 inch.
For rod diameters >999.9 mm / 40 inch and up to 2.600 mm /
100 inch use the RG45 series Turcon® Glyd Ring®. For bore
diameters >999.9 mm / 40 inch and up to 2,700 mm /
Figure 74 The Turcon® Glyd Ring® APG / ARG is ideal for 106 inch use the PG46 series Turcon® Glyd Ring®.
filling machines

Notches

To ensure rapid energizing of the seal at sudden changes of


pressure and direction of motion, the seal can be delivered
with radial “notches” on both sides.
Notches are only recommended for double-acting service
(Figure 75). For ordering of Turcon® Glyd Ring® with
notches see page 167 and 170.

164 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

Materials

Standard Applications

Turcon® Seal: Turcon® MF6


Temperature -45 °C to +150 °C /
-49 °F to +302 °F
Pressure O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A
FKM 70 Shore A
(according to temperature, required
approvals and availability)
Notch
Alternative
® ®
Figure 75 Turcon Glyd Ring ARG with notches on Turcon® Seal: Turcon® MF4
both sides Temperature -45 °C to +150 °C /
-49 °F to +302 °F
Technical Data O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A
FKM 70 Shore A
Operating Conditions:
(according to temperature, required
Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG /APG is recommended for approvals and availability)
reciprocating movements (with a length of stroke at least
Other seal ring materials and elastomers are available
twice the groove width).
on request. Please contact your local Trelleborg Sealing
Pressure: Up to 5 MPa (max. 15 MPa) Solutions marketing company for more information.
Up to 725 psi (max. 2,175 psi)

Speed: Up to 5 m/s (max.15 m/s lubricated) Standard Hydraulic Applications


Up to 16 ft/s (max. 49 ft/s lubricated)
For components with reciprocating movements,
Frequency: Up to 5 Hz. (lubricated) lubrication and/or high temperatures:
Turcon® Seal: Turcon® M12
Temperature: -45 °C to +150 °C* / Temperature -45 °C to- +150 °C /
-49 °F to +302 °F* -49 °F to +302 °F
(depending on O-Ring Material)
O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N
Media: Virtually all fluids depending FKM 70 Shore A V
on the seal and O-Ring material (depending on the temperature)
compatibility
Set code: M12N or M12V
Clearance: The maximum radial clearance Smax
is shown in Table 89 and Table 90, as
Installation of Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG and APG
a function of the operating pressure
and functional diameter. These seals are preferably installed in closed grooves.
The installation procedures are the same as for a piston
seal, see page 21.
*For Piston Seals:
In the case of unpressurized applications in
temperatures below 0 °C, please contact your local
Installation
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for
more information. Install the O-Ring in the groove followed by stretching
the Turcon® ring over the piston.
When Turcon® Glyd Ring® is mounted over a wear ring
Important Note: groove an installation sleeve must be used.
The above data are maximum values and cannot
be used at the same time. E.g. the maximum It is important to remove all sharp edges and burrs from
operating speed depends on material type, the groove and tube before installation.
pressure, temperature and gap value.
Temperature range also dependent on medium.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 165
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

Table 88 Closed Groove Installation


Seal Series Piston Turcon® Glyd Ring® with
No. notch can be installed above the
following diameters
Material
Material
MF3, MF4, MF6,
Z80 / Z81
M12, T46
APG0 DN t 10 mm DN t 15 mm
APG1 DN t 16 mm DN t 22 mm
APG2 DN t 18 mm DN t 22 mm
APG3 DN t 40 mm DN t 46 mm
APG4 DN t 110 mm DN t 110 mm
APG8 DN t 150 mm DN t 150 mm

Minimum diameters for Turcon® Glyd Ring® APG with


notches for closed groove installation.
For Turcon® Glyd Ring® APG without notches, use column
with MF6 for material Z80 and Z81.

166 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

Installation Recommendation Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG for “FLUID”

L1
r1
d2

r max. 0.3

S
D1
dN

Figure 76 Installation Drawing

Table 89 Special Installation Dimensions for Rod

Series Rod Diameter Groove Groove Radius Radial O-Ring


No. Diameter Width max. Clearance Cross-
dN f8/h9 Smax. Section
Standard Range Available Range D1 H8 L1 +0.15 r1 0 - 5 MPa d2
ARG0 3.0 - 14.9 3.0 - 49.9 dN + 3.9 2.10 0.5 0.25 1.78
ARG1 15.0 - 29.9 6.0 - 119.9 dN + 5.8 3.00 0.5 0.50 2.62
ARG2 30.0 - 59.9 7.0 - 399.9 dN + 7.2 4.00 0.8 0.50 3.53
ARG3 60.0 - 199.9 16.0 - 799.9 dN + 12.1 5.90 1.3 0.70 5.33
ARG4 200.0 - 399.9 110.0 - 799.9 dN + 14.2 7.80 1.5 0.90 7.00
ARG8 400.0 - 999.9 150.0 - 999.9 dN + 17.3 7.80 1.5 0.90 7.00

The special groove dimensions for fluid applications are shown in bold.

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. ARG3 0 0800 - Z80 N
Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG complete with O-Ring.
Standard application. TSS Series No.

Series: ARG from Table 89 Type (Standard)*


Rod diameter: dN = 40 mm Rod diameter x 10
TSS Part No.: ARG200400 from Table 90
Quality Index (Standard)
Select the material from Table 13. The corresponding
material code numbers are appended to the TSS Part No. Material Code (Seal Ring)
Together they form the TSS Article Number.
Material Code (O-Ring)
Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to
999.9 mm diameter can be supplied. * Ordering Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG with radial notches please use
For rod diameters >999.9 mm and up to 2.600 mm use the suffix “N” in the fifth character.
RG45 series Turcon® Glyd Ring®. Note:
For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry
standards or government regulations, O-Ring energizers
need to be ordered separate from the seal. Contact your
local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for
further assistance.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 167
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

Table 90 Special Fluid Installation Dimensions / Standard Part No.

Rod Groove Groove TSS Part O-Ring Rod Groove Groove TSS Part O-Ring
Dia. Dia. Width No. Sizes Dia. Dia. Width No. Sizes
dN D1 L1 +0.2 dN D1 L1 +0.2
f8/h9 H9 f8/h9 H9
3.0* 6.9 2.10 ARG000030 3.68 x 1.78 38.0* 45.2 4.00 ARG200380 37.69 x 3.53
4.0* 7.9 2.10 ARG000040 4.47 x 1.78 38.0* 50.1 5.90 ARG300380 40.64 x 5.33
5.0* 8.9 2.10 ARG000050 5.60 x 1.80 40.0 47.2 4.00 ARG200400 40.87 x 3.53
5.5* 9.4 2.10 ARG000055 6.07 x 1.78 40.0* 52.1 5.90 ARG300400 40.64 x 5.33
6.0 9.9 2.10 ARG000060 6.70 x 1.80 42.0 49.2 4.00 ARG200420 44.04 x 3.53
7.0* 10.9 2.10 ARG000070 7.65 x 1.78 44.0* 56.1 5.90 ARG300440 46.99 x 5.33
8.0* 11.9 2.10 ARG000080 8.75 x 1.80 45.0 52.2 4.00 ARG200450 44.04 x 3.53
9.0 12.9 2.10 ARG000090 9.50 x 1.80 45.0* 57.1 5.90 ARG300450 46.99 x 5.33
10.0* 13.9 2.10 ARG000100 10.60 x 1.80 48.0 55.2 4.00 ARG200480 47.22 x 3.53
10.0* 15.8 3.00 ARG100100 10.77 x 2.62 50.0 57.2 4.00 ARG200500 50.39 x 3.53
11.0* 14.9 2.10 ARG000110 11.80 x 1.80 50.0* 62.1 5.90 ARG300500 53.34 x 5.33
12.0 15.9 2.10 ARG000120 12.42 x 1.78 50.8 58 4.00 ARG200508 51.50 x 3.55
12.0* 17.8 3.00 ARG100120 12.37 x 2.62 53.0* 65.1 5.90 ARG300530 56.52 x 5.33
14.0* 19.8 3.00 ARG100140 14.50 x 2.65 55.0 62.2 4.00 ARG200550 56.74 x 3.53
15.0* 20.8 3.00 ARG100150 15.54 x 2.62 56.0 63.2 4.00 ARG200560 56.74 x 3.53
16.0* 21.8 3.00 ARG100160 17.12 x 2.62 56.0* 68.1 5.90 ARG300560 56.52 x 5.33
18.0* 23.8 3.00 ARG100180 18.72 x 2.62 60.0* 72.1 5.90 ARG300600 62.87 x 5.33
18.0* 25.2 4.00 ARG200180 18.66 x 3.53 63.0* 75.1 5.90 ARG300630 66.04 x 5.33
19.0 24.8 3.00 ARG100190 20.29 x 2.62 65.0* 77.1 5.90 ARG300650 66.04 x 5.33
20.0 25.8 3.00 ARG100200 20.29 x 2.62 68.0* 80.1 5.90 ARG300680 69.22 x 5.33
20.0* 27.2 4.00 ARG200200 20.22 x 3.53 70.0* 82.1 5.90 ARG300700 72.39 x 5.33
22.0 27.8 3.00 ARG100220 23.47 x 2.62 75.0* 87.1 5.90 ARG300750 78.74 x 5.33
22.0* 29.2 4.00 ARG200220 21.82 x 3.53 76.2 88.3 5.90 ARG300762 78.74 x 5.33
23.0* 30.2 4.00 ARG200230 23.40 x 3.53 79.0* 91.1 5.90 ARG300790 81.92 x 5.33
24.0 29.8 3.00 ARG100240 25.07 x 2.62 80.0* 92.1 5.90 ARG300800 81.92 x 5.33
25.0 30.8 3.00 ARG100250 25.07 x 2.62 82.5 94.6 5.90 ARG300825 85.09 x 5.33
25.0* 32.2 4.00 ARG200250 25.00 x 3.53 85.0* 97.1 5.90 ARG300850 88.27 x 5.33
25.4 31.2 3.00 ARG100254 26.64 x 2.62 88.0* 100.1 5.90 ARG300880 91.44 x 5.33
26.0* 33.2 4.00 ARG200260 26.58 x 3.53 90.0* 102.1 5.90 ARG300900 91.44 x 5.33
28.0 33.8 3.00 ARG100280 28.24 x 2.62 95.0* 107.1 5.90 ARG300950 97.79 x 5.33
28.0* 35.2 4.00 ARG200280 28.17 x 3.53 98.0* 110.1 5.90 ARG300980 100.97 x 5.33
30.0* 37.2 4.00 ARG200300 31.35 x 3.53 100.0* 112.1 5.90 ARG301000 104.14 x 5.33
32.0* 39.2 4.00 ARG200320 32.92 x 3.53 101.6 113.7 5.90 ARG301016 104.14 x 5.33
33.0* 40.2 4.00 ARG200330 34.52 x 3.53 105.0* 117.1 5.90 ARG301050 107.32 x 5.33
35.0* 42.2 4.00 ARG200350 36.09 x 3.53 107.0* 119.1 5.90 ARG301070 110.49 x 5.33
36.0* 43.2 4.00 ARG200360 36.09 x 3.53 110.0* 122.1 5.90 ARG301100 113.67 x 5.33

168 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

Rod Groove Groove TSS Part O-Ring Rod Groove Groove TSS Part O-Ring
Dia. Dia. Width No. Sizes Dia. Dia. Width No. Sizes
dN D1 L1 +0.2 dN D1 L1 +0.2
f8/h9 H9 f8/h9 H9
115.0* 132.3 7.80 ARG401150 116.84 x 7.00 195.0* 212.3 7.80 ARG801950 202.57 x 7.00
117.0* 134.3 7.80 ARG401170 120.02 x 7.00 200.0* 217.3 7.80 ARG402000 202.57 x 7.00
120.0* 132.1 5.90 ARG301200 123.19 x 5.33 220.0* 237.3 7.80 ARG402200 215.27 x 7.00
123.0* 140.3 7.80 ARG401230 123.19 x 7.00 230.0* 247.3 7.80 ARG402300 227.97 x 7.00
125.0 137.1 5.90 ARG301250 126.37 x 5.33 250.0 267.3 7.80 ARG402500 253.37 x 7.00
125.0* 142.3 7.80 ARG401250 126.37 x 7.00 280.0 297.3 7.80 ARG402800 278.77 x 7.00
130.0* 147.3 7.80 ARG401300 132.72 x 7.00 300.0 317.3 7.80 ARG403000 304.17 x 7.00
133.0* 150.3 7.80 ARG401330 135.89 x 7.00 320.0 337.3 7.80 ARG403200 316.87 x 7.00
135.0* 152.3 7.80 ARG401350 135.89 x 7.00 350.0 367.3 7.80 ARG403500 354.97 x 7.00
140.0 152.1 5.90 ARG301400 142.24 x 5.33 360.0 377.3 7.80 ARG403600 367.67 x 7.00
140.0* 157.3 7.80 ARG401400 142.24 x 7.00 400.0 417.3 7.80 ARG804000 405.26 x 7.00
142.0* 159.3 7.80 ARG401420 142.24 x 7.00 450.0 467.3 7.80 ARG804500 456.06 x 7.00
145.0* 162.3 7.80 ARG401450 145.42 x 7.00 500.0 517.3 7.80 ARG805000 506.86 x 7.00
150.0 162.1 5.90 ARG301500 151.77 x 5.33 550.0 567.3 7.80 ARG805500 557.66 x 7.00
150.0* 167.3 7.80 ARG401500 151.77 x 7.00 600.0 617.3 7.80 ARG806000 608.08 x 7.00
155.0* 172.3 7.80 ARG801550 158.12 x 7.00 700.0 717.3 7.80 ARG807000 704.49 x 7.00
160.0 172.1 5.90 ARG301600 164.47 x 5.33 800.0 817.3 7.80 ARG808000 804.49 x 7.00
160.0* 177.3 7.80 ARG801600 164.47 x 7.00 900.0 917.3 7.80 ARG809000 904.49 x 7.00
165.0 177.1 5.90 ARG301650 170.82 x 5.33 950.0 967.3 7.80 ARG809500 954.49 x 7.00
165.0* 182.3 7.80 ARG801650 170.82 x 7.00 999.9 1017.2 7.80 ARG809999 1,004.39 x 7.00
170.0* 187.3 7.80 ARG801700 177.17 x 7.00 The rod diameters in bold type comply with the recommendations
175.0* 192.3 7.80 ARG801750 177.17 x 7.00 of ISO 3320

180.0 192.1 5.90 ARG301800 183.52 x 5.33 * Standard diameter for the original Turcon® Glyd Ring® RG58
Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to
180.0* 197.3 7.80 ARG801800 183.52 x 7.00
999.9 mm diameter can be supplied. For rod diameters
190.0 202.1 5.90 ARG301900 196.22 x 5.33 >999.9 mm and up to 2.600 mm use the RG45 series Turcon® Glyd
Ring®.
190.0* 207.3 7.80 ARG801900 196.22 x 7.00
194.0 206.1 5.90 ARG301940 196.22 x 5.33

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 169
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

„ Installation Recommendation Turcon® Glyd Ring® APG for “FLUID”

r max. 0.3

S
d2

r1

L1
DN
d1

Figure 77 Installation Drawing

Table 91 Special Installation Dimensions for Piston

Series Bore Diameter Groove Groove Radius Radial O-Ring


No. Diameter Width max. Clearance Cross-
DN H9 Smax. Section
Standard Range Available Range d1 h8 L1 +0.15 r1 0 - 5 MPa d2
APG0 8.0 - 13.9 6.0 - 49.9 DN - 3.9 2.10 0.5 0.25 1.78
APG1 14.0 - 29.9 10.0 - 119.9 DN - 5.8 3.00 0.5 0.50 2.62
APG2 30.0 - 79.9 15.0 - 399.9 DN - 7.2 4.00 0.8 0.50 3.53
APG3 80.0 - 132.9 40.0 - 799.9 DN - 12.1 5.90 1.3 0.70 5.33
APG4 133.0 - 249.9 110.0 - 799.9 DN - 14.2 7.80 1.5 0.90 7.00
APG8 250.0 - 999.9 150.0 - 999.9 DN - 17.3 7.80 1.5 0.90 7.00

The special groove dimensions for fluid applications are shown in bold.

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. APG8 0 2700 - Z80 N
Turcon® Glyd Ring® APG complete with O-Ring.
Standard application. TSS Series No.

Series: APG from Table 91 Type (Standard)*


Piston diameter: DN = 80 mm Bore diameter x 10
TSS Part No.: APG300800 from Table 92
Quality Index (Standard)
Select the material from Table 13. The corresponding
material code numbers are appended to the TSS Part No. Material Code (Seal Ring)
Together they form the TSS Article Number.
Material Code (O-Ring)
Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 999.9 mm
diameter can be supplied. * Ordering Turcon® Glyd Ring® with radial notches, please use
For bore diameters >999.9 mm and up to 2.700 mm use the suffix “N” in the fifth character.
PG46 series Turcon® Glyd Ring®. Note:
For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry
standards and government regulations, O-Ring energizers
need to be ordered separate from the seal. Contact your
local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for
further assistance.

170 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

Table 92 Special Fluid Installation Dimensions / Standard Part No.

Piston Groove Groove TSS Part O-Ring Piston Groove Groove TSS Part O-Ring
Dia. Dia. Width No. Sizes Dia. Dia. Width No. Sizes
DN H9 d1 h8 L1+0.15 DN H9 d1 h8 L1+0.15
8.0* 4.1 2.10 APG000080 3.68 x 1.78 60.0* 47.9 5.90 APG300600 46.99 x 5.33
9.0* 5.1 2.10 APG000090 4.80 x 1.80 63.0 55.8 4.00 APG200630 53.57 x 3.53
10.0* 6.1 2.10 APG000100 5.60 x 1.80 63.0* 50.9 5.90 APG300630 50.17 x 5.33
11.0* 7.1 2.10 APG000110 6.70 x 1.80 65.0 57.8 4.00 APG200650 56.74 x 3.53
12.0* 8.1 2.10 APG000120 7.65 x 1.78 67.0* 54.9 5.90 APG300670 53.34 x 5.33
14.0 8.2 3.00 APG100140 7.59 x 2.62 70.0* 57.9 5.90 APG300700 56.52 x 5.33
15.0 9.2 3.00 APG100150 9.19 x 2.62 72.0* 59.9 5.90 APG300720 56.52 x 5.33
16.0* 10.2 3.00 APG100160 9.19 x 2.62 75.0* 62.9 5.90 APG300750 59.69 x 5.33
18.0* 12.2 3.00 APG100180 12.37 x 2.62 76.2 69.0 4.00 APG200762 66.27 x 3.53
19.0* 13.2 3.00 APG100190 12.37 x 2.62 80.0* 67.9 5.90 APG300800 66.04 x 5.33
20.0* 14.2 3.00 APG100200 13.94 x 2.62 82.0* 69.9 5.90 APG300820 69.22 x 5.33
22.0* 16.2 3.00 APG100220 15.54 x 2.62 82.5 70.4 5.90 APG300825 69.22 x 5.33
24.0 18.2 3.00 APG100240 17.12 x 2.62 85.0* 72.9 5.90 APG300850 72.39 x 5.33
25.0* 19.2 3.00 APG100250 18.72 x 2.62 90.0* 77.9 5.90 APG300900 75.57 x 5.33
25.4 19.6 3.00 APG100254 18.72 x 2.62 92.0* 79.9 5.90 APG300920 78.74 x 5.33
27.0* 21.2 3.00 APG100270 20.29 x 2.62 95.0* 82.9 5.90 APG300950 81.92 x 5.33
28.0 22.2 3.00 APG100280 21.89 x 2.62 100.0* 87.9 5.90 APG301000 85.09 x 5.33
28.0* 20.8 4.00 APG200280 20.22 x 3.53 101.6 89.5 5.90 APG301016 88.27 x 5.33
30.0* 22.8 4.00 APG200300 21.82 x 3.53 102.0* 89.9 5.90 APG301020 88.27 x 5.33
32.0* 24.8 4.00 APG200320 23.40 x 3.53 105.0* 92.9 5.90 APG301050 91.44 x 5.33
34.0* 26.8 4.00 APG200340 26.58 x 3.53 108.0* 95.9 5.90 APG301080 94.62 x 5.33
35.0* 27.8 4.00 APG200350 26.58 x 3.53 110.0* 97.9 5.90 APG301100 94.62 x 5.33
36.0 28.8 4.00 APG200360 28.17 x 3.53 115.0* 102.9 5.90 APG301150 100.97 x 5.33
37.0* 29.8 4.00 APG200370 28.17 x 3.53 118.0* 105.9 5.90 APG301180 104.14 x 5.33
38.0* 30.8 4.00 APG200380 29.75 x 3.53 120.0* 107.9 5.90 APG301200 107.32 x 5.33
40.0* 32.8 4.00 APG200400 31.35 x 3.53 125.0* 112.9 5.90 APG301250 110.49 x 5.33
42.0* 34.8 4.00 APG200420 34.52 x 3.53 130.0* 115.8 7.80 APG401300 113.67 x 7.00
43.0* 35.8 4.00 APG200430 34.52 x 3.53 135.0* 120.8 7.80 APG401350 120.02 x 7.00
44.0* 36.8 4.00 APG200440 36.09 x 3.53 137.0* 122.8 7.80 APG401370 120.02 x 7.00
45.0 37.8 4.00 APG200450 36.09 x 3.53 140.0* 125.8 7.80 APG401400 123.19 x 7.00
48.0 40.8 4.00 APG200480 40.87 x 3.53 143.0* 128.8 7.80 APG401430 126.37 x 7.00
50.8 43.6 4.00 APG200508 40.87 x 3.53 145.0* 130.8 7.80 APG401450 129.54 x 7.00
55.0* 42.9 5.90 APG300550 40.64 x 5.33 150.0* 135.8 7.80 APG401500 132.72 x 7.00
58.0 50.8 4.00 APG200580 50.39 x 3.53 153.0* 138.8 7.80 APG401530 135.89 x 7.00
58.0* 45.9 5.90 APG300580 43.82 x 5.33 155.0* 140.8 7.80 APG401550 139.07 x 7.00
60.0 52.8 4.00 APG200600 51.50 x 3.55 160.0* 145.8 7.80 APG401600 142.24 x 7.00

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 171
LINEAR SEALS · Turcon® Glyd Ring® ARG / APG

Piston Groove Groove TSS Part O-Ring Piston Groove Groove TSS Part O-Ring
Dia. Dia. Width No. Sizes Dia. Dia. Width No. Sizes
DN H9 d1 h8 L1+0.15 DN H9 d1 h8 L1+0.15
165.0* 150.8 7.80 APG401650 148.59 x 7.00 300.0 282.7 7.80 APG803000 278.77 x 7.00
170.0* 155.8 7.80 APG401700 151.77 x 7.00 320.0 302.7 7.80 APG803200 304.17 x 7.00
175.0 160.8 7.80 APG401750 158.12 x 7.00 350.0 332.7 7.80 APG803500 329.57 x 7.00
180.0 165.8 7.80 APG401800 164.47 x 7.00 400.0 382.7 7.80 APG804000 380.37 x 7.00
180.0* 162.7 7.80 APG801800 158.12 x 7.00 450.0 432.7 7.80 APG804500 430.66 x 7.00
185.0* 167.7 7.80 APG801850 164.47 x 7.00 500.0 482.7 7.80 APG805000 481.38 x 7.00
190.0* 172.7 7.80 APG401900 170.82 x 7.00 550.0 532.7 7.80 APG805500 532.26 x 7.00
195.0* 177.7 7.80 APG801950 177.17 x 7.00 600.0 582.7 7.80 APG806000 582.68 x 7.00
200.0 182.7 7.80 APG402000 183.52 x 7.00 700.0 682.7 7.80 APG807000 681.51 x 7.00
200.0* 182.7 7.80 APG802000 177.17 x 7.00 800.0 782.7 7.80 APG808000 781.51 x 7.00
210.0 192.7 7.80 APG402100 189.87 x 7.00 900.0 882.7 7.80 APG809000 881.51 x 7.00
210.0* 192.7 7.80 APG802100 189.87 x 7.00 950.0 932.7 7.80 APG809500 931.51 x 7.00
215.0* 197.7 7.80 APG802150 196.22 x 7.00 999.9 982.6 7.80 APG809999 981.41 x 7.00
220.0 202.7 7.80 APG402200 202.57 x 7.00 The bore diameters in bold type comply with the recommendations
of ISO 3320
220.0* 202.7 7.80 APG802200 202.57 x 7.00
230.0 212.7 7.80 APG402300 215.27 x 7.00 * Standard diameter for the original Turcon® Glyd Ring® PG59
series
240.0 222.7 7.80 APG402400 227.97 x 7.00
Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to
250.0 232.7 7.80 APG802500 227.97 x 7.00 999.9 mm diameter can be supplied. For bore diameters >999.9 mm
and up to 2.700 mm use the PG46 series Turcon® Glyd Ring®.
260.0 242.7 7.80 APG802600 240.67 x 7.00
270.0 252.7 7.80 APG802700 253.37 x 7.00
280.0 262.7 7.80 APG802800 253.37 x 7.00

172 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
LINEAR SEALS

Square or rectangular profile

Static or low-pressure dynamic applications

High sealing efficiency and shape stability

Modifiable frictional behavior with corner


chamfers and radii

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 173
LINEAR SEALS · Kantseal

174 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Kantseal

„ Kantseal Advantages

Description - High resistance to extrusion, not prone to gap extrusion


- Minimum mechanical deformation of the cross-section
The Kantseal is a good alternative to the O-Ring as an axial
static seal in particularly demanding cases. The application - Outstanding sealing behavior over long periods
and handling of Kantseal is comparable with that of
- Low compression set
O-Rings. The Kantseal is used as a static seal so that the
square form remains practically constant, even under high - No twisting in the groove
pressures.
- No relative movements during pressure cycles
- Dimensionally stable under pressure

W
- No additional Back-up Ring required
- No parting line or flash on the seal
T
ID - Long service life
- High leak tightness
Application examples

- Flanges
- Valves
- Plates
Figure 78 Kantseal dimensioning
- Locks
Technical Data

Pressure: Up to 50 MPa / 7,250 psi and higher


O-Ring Kantseal (depending on sealing gap)
Operating
Temperature: -30 °C to +100 °C /
-22 °F to +212 °F NBR 70 Shore A
-20 °C to +100 °C /
-4 °F to +212 °F NBR 90 Shore A
without compression -18 °C to +200 °C /
0 °F to +392 °F FKM 70 Shore A
-15 °C to +200 °C /
+5 °F to +392 °F FKM 90 Shore A
Media: Depending on the used material oil-
based hydraulic fluids, lubricating oils,
with compression water, air and further media.

Important Note:
The application limits for pressure and temperature
given in this catalog are maximum values.
During practical applications it should be remembered
with compression and pressure activated that due to the interaction of operating parameters
the maximum values must be set correspondingly
p lower.

Figure 79 Installation comparison – O-Ring/Kantseal For more information on the Kantseal, please see the
full Static Seals catalog available on the Trelleborg
Sealing Solutions website or contact your local
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 175
LINEAR SEALS · Kantseal

176 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
LINEAR SEALS

Avoids twisting in the groove

Low friction

Excellent sealing effect

Lubricant reservoir improves start-up

Mold line lies away from critical sealing lips

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 177
LINEAR SEALS · Quad-Ring®

178 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Quad-Ring®

„ Quad-Ring®
Description Method of Operation

Quad-Ring® is a four-lipped seal with a specially developed Quad-Ring® is a self energizing double-acting sealing
sealing profile. elements. The forces acting in radial or axial direction
due to the installation give the Quad-Ring® its initial leak-
A wide range of elastomer materials for both standard and tightness (initial squeeze). These forces are superimposed
special applications allow practically all liquid and gaseous by the system pressure.
media to be sealed.
An overall sealing force is created which increases with
Quad-Ring® seals are vulcanized as a continuous ring. They increasing system pressure (Figure 81). Under pressure, the
are characterized by their annular form with a four lipped seal behaves in a similar way to a fluid with high viscosity
profile. Their dimensions are specified with the inside and the pressure is transmitted uniformly to all sides.
diameter d1 and the cross-section W (Figure 80).

W
d1
W

Figure 80 Quad-Ring® seal dimensioning

Quad-Ring® are supplied to American O-Ring StandardAS


568.

Advantages
In contrast to the O-Ring, the Quad-Ring® has the following
advantages:
Pressure
- Avoids twisting in the groove. Due to its special profile,
the seal does not tend to roll in the groove during
reciprocating movement.
- Low friction.
- Very good sealing efficiency. Due to an improved
pressure profile cross-section, a high sealing effect is
achieved.
Figure 81 Quad-Ring® seal squeeze with and without
- A lubricant reservoir formed between the sealing lips system pressure
improves start up.
- Unlike an O-Ring, the mold line flash lies in the trough,
between and away from the critical sealing lips.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 179
LINEAR SEALS · Quad-Ring®

„ Applications
Fields of Application Technical Data
®
Quad-Ring can be used for a wide range of different Quad-Ring® can be used for a wide range of applications.
applications. The choice of a suitable material is determined by the
temperature, pressure and media. In order to assess the
Quad-Ring® is used predominantly for dynamic sealing
suitability of Quad-Ring® as a sealing element for a given
functions. Its use is always limited by the pressure to be
application, the interaction of all the operating parameters
sealed and the velocity.
have to be taken into consideration.
Dynamic applications
Working pressure, dynamic application:
- For sealing of reciprocating pistons, rods, plungers, etc.
Reciprocating
- For sealing oscillating, rotating or spiral movements on up to 5 MPa (725 psi) without Back-up Ring
shafts, spindles, rotary transmission leadthroughs, etc. up to 30 MPa (4,450 psi) with Back-up Ring
Static applications Rotating
up to 15 MPa (2,175 psi) with Back-up Ring
- As a radial-static seal, e.g. for bushings, covers, pipes,
etc. Working pressure, static application:
up to 5 MPa (725 psi) without Back-up Ring
- As an axial-static seal, e.g. for flanges, plates, caps, etc.
up to 40 MPa (5,800 psi) with Back-up Ring
- As an energizer element for elastomer energized
Speed:
hydraulic seals where there is a risk of the O-Ring
twisting. Reciprocating: up to 0.5 m/s (98 fpm)
Rotating: briefly up to 2.0 m/s (394 fpm)
Operating temperature range:
Quad-Ring® Seal for rotary application
depending on material and media resistance, for:
In applications with small cyclic periods of activity,
Quad-Ring® can also be used for sealing rotating shafts. General applications, NBR: -30 °C to +100 °C /
-22 °F to +212 °F
The following points according to the rotary seal principle
should be observed. General applications, FKM: -18 °C to +200 °C /
0° F to +392 °F
The rotary seal principle is based on the fact that an
elongated elastomer ring contracts when heated (Joule When assessing the application criteria, the transient peak
effect). With the normal design criteria the seal ring and continuous operating temperature and the cyclic
inside diameter d1 will be slightly smaller than the shaft duration factor must be taken into consideration. For
diameter, and the heat generated by friction would cause rotating applications, the increases in temperature due to
the ring to contract even more. This results in a higher frictional heat must be taken into account.
pressure on the rotating shaft so that a lubricating film is
Media:
prevented from forming under the seal and even higher
friction occurs. The result would be increased wear and a With the large range of materials, each with different
premature failure of the seal. properties, which are now available, it is possible to seal
against practically all liquids, gases and chemicals. Consult
Using the rotary seal principle, this is prevented by the
the Chemical Compatibility Guide for information on the
seal ring being selected so that its inside diameter is
optimum material for your application or contact your
approximately 2 to 5 percent larger than the shaft diameter
local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.
to be sealed. The installation in the groove means that the
seal ring is compressed radially and is pressed against the
For more information on the Quad-Ring® , please see the
shaft by the groove diameter. The seal ring is thus slightly full Quad-Ring ® catalog available on the Trelleborg
corrugated in the groove, a fact which helps to improve Sealing Solutions website or contact your local
the lubrication. Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.
The rotary seal principle can be neglected at peripheral Quad-Ring® is a registered trademark of MRC.
speeds of less than 0.5 m/s.
When using the Quad-Ring® as a rotary seal, the use of
a suitable surface coating is recommended. Please note
the information given in our brochure "Friction-free
Running" or contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions
marketing company for further details.

180 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
ROTARY SEALS

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 181
182 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
ROTARY SEALS

Double-acting rotary seal Simple one piece housing design

Low friction Available for shaft and bore application

Stick-slip-free operation No vulcanization to mating surface

Lubricant reservoir

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 183
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

184 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

„ Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®


Description

The double-acting Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® is used to seal Depending on the profile crosssection of the seal, the
shafts, axles, cylinder bores, rotary manifolds, and swivels contact surface has none, one or two continuous machined
with rotary, helical or oscillating movement. It consists of grooves. These improve seal efficiency by increasing the
a seal ring in high-grade Turcon® material activated by an specific surface load pressure against the sealed surface.
elastomeric O-Ring. They also form a lubricant reservoir and reduce friction.

Seal Profiles Roto Glyd Ring®


Notch

Grooves TG30 and TG31, TG32 and All other TG3_ and
TG40 Series TG41, TG42 Series TG4_ Series

Figure 83 Crosssection profiles depending on Series No.


Notch

Notch

To assure that a rapid activation of the seal takes place


at sudden changes of pressure and direction of motion,
O-Ring radial "notches" are machined on both sides of the seal
ring.
Turcon®
Seal Ring
Advantages

- Initial contact pressure of Roto Glyd Ring® is available


for shaft and bore sealing applications
P P
- Double-acting seal
- Low friction
- Lubricant reservoir
Figure 82 Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®
- Stick-slip free operation

The contact surface profile of the seal ring is specially - No vulcanizing to mating surfaces
designed for use at high-pressure and low sliding speeds. - Simple groove design
- Small groove dimensions
Method of Operation - For use at high-pressure and low sliding-speeds
The double-acting performance of the seal follows from the - Available in all sizes up to 2,700 mm / 106 inch diameter
symmetrical cross section, which allows the seal to respond (to 2,600 mm / 102 inch for shaft seals)
to pressure in both directions. Initial contact pressure is
provided by radial compression of the O-Ring. When the
system pressure is increased, the O-Ring transforms this
into additional contact pressure, the contact pressure of
the seal is thereby automatically adjusted so sealing is
ensured under all service conditions.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 185
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

Typical Applications Frictional power

Roto Glyd Ring® is used as a double acting rotary seal for Guide values for the frictional power P can be determined
hydraulic and pneumatic equipment in sectors such as: from the graph in Figure 84. They are shown as a function
of the sliding speed and operating pressure for a shaft
- Rotary distributors, e.g. in bottle cleaning machines
diameter of 50 mm / 1.968 inch with an oil temperature of
- High pressure valve stems +60° C / +140 °F. At higher temperatures, these application
limits must be reduced.
- Manipulators
- Pivoting motors in mobile hydraulic and machine tools
- Hydraulic motors Formula for other diameters d:
P50 x (d) [W]
- Blow Molding Machines P=
( 50 mm )
- Rotary shut-off valves in viscous product fillers
- Top drives
- Rotary tables
Friction at constant rotation
400
Technical Data Frictional Power P50 (W) 1 m/s Shaft 50 mm
60 °C
Seal performance is influenced by such factors as lubrication
300
capability of the sealed medium and heat dissipation in the
hardware, it follows that testing should always be made.
0.5 m/s
With good lubrication, the following values can be used 200
as guidance:
0.25 m/s
Operating Conditions:
100 0.15 m/s
Pressure: Up to 30 MPa / 4,351 psi
Speed: Up to 0.2 m/s / 0.7 ft/s
0
pv: Up to 2.5 MPa m/s / 1,189 psi ft/s 0 10 20 30
The value must be reduced for diameters Pressure MPa
< 50 mm / 1.968 inch.
Temperature: -45 °C to +150 °C*) / -49 °F to +302 °F*) Figure 84 Frictional power for Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®
depending on O-Ring elastomer and
medium
The guide values apply for constant operating conditions.
Media: CIP and SIP fluids, beverages, Changes in operating conditions such as pressure
mineral oil-based hydraulic fluids, fluctuations or alternating directions of shaft rotation can
flame-retardant hydraulic fluids, result in considerably higher friction values.
environmentally-safe hydraulic fluids
(bio-oils), water and others, depending
on seal and elastomer material. Installation of Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

The seal is preferably installed in a closed groove. The


Important Note:
installation procedure is the same as for a piston or rod
The above data are maximum values and cannot
be used at the same time. E.g. the maximum seal, see page 19 and page 21.
operating speed depends on material type,
pressure, temperature and gap value.

*) Important Note for the piston version:


In case of unpressurized applications in temperatures
below 0 °C / +32 °F please contact your local
Trellleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company
for more information!

186 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

Seal Materials

The following material combinations have proven effective Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®:
for food, beverage and pharmaceutical fluid applications: Zurcon® Z80 / Z81
(temperature -45 °C to +93 °C /
All round material choice for Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® in
-49 °F to +199 °F)
lubricating fluids and other fluids with limited lubrication
e. g. water: O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A
(according to temperature, required
Roto Glyd Ring®: Turcon® MF4
approvals and availability)
O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N
Z80 / Z81 are for slow turning motion and not for constant
FKM 70 Shore A V
rotation.
HNBR 70 Shore A H
(according to temperature, required
approvals and availability)
Other Turcon® and Zurcon® materials are available on
Set code: MF4N, MF4V or MF4H request.
O-Ring: FKM 70 Shore A
EPDM 70 Shore A
All round material with high sealing effect for light
FFKM 75 Shore A
to medium fluid applications in various fluids with
(according to temperature, required
requirements for compliance to various regulations:
approvals and availability)
Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®: Turcon® MF6
O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N
Special O-Rings with approvals have to be ordered
FKM 70 Shore A V
separately. In this case, the last digit in the material code
HNBR 70 Shore A H
of the Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® becomes obsolete (see
(according to temperature, required
table on next page).
approvals and availability)
Set code: MF6N, MF6V or MF6H

Applications with air, gases and risk of high abrasive wear


Zurcon® Z80 / Z81 are recommended.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 187
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

„ Installation Recommendations for Rod Seals – Metric

Pressure L1

d2 r1

r max. 0.3

S
D1
dN

Figure 85 Installation Drawing

Table 93 Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations

Series Shaft Diameter Groove Groove Radius Radial Clearance


O-Ring No. of
Number dN f8/h9 Diameter Width Smax* Cross- grooves
Section in the
Recommended Available D1 H9 L1 +0.2 r1 d2 sealing
10 MPa 20 MPa 30 MPa
Range Range surface
TG30 6 - 18.9 6 - 130.0 dN + 4.9 2.20 0.40 0.20 0.15 - 1.78 0
TG31 19 - 37.9 10 - 245.0 dN + 7.5 3.20 0.60 0.25 0.20 0.15 2.62 1
TG32 19 - 37.9 19 - 455.0 dN + 11.0 4.20 1.00 0.30 0.25 0.20 3.53 1
TG33 200 - 255.9 38 - 655.0 dN + 15.5 6.30 1.30 0.35 0.30 0.25 5.33 2
TG34 256 - 649.9 120 - 655.0 dN + 21.0 8.10 1.80 0.40 0.35 0.30 7.00 2
TG35 650 - 999.9 650 - 999.9 dN + 28.0 9.50 2.50 0.45 0.40 0.35 8.40 2
TG35X 1,000 - 2,600 - dN + 28.0 9.50 2.50 0.45 0.40 0.35 8.40 2
* At pressures > 30 MPa: Use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore / shaft) in area of seal.
At pressures > 10 MPa it is recommendable to choose the next larger cross section according to the column “Available range“
i.e. for shaft ø 80 mm: TG 33 00 800-.

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. TG32 0 0800 - MF4 N
Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®, complete with O-Ring, standard
application: Series No.

Series: TG32 from Table 93 Type (Standard)


Shaft diameter: dN = 80.0 mm Shaft diameter x 10**
TSS Part No.: TG3200800 (from Table 94)
Quality Index (Standard)
Select the material from Material Section. The
corresponding code numbers are appended to the Material Code (Seal Ring)
TSS Part No. Together they form the TSS Article No.
Material Code (O-Ring)
The TSS Article No. for all intermediate sizes not shown
in Table 94) can be determined following the example ** For diameters t 1000.0 mm multiply only by factor 1.
opposite. Example: TG35 for diameter 1200.0 mm
TSS Article No.: TG35X1200 – MF4N
Note:
For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry
regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered
separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg
Sealing Solutions marketing company for further
assistance.

188 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

Table 94 Standard Installation Dimensions / TSS Part No.

Shaft Groove Groove TSS O-Ring Shaft Groove Groove TSS O-Ring
Dia. Dia. Width Part No. Sizes Dia. Dia. Width Part No. Sizes
dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +0.20 dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +0.20
6.0 10.9 2.2 TG3000060 7.65 x 1.78 115.0 126.0 4.2 TG3201150 120.24 x 3.53
8.0 12.9 2.2 TG3000080 9.50 x 1.80 120.0 131.0 4.2 TG3201200 123.42 x 3.53
10.0 14.9 2.2 TG3000100 11.80 x 1.80 125.0 136.0 4.2 TG3201250 129.77 x 3.53
12.0 16.9 2.2 TG3000120 13.20 x 1.80 130.0 141.0 4.2 TG3201300 136.12 x 3.53
14.0 18.9 2.2 TG3000140 15.60 x 1.78 135.0 146.0 4.2 TG3201350 139.29 x 3.53
15.0 19.0 2.2 TG3000150 17.17 x 1.78 140.0 151.0 4.2 TG3201400 145.64 x 3.53
16.0 20.9 2.2 TG3000160 17.17 x 1.78 150.0 161.0 4.2 TG3201500 158.34 x 3.53
18.0 22.9 2.2 TG3000180 19.00 x 1.80 160.0 171.0 4.2 TG3201600 164.69 x 3.53
20.0 27.5 3.2 TG3100200 21.89 x 2.62 170.0 181.0 4.2 TG3201700 177.39 x 3.53
22.0 29.5 3.2 TG3100220 25.07 x 2.62 180.0 191.0 4.2 TG3201800 183.74 x 3.53
25.0 32.5 3.2 TG3100250 28.24 x 2.62 190.0 201.0 4.2 TG3201900 196.44 x 3.53
28.0 35.5 3.2 TG3100280 31.42 x 2.62 200.0 215.5 6.3 TG3302000 208.92 x 5.33
30.0 37.5 3.2 TG3100300 32.99 x 2.62 210.0 225.5 6.3 TG3302100 215.27 x 5.33
32.0 39.5 3.2 TG3100320 34.59 x 2.62 220.0 235.5 6.3 TG3302200 227.97 x 5.33
35.0 42.5 3.2 TG3100350 37.77 x 2.62 230.0 245.5 6.3 TG3302300 234.32 x 5.33
36.0 43.5 3.2 TG3100360 39.34 x 2.62 240.0 255.5 6.3 TG3302400 247.02 x 5.33
40.0 51.0 4.2 TG3200400 44.04 x 3.53 250.0 265.5 6.3 TG3302500 253.37 x 5.33
42.0 53.0 4.2 TG3200420 47.22 x 3.53 280.0 301.0 8.1 TG3402800 291.47 x 7.00
45.0 56.0 4.2 TG3200450 50.39 x 3.53 300.0 321.0 8.1 TG3403000 304.17 x 7.00
48.0 59.0 4.2 TG3200480 53.57 x 3.53 320.0 341.0 8.1 TG3403200 329.57 x 7.00
50.0 61.0 4.2 TG3200500 53.57 x 3.53 350.0 371.0 8.1 TG3403500 354.97 x 7.00
52.0 63.0 4.2 TG3200520 56.74 x 3.53 360.0 381.0 8.1 TG3403600 367.67 x 7.00
55.0 66.0 4.2 TG3200550 59.92 x 3.53 400.0 421.0 8.1 TG3404000 405.26 x 7.00
56.0 67.0 4.2 TG3200560 59.92 x 3.53 500.0 521.0 8.1 TG3405000 506.86 x 7.00
60.0 71.0 4.2 TG3200600 63.09 x 3.53 600.0 621.0 8.1 TG3406000 608.08 x 7.00
63.0 74.0 4.2 TG3200630 66.27 x 3.53 700.0 728.0 9.5 TG3507000 712.90 x 8.40*
65.0 76.0 4.2 TG3200650 69.44 x 3.53 800.0 828.0 9.5 TG3508000 812.90 x 8.40*
70.0 81.0 4.2 TG3200700 75.79 x 3.53 900.0 928.0 9.5 TG3509000 912.90 x 8.40*
75.0 86.0 4.2 TG3200750 78.97 x 3.53 1,000.0 1,028.0 9.5 TG35X1000 1,012.90 x 8.40*
80.0 91.0 4.2 TG3200800 85.32 x 3.53 1,500.0 1,528.0 9.5 TG35X1500 1,512.90 x 8.40*
85.0 96.0 4.2 TG3200850 88.49 x 3.53 2,000.0 2,028.0 9.5 TG35X2000 2,012.90 x 8.40*
90.0 101.0 4.2 TG3200900 94.84 x 3.53 2,500.0 2,528.0 9.5 TG35X2500 2,512.90 x 8.40*
95.0 106.0 4.2 TG3200950 101.19 x 3.53 The shaft diameters in bold type correspond to the
100.0 111.0 4.2 TG3201000 104.37 x 3.53 recommendations of ISO 3320.

105.0 116.0 4.2 TG3201050 110.72 x 3.53 Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,600 mm
diameter including imperial (inch) sizes can be supplied.
110.0 121.0 4.2 TG3201100 113.89 x 3.53
* Theoretical ideal O-Ring size.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 189
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

„ Installation Recommendations for Rod Seals – Inch

Pressure L1

d2 r1

r max .012

S
D1
dN

Figure 86 Installation Drawing

Table 95 Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations


Series Shaft Diameter Groove Groove Radius Radial Clearance O-Ring No. of
No. Diameter Width Cross grooves
dN f8/h9 Smax* Section in the
sealing
Recommended Available 1,000 3,000
D1 H9 L1 +0.008 r1 d2 surface
Range Range psi psi
TGR0 0.25 - 0.749 0.250 - 5.000 dN + 0.193 0.091 0.015 0.020 0.014 0.070 0
TGR1 0.750 - 1.499 0.375 - 10.000 dN + 0.295 0.130 0.015 0.030 0.020 0.103 1
TGR2 1.500 - 7.874 0.750 - 18.000 dN + 0.433 0.169 0.015 0.040 0.030 0.139 1
TGR3 7.875 - 9.999 1.500 - 26.000 dN + 0.610 0.252 0.035 0.045 0.035 0.210 2
TGR4 10.000 - 25.500 4.500 - 26.000 dN + 0.827 0.323 0.035 0.050 0.040 0.275 2
* At pressures > 3,000 psi: Use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore / shaft) in area of seal.
At pressures > 1,450 psi it is recommendable to choose the next larger cross section according to the column “Available range“
i.e. for shaft ø 3.150 inch: TG R3 00 800-.

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. TG32 0 0800 - MF4 N
Roto Glyd Ring®, complete with O-Ring, standard
application: Series No.

Series: TGR2 from Table 95 Type (Standard)


Shaft diameter: dN = 3.150 inch Shaft diameter x 10**
TSS Part No.: TGR200800 (from Table 96)
Quality Index (Standard)
Select the material from Material Section. The
corresponding code numbers are appended to the Material Code (Seal Ring)
TSS Part No. Together they form the TSS Article No.
Material Code (O-Ring)
The TSS Article No. for all intermediate sizes not shown
in Table 96 can be determined following the example ** For diameters t 39.370 inch multiply only by factor 1.
opposite. Example: TGR5 for diameter 47.244 inch
TSS Article No.: TGR5X1200 – MF4N
Note:
For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry
regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered
separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg
Sealing Solutions marketing company for further
assistance.

190 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

Table 96 Standard Installation Dimensions / TSS Part No.

Shaft Groove Groove TSS O-Ring Shaft Groove Groove TSS O-Ring
Dia. Dia. Width Part No. Sizes Dia. Dia. Width Part No. Sizes
dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +.008 dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +.008
0.236 0.429 0.087 TG3000060 0.301 x 0.070 4.528 4.961 0.165 TG3201150 4.734 x 0.139
0.314 0.508 0.087 TG3000080 0.374 x 0.071 4.724 5.157 0.165 TG3201200 4.859 x 0.139
0.394 0.587 0.087 TG3000100 0.465 x 0.071 4.921 5.354 0.165 TG3201250 5.109 x 0.139
0.472 0.665 0087 TG3000120 0.520 x 0.071 5.118 5.551 0.165 TG3201300 5.359 x 0.139
0.551 0.744 0.087 TG3000140 0.614 x 0.070 5.315 5.748 0.165 TG3201350 5.484 x 0.139
0.591 0.783 0.087 TG3000150 0.676 x 0.070 5.512 5.945 0.165 TG3201400 5.734 x 0.139
0.630 0.823 0.087 TG3000160 0.676 x 0.070 5.906 6.339 0.165 TG3201500 6.234 x 0.139
0.709 0.902 0.087 TG3000180 0.748 x 0.071 6.299 6.732 0.165 TG3201600 6.457 x 0.139
0.787 1.083 0.126 TG3100200 0.862 x 0.103 6.693 7.126 0.165 TG3201700 6.984 x 0.139
0.866 1.161 0.126 TG3100220 0.987 x 0103 7.087 7.520 0.165 TG3201800 7.234 x 0.139
0.984 1.280 0.126 TG3100250 1.112 x 0.103 7.480 7.913 0.165 TG3201900 7.734 x 0.139
1.102 1.398 0.126 TG3100280 1.237 x 0.103 7.874 8.484 0.248 TG3302000 8.225 x 0.139
1.181 1.476 0.126 TG3100300 1.299 x 0.103 8.268 8.878 0.248 TG3302100 8.475 x 0.210
1.260 1.555 0.126 TG3100320 1.362 x 0.103 8.661 9.272 0.248 TG3302200 8.975 x 0.210
1.378 1.673 0.126 TG3100350 1.487 x 0.103 9.055 9.665 0.248 TG3302300 9.225 x 0.210
1.417 1.713 0.126 TG3100360 1.549 x 0.103 9.449 10.059 0.248 TG3302400 9.725 x 0.210
1.575 2.008 0.165 TG3200400 1.734 x 0.139 9.843 10.453 0.248 TG3302500 9.975 x 0.210
1.654 2.087 0.165 TG3200420 1.859 x 0.139 11.024 11.850 0.319 TG3402800 11.475 x 0.210
1.772 2.205 0.165 TG3200450 1.984 x 0.139 11.811 12.638 0.319 TG3403000 11.975 x 0.276
1.890 2.323 0.165 TG3200480 2.109 x 0.139 12.598 13.425 0.319 TG3403200 12.875 x 0.276
1.969 2.402 0.165 TG3200500 2.109 x 0.139 13.780 14.606 0.319 TG3403500 13.975 x 0.276
2.047 2.480 0.165 TG3200520 2.234 x 0.139 14.173 15.000 0.319 TG3403600 14.475 x 0.276
2.165 2.598 0.165 TG3200550 2.359 x 0.139 15.748 16.575 0.319 TG3404000 15.955 x 0.276
2.205 2.638 0.165 TG3200560 2.359 x 0.139 19.685 20.512 0.319 TG3405000 19.955 x 0.276
2.362 2.795 0.165 TG3200600 2.484 x 0.139 23.622 24.449 0.319 TG3406000 23.940 x 0.276
2.480 2.913 0.165 TG3200630 2.609 x 0.139 27.559 28.661 0.374 TG3507000 28.067 x 0.331*
2.559 2.992 0.165 TG3200650 2.734 x 0.139 31.496 32.598 0.374 TG3508000 32.004 x 0.331*
2.756 3.189 0.165 TG3200700 2.984 x 0.139 35.433 36.535 0.374 TG3509000 35.941 x 0.331*
2.953 3.386 0.165 TG3200750 3.109 x 0.139 39.370 40.472 0.374 TG35X1000 39.877 x 0.331*
3.150 3.583 0.165 TG3200800 3.359 x 0.139 59.055 60.157 0.374 TG35X1500 59.563 x 0.331*
3.346 3.780 0.165 TG3200850 3.484 x 0.139 78.740 79.843 0.374 TG35X2000 79.248 x 0.331*
3.543 3.976 0.165 TG3200900 3.734 x 0.139 98.425 99.528 0.374 TG35X2500 98.933 x 0.331*
3.740 4.173 0.165 TG3200950 3.984 x 0.139 The shaft diameters in bold type correspond to the
3.937 4.370 0.165 TG3201000 4.109 x 0.139 recommendations of ISO 3320.

4.134 4.567 0.165 TG3201050 4.359 x 0.139 Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 102.362 inch
diameter including metric (mm) sizes can be supplied.
4.331 4.764 0.165 TG3201100 4.484 x 0.139
* Theoretical ideal O-Ring size.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 191
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

„ Installation Recommendations for Piston Seals – Metric


Pressure
r max. 0.3
d2

S
r1

DN
d1
L1

Figure 87 Installation Drawing

Table 97 Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations


Series Bore Diameter Groove Groove Radius Radial Clearance O-Ring No. of
No. Diameter Width Cross grooves
DN H9 Smax* Section in the
sealing
Recommended Available 10 20 30
d1 h9 L1 +0.2 r1 d2 surface
Range Range MPa MPa MPa
TG40 8 - 39.9 8 - 135.0 DN - 4.9 2.20 0.40 0.20 0.15 - 1.78 0
TG41 40 - 79.9 14 - 250.0 DN - 7.5 3.20 0.60 0.25 0.20 0.15 2.62 1
TG42 80 - 132.9 22 - 460.0 DN - 11.0 4.20 1.00 0.30 0.25 0.20 3.53 1
TG43 133 - 329.9 40 - 675.0 DN - 15.5 6.30 1.30 0.35 0.30 0.25 5.33 2
TG44 330 - 669.9 133 - 690.0 DN - 21.0 8.10 1.80 0.40 0.35 0.30 7.00 2
TG45 670 - 999.9 - DN - 28.0 9.50 2.50 0.45 0.40 0.35 8.40 2
TG44 5X 1,000 - 2,700 - DN - 28.0 9.50 2.50 0.45 0.40 0.35 8.40 2
* At pressures > 30 MPa: Use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore / shaft) in area of seal.
At pressures > 10 MPa it is recommendable to choose the next larger cross section according to the column “Available range“
i.e. for shaft ø 80 mm: TG 43 00 800-.

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. TG42 0 0800 - MF4 N
Roto Glyd Ring®, complete with O-Ring, standard
application: Series No.

Series: TG42 from Table 97 Type (Standard)


Bore diameter: DN = 80.0 mm Bore diameter x 10**
TSS Part No.: TG4200800 from Table 98
Quality Index (Standard)
Select the material from Material Section. The
corresponding code numbers are appended to the Material Code (Seal Ring)
TSS Part No. Together they form the TSS Article No.
Material Code (O-Ring)
The TSS Article No. for all intermediate sizes not shown
in Table 98 can be determined following the example ** For diameters t 1,000.0 mm multiply only by factor 1.
opposite. Example: TG35 for diameter 1,200.0 mm
TSS Article No.: TG45X1200 – MF4N
Note:
For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry
regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered
separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg
Sealing Solutions marketing company for further
assistance.

192 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

Table 98 Standard Installation Dimensions / TSS Part No.

Bore Groove Groove TSS O-Ring Bore Groove Groove TSS O-Ring
Dia. Dia. Width Part No. Dimensions Dia. Dia. Width Part No. Dimensions
DN f8/h9 d1 H9 L1 +0.2 DN f8/h9 d1 H9 L1 +0.2
10.0 5.1 2.2 TG4000100 4.80 x 1.80 135.0 119.5 6.3 TG4301350 116.84 x 5.33
12.0 7.1 2.2 TG4000120 6.70 x 1.80 140.0 124.5 6.3 TG4301400 123.19 x 5.33
14.0 9.1 2.2 TG4000140 8.75 x 1.80 150.0 134.5 6.3 TG4301500 132.72 x 5.33
15.0 10.1 2.2 TG4000150 9.50 x 1.80 160.0 144.5 6.3 TG4301600 142.24 x 5.33
16.0 11.1 2.2 TG4000160 10.60 x 1.80 170.0 154.5 6.3 TG4301700 151.77 x 5.33
18.0 13.1 2.2 TG4000180 12.42 x 1.78 180.0 164.5 6.3 TG4301800 164.47 x 5.33
20.0 15.1 2.2 TG4000200 14.00 x 1.78 190.0 174.5 6.3 TG4301900 170.82 x 5.33
22.0 17.1 2.2 TG4000220 17.17 x 1.78 200.0 184.5 6.3 TG4302000 183.52 x 5.33
25.0 20.1 2.2 TG4000250 19.00 x 1.80 210.0 194.5 6.3 TG4302100 189.87 x 5.33
28.0 23.1 2.2 TG4000280 21.95 x 1.78 220.0 204.5 6.3 TG4302200 202.57 x 5.33
30.0 25.1 2.2 TG4000300 25.12 x 1.78 230.0 214.5 6.3 TG4302300 208.92 x 5.33
32.0 27.1 2.2 TG4000320 26.70 x 1.78 240.0 224.5 6.3 TG4302400 221.62 x 5.33
35.0 30.1 2.2 TG4000350 29.87 x 1.78 250.0 234.5 6.3 TG4302500 234.32 x 5.33
40.0 32.5 3.2 TG4100400 31.42 x 2.62 280.0 264.5 6.3 TG4302800 266.07 x 5.33
42.0 34.5 3.2 TG4100420 32.99 x 2.62 300.0 284.5 6.3 TG4303000 278.77 x 5.33
45.0 37.5 3.2 TG4100450 36.17 x 2.62 320.0 304.5 6.3 TG4303200 304.17 x 5.33
48.0 40.5 3.2 TG4100480 39.34 x 2.62 350.0 329.0 8.1 TG4403500 329.57 x 7.00
50.0 42.5 3.2 TG4100500 40.94 x 2.62 400.0 379.0 8.1 TG4404000 367.67 x 7.00
52.0 44.5 3.2 TG4100520 44.12 x 2.62 420.0 399.0 8.1 TG4404200 393.07 x 7.00
55.0 47.5 3.2 TG4100550 45.69 x 2.62 450.0 429.0 8.1 TG4404500 417.96 x 7.00
56.0 48.5 3.2 TG4100550 47.29 x 2.62 480.0 459.0 8.1 TG4404800 456.06 x 7.00
60.0 52.5 3.2 TG4100600 52.07 x 2.62 500.0 479.0 8.1 TG4405000 468.76 x 7.00
63.0 55.5 3.2 TG4100630 53.64 x 2.62 600.0 579.0 8.1 TG4406000 582.68 x 7.00
65.0 57.5 3.2 TG4100650 56.82 x 2.62 700.0 672.0 9.5 TG4507000 670.30 x 8.40
70.0 62.5 3.2 TG4100700 61.60 x 2.62 800.0 772.0 9.5 TG4508000 770.30 x 8.40
75.0 67.5 3.2 TG4100750 66.34 x 2.62 900.0 872.0 9.5 TG4509000 870.30 x 8.40
80.0 69.0 4.2 TG4200800 66.27 x 3.53 1,000.0 972.0 9.5 TG45X1000 970.30 x 8.40
85.0 74.0 4.2 TG4200850 72.62 x 3.53 1,500.0 1,472.0 9.5 TG45X1500 1,470.30 x 8.40
90.0 79.0 4.2 TG4200900 78.97 x 3.53 2,000.0 1,972.0 9.5 TG45X2000 1,970.30 x 8.40
95.0 84.0 4.2 TG4200950 82.14 x 3.53 2,500.0 2,472.0 9.5 TG45X2500 2,470.30 x 8.40
100.0 89.0 4.2 TG4201000 88.49 x 3.53
The bore diameters in bold type correspond to the
110.0 99.0 4.2 TG4201100 98.02 x 3.53 recommendations of ISO 3320.

115.0 104.0 4.2 TG4201150 101.19 x 3.53 Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,700 mm
diameter including imperial (inch) sizes can be supplied.
120.0 109.0 4.2 TG4201200 107.54 x 3.53
* Theoretical ideal O-Ring size.
125.0 114.0 4.2 TG4201250 113.89 x 3.53
130.0 119.0 4.2 TG4201300 117.07 x 3.53

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 193
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

„ Installation Recommendations for Piston Seals – Inch

Pressure
r max .012
d2

S
r1

DN
d1
L1

Figure 88 Installation Drawing

Table 99 Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations


Series Bore Diameter Groove Groove Radius Radial Clearance O-Ring No. of
No. Diameter Width Cross grooves
DN H9 min./max. Smax* Section in the
sealing
Recommended Available
d1 h9 L1 +.008 r1 1,000 psi 3,000 psi d2 surface
Range Range
TGP0 0.375 - 1.563 0.375 - 5.000 DN - 0.193 0.087/0.095 0.015 0.020 0.014 0 0
TGP1 1.564 - 2.999 1.000 - 10.000 DN - 0.295 0.126/0.134 0.015 0.030 0.020 1 1
TGP2 3.000 - 5.249 2.000 - 18.000 DN - 0.433 0.165/0.173 0.015 0.040 0.030 1 1
TGP3 5.250 - 12.999 3.000 - 26.000 DN - 0.610 0.248/0.256 0.035 0.045 0.035 2 2
TGP4 13.000 - 26.375 5.500 - 27.000 DN -0 .827 0.319 /0.327 0.035 0.050 0.040 2 2
* At pressures > 4,300 psi: Use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore / shaft) in area of seal.
At pressures > 1,450 psi it is recommendable to choose the next larger cross section according to the column “Available range“
i.e. for shaft ø 3.150 inch: TG 43 00 800-.

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. TG42 0 0800 - MF4 N
Roto Glyd Ring®, complete with O-Ring, standard
application: Series No.

Series: TG42 from Table 99 Type (Standard)


Bore diameter: DN = 80.0 mm Bore diameter x 10**
TSS Part No.: TG4200800 from Table 100
Quality Index (Standard)
Select the material from Material Section. The
corresponding code numbers are appended to the Material Code (Seal Ring)
TSS Part No. Together they form the TSS Article No.
Material Code (O-Ring)
The TSS Article No. for all intermediate sizes not shown
in Table 100 can be determined following the example ** For diameters t 1,000.0 mm multiply only by factor 1.
opposite. Example: TG35 for diameter 1,200.0 mm
TSS Article No.: TG45X1200 – MF4N
Note:
For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry
regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered
separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg
Sealing Solutions marketing company for further
assistance.

194 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

Table 100 Standard Installation Dimensions / TSS Part No.

Bore Groove Groove TSS O-Ring Bore Groove Groove TSS O-Ring
Dia. Dia. Width Part No. Dimensions Dia. Dia. Width Part No. Dimensions
DN f8/h9 d1 H9 L1 +0.2 DN f8/h9 d1 H9 L1 +0.2
10.0 5.1 2.2 TG4000100 4.80 x 1.80 135.0 119.5 6.3 TG4301350 116.84 x 5.33
12.0 7.1 2.2 TG4000120 6.70 x 1.80 140.0 124.5 6.3 TG4301400 123.19 x 5.33
14.0 9.1 2.2 TG4000140 8.75 x 1.80 150.0 134.5 6.3 TG4301500 132.72 x 5.33
15.0 10.1 2.2 TG4000150 9.50 x 1.80 160.0 144.5 6.3 TG4301600 142.24 x 5.33
16.0 11.1 2.2 TG4000160 10.60 x 1.80 170.0 154.5 6.3 TG4301700 151.77 x 5.33
18.0 13.1 2.2 TG4000180 12.42 x 1.78 180.0 164.5 6.3 TG4301800 164.47 x 5.33
20.0 15.1 2.2 TG4000200 14.00 x 1.78 190.0 174.5 6.3 TG4301900 170.82 x 5.33
22.0 17.1 2.2 TG4000220 17.17 x 1.78 200.0 184.5 6.3 TG4302000 183.52 x 5.33
25.0 20.1 2.2 TG4000250 19.00 x 1.80 210.0 194.5 6.3 TG4302100 189.87 x 5.33
28.0 23.1 2.2 TG4000280 21.95 x 1.78 220.0 204.5 6.3 TG4302200 202.57 x 5.33
30.0 25.1 2.2 TG4000300 25.12 x 1.78 230.0 214.5 6.3 TG4302300 208.92 x 5.33
32.0 27.1 2.2 TG4000320 26.70 x 1.78 240.0 224.5 6.3 TG4302400 221.62 x 5.33
35.0 30.1 2.2 TG4000350 29.87 x 1.78 250.0 234.5 6.3 TG4302500 234.32 x 5.33
40.0 32.5 3.2 TG4100400 31.42 x 2.62 280.0 264.5 6.3 TG4302800 266.07 x 5.33
42.0 34.5 3.2 TG4100420 32.99 x 2.62 300.0 284.5 6.3 TG4303000 278.77 x 5.33
45.0 37.5 3.2 TG4100450 36.17 x 2.62 320.0 304.5 6.3 TG4303200 304.17 x 5.33
48.0 40.5 3.2 TG4100480 39.34 x 2.62 350.0 329.0 8.1 TG4403500 329.57 x 7.00
50.0 42.5 3.2 TG4100500 40.94 x 2.62 400.0 379.0 8.1 TG4404000 367.67 x 7.00
52.0 44.5 3.2 TG4100520 44.12 x 2.62 420.0 399.0 8.1 TG4404200 393.07 x 7.00
55.0 47.5 3.2 TG4100550 45.69 x 2.62 450.0 429.0 8.1 TG4404500 417.96 x 7.00
56.0 48.5 3.2 TG4100550 47.29 x 2.62 480.0 459.0 8.1 TG4404800 456.06 x 7.00
60.0 52.5 3.2 TG4100600 52.07 x 2.62 500.0 479.0 8.1 TG4405000 468.76 x 7.00
63.0 55.5 3.2 TG4100630 53.64 x 2.62 600.0 579.0 8.1 TG4406000 582.68 x 7.00
65.0 57.5 3.2 TG4100650 56.82 x 2.62 700.0 672.0 9.5 TG4507000 670.30 x 8.40
70.0 62.5 3.2 TG4100700 61.60 x 2.62 800.0 772.0 9.5 TG4508000 770.30 x 8.40
75.0 67.5 3.2 TG4100750 66.34 x 2.62 900.0 872.0 9.5 TG4509000 870.30 x 8.40
80.0 69.0 4.2 TG4200800 66.27 x 3.53 1,000.0 972.0 9.5 TG45X1000 970.30 x 8.40
85.0 74.0 4.2 TG4200850 72.62 x 3.53 1,500.0 1472.0 9.5 TG45X1500 1,470.30 x 8.40
90.0 79.0 4.2 TG4200900 78.97 x 3.53 2,000.0 1972.0 9.5 TG45X2000 1,970.30 x 8.40
95.0 84.0 4.2 TG4200950 82.14 x 3.53 2,500.0 2472.0 9.5 TG45X2500 2,470.30 x 8.40
100.0 89.0 4.2 TG4201000 88.49 x 3.53
The bore diameters in bold type correspond to the
110.0 99.0 4.2 TG4201100 98.02 x 3.53 recommendations of ISO 3320.

115.0 104.0 4.2 TG4201150 101.19 x 3.53 Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 102.362 inch
diameter including imperial (inch) sizes can be supplied.
120.0 109.0 4.2 TG4201200 107.54 x 3.53
* Theoretical ideal O-Ring size.
125.0 114.0 4.2 TG4201250 113.89 x 3.53
130.0 119.0 4.2 TG4201300 117.07 x 3.53

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 195
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®

196 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
ROTARY SEALS

Single- and semi double-acting rotary seal Simple one piece housing design

Partly pressure balanced by relief groove Available for shaft and bore application

Very low friction No vulcanization to mating surface

Stick-slip-free operation

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 197
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

198 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

„ Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K


Description

Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K is used to seal shafts, axles, This Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® version is identified in the
bores, rotary manifolds and swivels with rotary, helical TSS Article Number by a “K“ at the 5th digit (see ordering
or oscillating movement. It consists of a seal ring in high- examples).
grade Turcon® material activated by an elastomer O-Ring.
For this seal the direction of installation must be observed.
Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K is supplied with an axial pressure
relief groove. As illustrated in Figure 89, the continuous
radial groove is on one side linked to the pressure chamber. Method of Operation
The seal is thus relieved of pressure from one side and can Initial contact pressure of Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K is
be used for higher pv values than Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®. provided by radial compression of the O-Ring. When the
system pressure is increased, the O-Ring transforms this
into additional contact pressure. The contact pressure of
the seal is thereby automatically adjusted so sealing is
ensured under all service conditions.
The single-acting performance of the seal follows from
the asymmetrical cross section which allows the seal to
Relief respond to high pressure in one direction.
Groove
The axial pressure relief groove connecting the pressurized
fluid to the circumferential center groove ensures a
Notch pressure balance of more than half of the seal contact
area (except the minor contribution of pressure from
the O-Ring). This reduces the seal friction by one a half
Notch
compared to the double-acting Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring®.
Groove As the K version still has full sealing contact and hold
pressure from both directions it can act as a double-acting
Relief rotary seal. The relieved side must be installed on the side
Groove with the higher pressure.
The unrelieved side of the seal is only for low pressure,
which should not exceed 3 MPa / 435 psi as it is not
sufficiently supported to prevent extrusion from high
pressure. Furthermore, the whole contact area of the seal
O-Ring
will then contribute to the friction value.

Turcon®
Seal Ring
P

Figure 89 Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K with


pressure relief

Preferably the Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K version is used as


a single-acting seal because of its asymmetric appearance Figure 90 Correct installation of Turcon® Roto
although “a semi double-acting” sealing function is Glyd Ring® K
maintained.
The contact surface profile of the seal ring is specially
designed for use at high pressure and low sliding speeds.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 199
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

Notch Technical Data

To assure that a rapid activation of the seal takes place The maximum application data for temperature, pressure
at sudden changes of pressure and direction of motion, and speed given in this catalog have a mutual effect on
radial "notches" are machined on both sides of the seal one another and can thus not be applied simultaneously.
ring.
Seal performance is further influenced by such factors
as lubrication capability of the sealed medium and heat
dissipation in the hardware. Testing in application should
Advantages always be carried out.

- Single- and semi double-acting rotary seal With good lubrication, the following values can be
assumed as a guide:
- Available for shaft and bore sealing applications
- Simple groove design
Operating Conditions
- Small groove dimensions
Pressure: Up to 30 MPa / 4,351 psi
- Very low friction
(from pressure relieved side)
- Stick-slip free operation
Up to 3 MPa / 435 psi
- No vulcanizing to mating surfaces (from pressure unrelieved side)
Speed: Up to 0.2 m/s / 0.656 fps
Typical Applications pv: Up to 2.5 MPa m/s / 71,359 psi ft/min
The value must be reduced for diameters
Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K is preferably used as a single < 50 mm / 2 inch.
acting rotary seal for hydraulic and pneumatic equipment
in sectors such as: Temperature: -45 °C to +150 °C*) / -49 °F to +302 °F*)
depending on O-Ring elastomer and
- End Caps of rotary distributors and unions medium
- High pressure valve stems Media: Mineral oil-based hydraulic fluids,
- Manipulators flame-retardant hydraulic fluids,
environmentally-safe hydraulic fluids
- Hydraulic motors (bio-oils), water, air and others,
depending on seal and elastomer
material.

Important Note:
The above data are maximum values and cannot
be used at the same time. E.g. the maximum
operating speed depends on material type,
pressure, temperature and gap value.

*) Important Note for the piston version:


In case of unpressurized applications in temperatures
below 0 °C / +32 °F please contact our application
engineers for assistance!

Frictional power

Guide values for the frictional power P can be determined


from the graph in Figure 91. They are shown as a function
of the sliding speed and operating pressure for a shaft
diameter of 50 mm / 2 inch with an oil temperature of
+60° C / +140 °F. At higher temperatures, these application
limits must be reduced.

200 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

Formula for other diameters d: Roto Glyd Ring® K: Zurcon® Z80 / Z81
P50 x (d) [W] (temperature -45 °C - +93 °C)
P= O-Ring: NBR 70 shore A
( 50 mm )
(according to temperature,
required approvals and
Friction at constant rotation
availability)
400
1 m/s Shaft 50 mm Z80 / Z81 are for slow turning motion and not for constant
rotation.
Frictional Power P50 (W)

60 °C
300 Other Turcon® and Zurcon® materials are available on
request.
0.5 m/s
200 Other O-Ring materials:
NBR 70 Shore A
0.25 m/s
FKM 70 Shore A
100 0.15 m/s EPDM 70 Shore A
FFKM 75 Shore A
(according to temperature, required approvals and
0 availability)
0 10 20 30
Pressure MPa
Special O-Rings with approvals have to be ordered
Figure 91 Frictional power for Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K
separately. In this case, the last digit in the material
code of the Roto Glyd Ring® K becomes obsolete.
The guide values apply for constant operating conditions.
Changes in operating conditions such as pressure
fluctuations or alternating directions of shaft rotation can
result in considerably higher friction values. Installation of Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K
Seal Materials For this seal the direction of installation must carefully be
observed.
The following material combinations have proven effective
for food, beverage and pharmaceutical fluid applications: The side with the pressure relief must be installed at the
side with highest system pressure.
All round material choice for Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K in
lubricating fluids and other fluids with limited lubrication Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K is installed in the same way as
e. g. water: Turcon® Glyd Ring®, see page 23.
Turcon®
Roto Glyd Ring® K: Turcon® MF4
P
O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N Relief Groove Relief Groove
FKM 70 Shore A V
HNBR 70 Shore A H
(according to temperature, required
approvals and availability)
Set code: MF4N, MF4V or MF4H
All round material with high sealing effect for light
to medium fluid applications in various fluids with
requirements for compliance to various regulations:
Turcon®
Roto Glyd Ring® K: Turcon® MF6
O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N
FKM 70 Shore A V
HNBR 70 Shore A H
(according to temperature, required
Figure 92 Correct installation of Turcon® Roto Glyd
approvals and availability)
Ring® K
Set code: MF6N, MF6V or MF6H
Applications with air, gases and risk of high abrasive wear
Zurcon® Z80 / Z81 are recommended.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 201
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

„ Installation Recommendations for Shaft Seals

Pressure L1

d2 r1

r max. 0.3

S
D1
dN

Figure 93 Installation Drawing

Table 101 Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations

Series Shaft Diameter Groove Groove Radius Radial Clearance


O-Ring No. of
Number dN f8/h9 Diameter Width Smax* Cross- grooves
Section in the
Recommended Available sealing
D1 H9 L1 +0.2 r1 10 MPa 20 MPa 30 MPa d2
Range Range surface
TG31K 19 - 37.9 10 - 245.0 dN + 7.5 3.20 0.60 0.20 0.15 0.10 2.62 1
TG32K 38 - 199.9 19 - 455.0 dN + 11.0 4.20 1.00 0.25 0.20 0.15 3.53 1
TG33K 200 - 255.9 38 - 655.0 dN + 15.5 6.30 1.30 0.30 0.25 0.20 5.33 2
TG34K 256 - 649.9 120 - 655.0 dN + 21.0 8.10 1.80 0.35 0.30 0.25 7.00 2
TG35K 650 - 999.9 650 - 999.9 dN + 28.0 9.50 2.50 0.40 0.35 0.30 8.40 2
* At pressures > 30 MPa: Use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore / shaft) in area of seal.
At pressures > 10 MPa it is recommendable to choose the next larger cross section according to the column “Available range“
i.e. for shaft ø 80 mm: TG 33 K 800-.

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. TG32 K 0800 - T40 N
Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K, complete with O-Ring,
Standard application: Series No.

Series: TG32K (from Table 101) Type (Standard)


Shaft diameter: dN = 80 mm Shaft diameter x 10**
TSS Part No.: TG32K0800 (from Table 102)
Quality Index (Standard)
Select the material from the Material Section. The
corresponding code numbers are appended to the TSS Part Material Code (Seal Ring)
No. Together they form the TSS Article No.
Material Code (O-Ring)
The TSS Article No. for all intermediate sizes not shown
in Table 102 can be determined following the example
** For diameters t 1,000.0 mm only with TSS Special Article
opposite. Number.
Note:
For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry
regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered
separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg
Sealing Solutions marketing company for further
assistance.

202 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

Table 102 Standard Installation Dimensions / TSS Part No.

Shaft Groove Groove TSS O-Ring Shaft Groove Groove TSS O-Ring
Dia. Dia. Width Part No. Dimension Dia. Dia. Width Part No. Dimension
dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +0.20 dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +0.20
20.0 27.5 3.2 TG31K0200 21.89 x 2.62 140.0 151.0 4.2 TG32K1400 145.64 x 3.53
22.0 29.5 3.2 TG31K0220 25.07 x 2.62 150.0 161.0 4.2 TG32K1500 158.34 x 3.53
25.0 32.5 3.2 TG31K0250 28.24 x 2.62 160.0 171.0 4.2 TG32K1600 164.69 x 3.53
28.0 35.5 3.2 TG31K0280 31.42 x 2.62 170.0 181.0 4.2 TG32K1700 177.39 x 3.53
30.0 37.5 3.2 TG31K0300 32.99 x 2.62 180.0 191.0 4.2 TG32K1800 183.74 x 3.53
32.0 39.5 3.2 TG31K0320 34.59 x 2.62 190.0 201.0 4.2 TG32K1900 196.44 x 3.53
35.0 42.5 3.2 TG31K0350 37.77 x 2.62 200.0 215.5 6.3 TG33K2000 208.92 x 5.33
36.0 43.5 3.2 TG31K0360 39.34 x 2.62 210.0 225.5 6.3 TG33K2100 215.27 x 5.33
40.0 51.0 4.2 TG32K0400 44.04 x 3.53 220.0 235.5 6.3 TG33K2200 227.97 x 5.33
42.0 53.0 4.2 TG32K0420 47.22 x 3.53 230.0 245.5 6.3 TG33K2300 234.32 x 5.33
45.0 56.0 4.2 TG32K0450 50.39 x 3.53 240.0 255.5 6.3 TG33K2400 247.02 x 5.33
48.0 59.0 4.2 TG32K0480 53.57 x 3.53 250.0 265.5 6.3 TG33K2500 253.37 x 5.33
50.0 61.0 4.2 TG32K0500 53.57 x 3.53 280.0 301.0 8.1 TG34K2800 291.47 x 7.00
52.0 63.0 4.2 TG32K0520 56.74 x 3.53 300.0 321.0 8.1 TG34K3000 304.17 x 7.00
55.0 66.0 4.2 TG32K0550 59.92 x 3.53 320.0 341.0 8.1 TG34K3200 329.57 x 7.00
56.0 67.0 4.2 TG32K0560 59.92 x 3.53 350.0 371.0 8.1 TG34K3500 354.97 x 7.00
60.0 71.0 4.2 TG32K0600 63.09 x 3.53 360.0 381.0 8.1 TG34K3600 367.67 x 7.00
63.0 74.0 4.2 TG32K0630 66.27 x 3.53 400.0 421.0 8.1 TG34K4000 405.26 x 7.00
65.0 76.0 4.2 TG32K0650 69.44 x 3.53 500.0 521.0 8.1 TG34K5000 506.86 x 7.00
70.0 81.0 4.2 TG32K0700 75.79 x 3.53 600.0 621.0 8.1 TG34K6000 608.08 x 7.00
75.0 86.0 4.2 TG32K0750 78.97 x 3.53 700.0 728.0 9.5 TG35K7000 712.90 x 8.40*
80.0 91.0 4.2 TG32K0800 85.32 x 3.53 800.0 828.0 9.5 TG35K8000 812.90 x 8.40*
85.0 96.0 4.2 TG32K0850 88.49 x 3.53 900.0 928.0 9.5 TG35K9000 912.90 x 8.40*
90.0 101.0 4.2 TG32K0900 94.84 x 3.53 The Shaft diameters in bold type correspond to the
95.0 106.0 4.2 TG32K0950 101.19 x 3.53 recommendations of ISO 3320.

100.0 111.0 4.2 TG32K1000 104.37 x 3.53 Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 999.9 mm
diameter including inch sizes can be supplied. For diameters
105.0 116.0 4.2 TG32K1050 110.72 x 3.53 t 1,000.0 mm only with TSS Special Article Number.
110.0 121.0 4.2 TG32K1100 113.89 x 3.53 * Theoretical ideal O-Ring size
115.0 126.0 4.2 TG32K1150 120.24 x 3.53
120.0 131.0 4.2 TG32K1200 123.42 x 3.53
125.0 136.0 4.2 TG32K1250 129.77 x 3.53
130.0 141.0 4.2 TG32K1300 136.12 x 3.53
135.0 146.0 4.2 TG32K1350 139.29 x 3.53

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 203
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

„ Installation Recommendations for Bore Seals


Pressure
r max. 0.3
d2

S
r1

DN
d1
L1

Figure 94 Installation Drawing

Table 103 Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations

Series Bore Diameter Groove Groove Radius Radial Clearance


O-Ring No. of
Number DN H9 Diameter Width Smax* Cross- grooves
Section in the
sealing
Recommended Available
d1 h9 L1 +0.2 r1 10 MPa 20 MPa 30 MPa d2 surface
Range Range
TG41K 40 - 79.9 14 - 250.0 DN - 7.5 3.20 0.60 0.20 0.15 0.10 2.62 1
TG42K 80 - 132.9 22 - 460.0 DN - 11.0 4.20 1.00 0.25 0.20 0.15 3.53 1
TG43K 133 - 329.9 40 - 675.0 DN - 15.5 6.30 1.30 0.30 0.25 0.20 5.33 2
TG44K 330 - 669.9 133 - 690.0 DN - 21.0 8.10 1.80 0.35 0.30 0.25 7.00 2
TG45K 670 - 999.9 - DN - 28.0 9.50 2.50 0.40 0.35 0.30 8.40 2
* At pressures > 30 MPa: Use diameter tolerance H8/f8 (bore / shaft) in area of seal.
At pressures > 10 MPa it is recommendable to choose the next larger cross section according to the column “Available range“
i.e. for shaft ø 80 mm: TG 43 K 800- .

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. TG32 K 0800 - MF4 N
Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K complete with O-Ring, Standard
application: Series No.

Series: TG42K (from Table 103) Type (Standard)


Bore diameter: DN = 80.0 mm Bore diameter x 10**
TSS Part No.: TG42K0800 (from Table 104)
Quality Index (Standard)
Select the material from the Material Section. The
corresponding code numbers are appended to the TSS Part Material Code (Seal Ring)
No. Together they form the TSS Article No.
Material Code (O-Ring)
The TSS Article No. for all intermediate sizes not shown
in Table 104 can be determined following the example
** For diameters t 1,000.0 mm only with TSS Special Article
opposite. Number.
Note:
For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry
regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered
separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg
Sealing Solutions marketing company for further
assistance.

204 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

Table 104 Standard Installation Dimensions / TSS Part No.

Bore Groove Groove TSS O-Ring Bore Groove Groove TSS O-Ring
Dia. Dia. Width Part No. Dimensions Dia. Dia. Width Part No. Dimensions
DN f8/h9 d1 H9 L1 +0.20 DN f8/h9 d1 H9 L1 +0.20
25.0 17.5 3.2 TG41K0250 17.12 x 2.62 190.0 174.5 6.3 TG43K1900 170.82 x 5.33
28.0 20.5 3.2 TG41K0280 20.29 x 2.62 200.0 184.5 6.3 TG43K2000 183.52 x 5.33
30.0 22.5 3.2 TG41K0300 21.89 x 2.62 210.0 194.5 6.3 TG43K2100 189.87 x 5.33
32.0 24.5 3.2 TG41K0320 23.47 x 2.62 220.0 204.5 6.3 TG43K2200 202.57 x 5.33
35.0 27.5 3.2 TG41K0350 26.64 x 2.62 230.0 214.5 6.3 TG43K2300 208.92 x 5.33
40.0 32.5 3.2 TG41K0400 31.42 x 2.62 240.0 224.5 6.3 TG43K2400 221.62 x 5.33
42.0 34.5 3.2 TG41K0420 32.99 x 2.62 250.0 234.5 6.3 TG43K2500 234.32 x 5.33
45.0 37.5 3.2 TG41K0450 36.17 x 2.62 280.0 264.5 6.3 TG43K2800 266.07 x 5.33
48.0 40.5 3.2 TG41K0480 39.34 x 2.62 300.0 284.5 6.3 TG43K3000 278.77 x 5.33
48.0 37.0 4.2 TG42K0480 36.09 x 3.53 320.0 304.5 6.3 TG43K3200 304.17 x 5.33
50.0 39.0 4.2 TG42K0500 37.69 x 3.53 350.0 334.5 6.3 TG43K3500 329.57 x 5.33
52.0 41.0 4.2 TG42K0520 40.87 x 3.53 400.0 379.0 8.1 TG44K4000 367.67 x 7.00
55.0 44.0 4.2 TG42K0550 44.04 x 3.53 420.0 399.0 8.1 TG44K4200 393.07 x 7.00
56.0 45.0 4.2 TG42K0560 44.04 x 3.53 450.0 429.0 8.1 TG44K4500 417.96 x 7.00
60.0 49.0 4.2 TG42K0600 47.22 x 3.53 480.0 459.0 8.1 TG44K4800 456.06 x 7.00
63.0 52.0 4.2 TG42K0630 50.39 x 3.53 500.0 479.0 8.1 TG44K5000 468.76 x 7.00
65.0 54.0 4.2 TG42K0650 53.57 x 3.53 600.0 579.0 8.1 TG44K6000 582.68 x 7.00
70.0 59.0 4.2 TG42K0700 56.74 x 3.53 700.0 672.0 9.5 TG45K7000 670.30 x 8.40*
75.0 64.0 4.2 TG42K0750 63.09 x 3.53 800.0 772.0 9.5 TG45K8000 770.30 x 8.40*
80.0 69.0 4.2 TG42K0800 66.27 x 3.53 900.0 872.0 9.5 TG45K9000 870.30 x 8.40*
85.0 74.0 4.2 TG42K0850 72.62 x 3.53 The Bore diameters in bold type correspond to the
90.0 79.0 4.2 TG42K0900 78.97 x 3.53 recommendations of ISO 3320.

95.0 84.0 4.2 TG42K0950 82.14 x 3.53 Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 999.9 mm
diameter including inch sizes can be supplied. For diameters
100.0 89.0 4.2 TG42K1000 88.49 x 3.53 t 1,000.0 mm only with TSS Special Article Number.
110.0 99.0 4.2 TG42K1100 98.02 x 3.53 * Theoretical ideal O-Ring size
115.0 104.0 4.2 TG42K1150 101.19 x 3.53
120.0 109.0 4.2 TG42K1200 107.54 x 3.53
125.0 114.0 4.2 TG42K1250 113.89 x 3.53
125.0 109.5 6.3 TG43K1250 107.32 x 5.33
130.0 114.5 6.3 TG43K1300 113.67 x 5.33
135.0 119.5 6.3 TG43K1350 116.84 x 5.33
140.0 124.5 6.3 TG43K1400 123.19 x 5.33
150.0 134.5 6.3 TG43K1500 132.72 x 5.33
160.0 144.5 6.3 TG43K1600 142.24 x 5.33
170.0 154.5 6.3 TG43K1700 151.77 x 5.33
180.0 164.5 6.3 TG43K1800 164.47 x 5.33

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 205
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Glyd Ring® K

206 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
ROTARY SEALS

Suitable for rotary, reciprocating and static High abrasion resistance and dimensional
service stability

Remains tight in the groove even when subject Withstands rapid changes in temperature
to oscillating or helical movements
Excellent resistance to aging
Low coefficient of friction
Unidirectional seal
Protects against mechanical torsion
Anti-rotation flange secures seal in hardware
Good scraping effect
Unlimited shelf life
Stick-slip-free operating for precise control

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 207
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Variseal®

208 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Roto Variseal®

„ Turcon® Roto Variseal®


Description Technical Data

Turcon® Roto Variseal® is excellent in rotary, reciprocating Operating pressure: Maximum dynamic load:
and static applications when there is a need to lock the 15 MPa / 2,175 psi
seal in the groove. Maximum static load:
25 MPa / 3,626 psi
The standard Variseal® for rotary applications, Turcon®
Roto Variseal® is a single-acting seal consisting of a Speed: Reciprocating up to 10 m/s /
U-shaped jacket and a V-shaped corrosion-resistant spring. 1,980 fpm
Rotating up to 2 m/s / 390 fpm
Turcon® Roto Variseal® has a flanged heel, which prevents
the seal from rotating in the groove and a short heavy Temperature: -70 °C to +300 °C /
dynamic lip that reduces friction. This gives a long service -94 °F to +572 °F
life and good scraping ability, even in media of high
Media compatibility: Virtually all fluids, chemicals and
viscosity.
gases

Important Note:
Retaining flange The above data are maximum values and cannot
be used at the same time. e.g. the maximum
Turcon® operating speed depends on material type,
pressure, temperature and gap value.
Roto Variseal® Temperature range also dependent on media.
V-shaped spring
p

Figure 95 Turcon® Roto Variseal®

Areas of Application

- Rotary shafts on general hydraulic applications

- Rotating and pivoting arms

- Rotating distributor shafts

- Rotary couplings

- Drive shafts

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 209
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Variseal®

Frictional Force The following PV values can be used as general guidelines:

Indicative values for frictional force are included in figure Poor lubrication up to PV = 2 MPa x m/s
below. Frictional force is given as a function of sliding (950 psi x ft/s)
speed and operating pressure for a shaft diameter of Good lubrication up to PV = 5 MPa x m/s
50 mm / 2 inch at an oil temperature of +60°C / +140 °F. The (2375 psi x ft/s)
operating limits are lower at higher temperatures.
Very good cooling up to PV = 8 MPa x m/s
Indicative values for other shaft diameters can be (3800 psi x ft/s)
calculated from the formula:
These values are lower for diameters < 50 mm /
d 2 inches. Tests of these characteristics are recommended to
P P50 x ( ) [W]
50 mm establish application limits.

400 Mating Surface Materials


1 m/s (3.28 ft/s)

300 Sealing of applications with rotating movements require


very good mating surfaces. A minimum hardness 55 HRC
FrictionPower - W

0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s)


200 is recommended to a hardening depth of at least 0.3 mm /
0.25 m/s (0.82 ft/s) 0.01 inch.
0.15 m/s (0.50 ft/s)
100 Particular attention must be paid to coated surfaces and
good heat dissipation through the coating is required.
0
0 10 20 30
(0) (1.450) (2.900) (4.350)

Pressure - MPa (psi)


Shaft dia: 50 mm (2 inch)

Figure 96 Frictional Force for Turcon® Roto Variseal®

The indicative values apply for constant operating


conditions. Changes in these, such as pressure fluctuations
or direction of rotation can result in significantly higher
frictional values.

Application Limits

The maximum operating limits for temperature, pressure


and speed are dependent upon one another and therefore
cannot all apply at the same time.
The lubrication properties of the media to be sealed and
heat dissipation must also be taken into consideration.

210 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Roto Variseal®

„ Turcon® Roto Variseal® Hi-Clean


The Turcon® Roto Variseal® Hi-Clean is available
with the spring groove filled with high temperature
silicone. Extremely important for food, beverage and Turcon ®
pharmaceutical processing of microbially stable products, Roto Variseal ®
this prevents trapping of contaminants within the seal,
making it easier to clean. Turcon® Roto Variseal® Hi-Clean Silicone
is also ideal for dirty environments where it may be in
contact with mud, slurry or sand. In these applications, the V-shaped spring
silicone maintains the flexibility of the spring and seal lips. p

Advantages

- Significantly reduced dead space


Figure 97 Turcon® Roto Variseal® Hi-Clean
- Can be sterilized easily

- Silicone compound increases sealing pressure


TSS Article Number Example
- FDA 21 CFR 177.2600 compliant
TVM2000350-MF4SR
- Red color as standard

- White color available on request

When ordering Turcon® Roto Variseal® Hi-Clean, change


the last digit to the letter R.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 211
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Variseal®

„ Installation Recommendations for Rod – Metric

L1
r1 L2

TVM
30°

blend radius

S
k
d2

d1

Figure 98 Installation Drawing

Table 105 Installation Dimensions


Series Rod Diameter d d1 d2 L1 L2 k r1 Radial Clearance
No. Smax
Standard Extended Groove Flange Groove Flange Lead-in Radius 2 10 20
Range Range Diameter Diameter Width Groove Chamfer MPa MPa MPa
H9 H10 Min Diameter Max
TVM1 5.0 - 19.9 5.0 - 200.0 d + 5.0 d + 9.0 3.6 0.85 +0.10 0.8 0.4 0.25 0.15 0.10
TVM2 20.0 - 39.9 10.0 - 400.0 d + 7.0 d + 12.5 4.8 1.35 +0.15 1.1 0.4 0.35 0.20 0.15
TVM3 40.0 - 399.9 20.0 - 700.0 d + 10.5 d + 17.5 7.1 1.80 +0.20 1.4 0.6 0.50 0.25 0.20
TVM4 400.0 - 999.9 35.0 - 999.9 d + 14.0 d + 22.0 9.5 2.80 +0.20 1.6 0.8 0.60 0.30 0.25

212 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Roto Variseal®

„ Installation Recommendations for Rod – Inch

L1
r1 L2

TVM
30°

blend radius

S
k
d2

d1

Figure 99 Installation Drawing

Table 106 Installation Dimensions


Series Groove Diameter d d1 d2 L1 L2 k r1 Radial Clearance
No. Smax
Standard Extended Groove Flange Groove Flange Lead-in Radius 2 10 20
Range Range Diameter Diameter Width Groove Chamfer MPa MPa MPa
H9 H10 Min Diameter Max
TVM1 0.187 - 0.749 0.187 - 8.000 d + 0.197 d + 0.354 0.141 0.033 +.004 0.031 0.016 0.010 0.006 0.004
TVM2 0.750 - 1.499 0.375 - 16.000 d + 0.276 d + 0.492 0.189 0.053 +.006 0.043 0.016 0.014 0.008 0.006
TVM3 1.500 - 14.999 0.750 - 28.000 d + 0.413 d + 0.689 0.280 0.071 +.008 0.055 0.024 0.020 0.010 0.008
TVM4 15.000 -39.999 1.500 - 39.999 d + 0.551 d + 0.866 0.374 0.110 +.008 0.063 0.031 0.024 0.012 0.010

Table 107 Diameter Tolerance


Diamater Range d d1
+0.000 +0.001
0.125 to 0.374
-0.001 -0.000
+0.000 +0.002
0.375 to 2.999
-0.002 -0.000
+0.000 +0.003
3.000 to 7.999
-0.003 -0.000
+0.000 +0.004
8.000 and up
-0.004 -0.000

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 213
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Variseal®

Table 108 Part Number System for Roto Variseal®

Article Code Cross- Size Classification Seal Spring Spring


Section Material Material Load
TVM Roto Metric 0xxx Rod dia < 1,000 mm - Industrial MF1 S Stainless M Medium
Variseal® 1 2.50 (dia x 10.0) MF2 Steel R Hi-Clean*
2 3.50 Xxxx Rod dia. >= 1,000 mm MF3 H Hastelloy
3 5.25 (dia x 1.0) MF4 E Elgiloy
4 7.00 MF5
Rxxx Rod dia < 10.0 Inch MF6
(dia x 1,000.0)
Inches Kxxx Rod dia. >= 10.0 Inch
1 0.098 (dia x 100.0)
2 0.138
3 0.207
4 0.276

* Available with spring groove high temperature silicone

Ordering Example 1 – Metric

T V M 3 0 0 8 0 0 - M F 4 S M

Design Cross-section Size Classification Jacket Spring Material


Material
Rotary Seals 5.25 mm Leading indicator is 0 Industrial Stainless Steel
®
therefore 0800 MF4
Roto Variseal represents a 80.0 mm Medium spring load
shaft diameter

Ordering Example 2 – Inch

T V M 3 R 2 5 0 0 - M F 6 S R

Design Cross-section Size Classification Jacket Spring Material


Material
Rotary Seals 0.207 inch Leading indicator is R Industrial Stainless Steel
therefore 2500 MF6
Roto Variseal® represents a 2.500 inch Medium spring load
shaft diameter Hi-Clean Silicone

214 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Roto Variseal®

Turcon® Roto Variseal ® Rod / Face Seal High Pressure System Sealing Piston
Helical Sanitary
With encapsulated spring. Seal to overcome large Sealing system for Double acting sealing
This isolates the spring eccentricity. extreme pressures or piston for a.o. filling
from the media. big extrusion gaps. machines.
For static applications.

® ®
Conical Seal Turcon Roto Variseal Turcon ® Roto Variseal ®
Cryogenic Sanitary
Design optimised for With encapsulated spring.
low temperature use. This isolates the spring
Minimizes effect of from the media.
contraction forces.

Ø2.50

® ®
Sealing Piston Double-Decker Captive Variseal H Variseal Mini-piston

Compact sealing piston. Can be adapted to any Protects against pressure Design for small applications,
groove dimension. surges. such as pipettes.

Figure 100 Special Variseals

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 215
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto Variseal®

216 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
ROTARY SEALS

Single-acting seal for rotary, turning and Simple one piece housing design
oscillating movements
Available for shaft and bore application
Lubricant reservoir
No vulcanization to mating surface
Very low friction
Installed in standard O-Ring housing
Stick-slip-free operation

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 217
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

218 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

„ Turcon® Roto VL Seal® Advantages

Description - Standard O-Ring groove dimensions


- ISO 6194 and AS 4716
Turcon® Roto VL Seal® is a single-acting rotary shaft seal
with the same housing dimensions as standard O-Rings, - Available for shaft and bore sealing applications
see Figure 101.
- Low friction
The design is optimized for performance, friction, leakage
- Stick-slip-free starting
and service life.
- High static sealing effect
Turcon® Roto VL Seal® offers improved performance in
terms of high dynamic sealing efficiency, low friction and - High dimensional stability
static sealing by an elastomer component.
- Lubricant reservoir
- Available in Turcon® and Zurcon® materials
- Available in all sizes up to 2,600 mm / 102 inch
for shaft seals
O-Ring (to 2,700 mm / 106 inch for bore seals)

Applications Examples
Turcon®
Seal The seal is used in hydraulics and general machine
P construction as an alternative to other single-acting seals
according to their individual advantages in:
- Food processing, blenders and mixers
- Cam valves for products containing e.g. fruit pieces
® ®
Figure 101 Turcon Roto VL Seal - Hydraulic swivels
- Rotary distributors
Turcon® Roto VL Seal® covers both shaft and bore
installations but as a single-acting seal, it is primarily - Valve spindles
applicable as a shaft seal. - Hydraulic steering units
- Rotary swivel valves
Method of Operation - Rotator for handling devices
® ®
The single-acting Turcon Roto VL Seal is a combination - Vane actuators / motors
of a Turcon® based slipper seal and an energizing O-Ring.
It has an interference fit, which together with the squeeze - Hydraulic motors
of the O-Ring, ensures a good sealing effect even at - Pump shafts
low pressure. At higher system pressures the O-Ring is
energized by the fluid, pushing the Roto VL Seal® against
the sealing face with increased force.
Turcon® Roto VL Seal® has very high static sealing effect in
the groove provided by the O-Ring. This is protected from
damage under pressure cycles by the supporting concave
seal back and also keeps it in position at high working
pressure.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 219
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

Technical Data
Important Note:
Seal performance is influenced by such factors as lubrication The above data are maximum values and cannot
capability of the sealed medium and heat dissipation in be used at the same time. E.g. the maximum
the hardware, therefore testing should always be carried operating speed depends on material type,
out. pressure, temperature and gap value.
With good lubrication, the following values can be
assumed:

Operating Conditions *) Important Note for the bore version:


In case of unpressurized applications in temperatures
Movement: Rotary, intermittent, helical or below 0 °C / +32 °F, please contact your local
oscillating Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company
for more information.
Pressure: Up to 20 MPa ( 2,900 psi) with
continuous rotation
Up to 30 MPa ( 4,350 psi)
at slow turning motion
Speed: Up to 2 m/s / 393 fpm and/or 1,000 rpm Radial Notch
according to seal material Turcon® Roto VL Seal® can be delivered with radial notches
® on the ”back side” (low pressure side). This is an advantage
Temperature: Turcon materials:
-40 °C to +120 °C*) (+150 °C static) if the seal is used in rotary applications. If pressurized fluid
-40 °F to +248 °F*) (+302 °F static) is trapped between the seal and groove corner, notches
according to O-Ring material can prevent the seal from rotating in the groove. (See
ordering examples).
Zurcon® Z52:
-40 °C to +80 °C*) / -40 °F to +176 °F*)
(+100 °C / +212 °F short runs or static) Turcon®
according to O-Ring material Seal Ring
P
Zurcon® Z80 / Z81:
-40 °C to +60 °C*) / -40 °F to +140 °F*)
(+93 °C / +200 °F short runs or static)
according to O-Ring material Notch
Media: Water and beverages, viscous food
products, mineral oil-based hydraulic O-Ring
fluids, flame-retardant hydraulic fluids,
environmentally-safe hydraulic fluids
(bio-oils), depending on seal and
elastomer material.
Figure 102 Turcon® Roto VL Seal® with radial notch
Availability: Shaft diameters from 6 to 2,600 mm /
0.236 to 102 inch Frictional Power
Bore diameters from 10 to 2,700 mm /
0.393 to 106 inch Guide values for the frictional power (P) can be determined
Caution with: - Operating at temperatures above from the graph in Figure 103. They are shown as a function
+80 °C / +176 °F, use O-Rings in HNBR of the sliding speed and operating pressure for a shaft
or FKM diameter of 50 mm / 2 inch with an oil temperature of
+60 °C / +140 °F. At higher temperatures, these application
- Rotary service on shafts and bores with limits must be reduced.
poor heat dissipation
Formula for other diameters d:
- Shaft and bores with hardness
P50 x (d) [W]
below 50 HRC P=
( 50 mm )

220 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

All round material with high sealing effect for light to


Friction at constant rotation medium fluid applications. For fluids with requirements
for compliance to various regulations:
Shaft 50 mm / 1.968 inch
+60 °C / +140 °F Roto VL Seal®: Turcon® MF6
400
1 m/s / O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N
Frictional Power P50 (W)

196 fpm FKM 70 Shore A V


300 HNBR 70 Shore A H
(according to temperature, required
0.5 m/s / approvals and availability)
98 fpm
200 Set code: MF6N, MF6V or MF6H
0.25 m/s /
49 fpm
100 0.15 m/s / Applications with air, gases and risk of high abrasive
29 fpm wear Zurcon® Z80 / Z81 are recommended.
Roto VL Seal®: Zurcon® Z80 / Z81
0 (temperature -45 °C to +93 °C /
0 10 20 30
-49 °F to +200 °F)
(1,450) (2,900) (4,351)
O-Ring: NBR 70 shore A
Pressure MPa (psi) (according to temperature and required
approvals)
Figure 103 Frictional power for Turcon® Roto VL Seal® Z80 / Z81 are for slow and not constant rotation.

The guide values apply for constant operating conditions.


Pressure fluctuations or alternating directions of shaft Other Turcon® and Zurcon® materials are available on
rotation can result in considerably higher friction values. request.

O-Ring Size Other O-Ring materials:


FKM 70 Shore A
The O-Rings for Turcon® Roto VL Seal® are selected to suit
EPDM 70 Shore A
the groove diameter; for shaft seals, the O-Ring should
FFKM 75 Shore A
have an OD equal to or smaller than groove diameter, for
(according to temperature, required
bore seals the O-Ring should have an ID equal to or smaller
approvals and availability)
than the groove diameter.

Special O-Rings with approvals have to be ordered


Seal Materials
separately. In this case, the last digit in the material code of
The following material combinations have proven effective the Roto VL Seal® becomes obsolete (see table next page).
for food, beverage and pharmaceutical fluid applications:
All round material choice for the Roto VL Seal® in Installation of Turcon® Roto VL Seal®
lubricating fluids and other fluids with limited
lubrication e. g. water: Turcon® Roto VL Seal® is dimensionally interchangeable
with seals for O-Ring housings, like Turcon® VL Seal®,
Roto VL Seal®: Turcon® MF4
Turcon® Double Delta® and Turcon® Variseal® M2.
O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N
Groove dimensions, radial clearances and recommended
FKM 70 Shore A V
seal series in relation to diameter are as illustrated in
HNBR 70 Shore A H
Table 109 and Table 111.
(according to temperature and required
approvals) Roto VL Seal® is preferably installed in closed grooves.
Depending on type and size, installation in split grooves
Set code: MF4N, MF4V or MF4H
is also possible.
The installation procedure is the same as for piston or rod
seals, see page 19 and page 21.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 221
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

„ Installation Recommendations for Shaft Seals – Metric

P L1
r1
d2

r max. 0.3

S
D1
dN

Figure 104 Installation Drawing

Table 109 Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations – Metric

Shaft Diameter Groove Groove Radius Radial Clearance O-Ring


dN f8/h9 Diameter Width Smax Cross-
Section
Series Recommended Available D1 H9 L1 +0.2 r1 10 MPa 20 MPa 30 MPa d2
Number Range Range
TE110 10 - 19.9 6 - 100.0 dn + 4.5 3.6 0.4 0.20 0.15 - 1.78
TE120 20 - 39.9 10 - 200.0 dn + 6.2 4.8 0.6 0.25 0.20 0.15 2.62
TE130 40 - 119.9 20 - 400.0 dn + 9.4 7.1 0.8 0.30 0.25 0.20 3.53
TE140 120 - 399.9 35 - 650.0 dn + 12.2 9.5 0.8 0.35 0.30 0.25 5.33
TE150 400 - 649.9 125 - 999.9 dn + 15.9 12.2 0.8 0.40 0.35 0.30 7.00
TE160 650 - 999.9 400 - 999.9 dn + 19.0 15.0 0.8 0.45 0.40 0.35 8.40
TE16X 1,000 - 2,600 - dnn+ 19.0 15.0 0.8 0.45 0.40 0.35 8.40

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. TE13 0 0750 - MF4 N
Roto VL Seal® complete with O-Ring, standard application:
Series No.
Series: TE130 (from Table 109)
Shaft diameter: dN = 75.0 mm Type (Standard)**
TSS Part No.: TE1300750 (from Table 110)
Shaft diameter x 10*
Select the material from the Material Section. The
Quality Index (Standard)
corresponding code numbers are appended to the TSS Part
No. Together they form the TSS Article No. Material Code (Seal Ring)
The TSS Article No. for all intermediate sizes not shown Material Code (O-Ring)
in Table 110 can be determined following the example
opposite.
* For diameters t 1000.0 mm multiply only by factor 1.
Note: Example: TE16X for diameter 1,200.0 mm
For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry TSS Article No.: TE16X1200-MF4N
standards or governmental regulations, O-Ring energizers
need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your ** Use suffix “N” for seals with radial notches, for diameter
dN <1,000 mm (Figure 102).
local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions Marketing Company for
(Radial notches for diameter dN t 1,000 mm TSS Special Article
further assistance. Number is required).

222 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

Table 110 Standard Installation Dimensions / TSS Part No.

Shaft Groove Groove TSS O-Ring Shaft Groove Groove TSS O-Ring
Dia. Dia. Width Part No. Size Dia. Dia. Width Part No. Size
dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +0.20 dN f8/h9 D1 H9 L1 +0.20
6.0 10.5 3.6 TE1100060 7.10 x 1.80 115.0 124.4 7.1 TE1301150 117.07 x 3.53
8.0 12.5 3.6 TE1100080 9.25 x 1.78 120.0 132.2 9.5 TE1401200 123.19 x 5.33
10.0 14.5 3.6 TE1100100 11.20 x 1.80 125.0 137.2 9.5 TE1401250 129.54 x 5.33
12.0 16.5 3.6 TE1100120 13.20 x 1.80 130.0 142.2 9.5 TE1401300 132.72 x 5.33
14.0 18.5 3.6 TE1100140 15.60 x 1.78 135.0 147.2 9.5 TE1401350 139.07 x 5.33
15.0 19.5 4.8 TE1100150 16.32 x 1.78 140.0 152.2 9.5 TE1401400 145.42 x 5.33
16.0 20.5 4.8 TE1100160 17.17 x 1.78 150.0 162.2 9.5 TE1401500 158.12 x 5.33
18.0 22.5 4.8 TE1100180 19.00 x 1.80 160.0 172.2 9.5 TE1401600 164.47 x 5.33
20.0 26.2 4.8 TE1200200 21.89 x 2.62 170.0 182.2 9.5 TE1401700 177.17 x 5.33
22.0 28.2 4.8 TE1200220 23.47 x 2.62 180.0 192.2 9.5 TE1401800 183.52 x 5.33
25.0 31.2 4.8 TE1200250 26.64 x 2.62 190.0 202.2 9.5 TE1401900 196.22 x 5.33
28.0 34.2 4.8 TE1200280 29.82 x 2.62 200.0 212.2 9.5 TE1402000 202.57 x 5.33
30.0 36.2 4.8 TE1200300 31.42 x 2.62 210.0 222.2 9.5 TE1402100 215.27 x 5.33
32.0 38.2 4.8 TE1200320 34.59 x 2.62 220.0 232.2 9.5 TE1402200 227.97 x 5.33
35.0 41.2 4.8 TE1200350 36.17 x 2.62 230.0 242.2 9.5 TE1402300 234.32 x 5.33
36.0 42.2 4.8 TE1200360 37.77 x 2.62 240.0 252.2 9.5 TE1402400 247.02 x 5.33
40.0 49.4 7.1 TE1300400 44.04 x 3.53 250.0 262.2 9.5 TE1402500 253.37 x 5.33
42.0 51.4 7.1 TE1300420 44.04 x 3.53 280.0 292.2 9.5 TE1402800 291.47 x 5.33
45.0 54.4 7.1 TE1300450 47.22 x 3.53 300.0 312.2 9.5 TE1403000 304.17 x 5.33
48.0 57.4 7.1 TE1300480 50.39 x 3.53 320.0 332.2 9.5 TE1403200 329.57 x 5.33
50.0 59.4 7.1 TE1300500 53.57 x 3.53 350.0 362.2 9.5 TE1403500 354.97 x 5.33
52.0 61.4 7.1 TE1300520 56.74 x 3.53 360.0 372.2 9.5 TE1403600 365.00 x 5.30
55.0 64.4 7.1 TE1300550 59.92 x 3.53 400.0 415.9 12.2 TE1504000 405.26 x 7.00
56.0 65.4 7.1 TE1300560 59.92 x 3.53 500.0 515.9 12.2 TE1505000 506.86 x 7.00
60.0 69.4 7.1 TE1300600 63.09 x 3.53 600.0 615.9 12.2 TE1506000 608.08 x 7.00
63.0 72.4 7.1 TE1300630 66.27 x 3.53 700.0 719.0 15.0 TE1607000 703.90 x 8.40*
65.0 74.4 7.1 TE1300650 69.44 x 3.53 800.0 819.0 15.0 TE1608000 803.90 x 8.40*
70.0 79.4 7.1 TE1300700 72.62 x 3.53 900.0 919.0 15.0 TE1609000 903.90 x 8.40*
75.0 84.4 7.1 TE1300750 78.97 x 3.53 1,000.0 1,019.0 15.0 TE16X1000 1,003.90 x 8.40*
80.0 89.4 7.1 TE1300800 82.14 x 3.53 1,500.0 1,519.0 15.0 TE16X1500 1,503.90 x 8.40*
85.0 94.4 7.1 TE1300850 88.49 x 3.53 2,000.0 2,019.0 15.0 TE16X2000 2,003.90 x 8.40*
90.0 99.4 7.1 TE1300900 94.84 x 3.53 The shaft diameters in bold type correspond to the
recommendations of ISO 3320.
95.0 104.4 7.1 TE1300950 98.02 x 3.53
100.0 109.4 7.1 TE1301000 104.37 x 3.53 Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,600 mm
diameter including imperial (inch) sizes can be supplied.
105.0 114.4 7.1 TE1301050 107.54 x 3.53
* Theoretical ideal O-Ring size.
110.0 119.4 7.1 TE1301100 113.89 x 3.53

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 223
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

„ Installation Recommendations for Bore Seals – Metric


P
r max. 0.3

S
d2

r1

DN
d1
L1

Figure 105 Installation Drawing

Table 111 Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations – Metric

Bore Diameter Groove Groove Radius Radial Clearance O-Ring


DN H9 Diameter Width Smax Cross-
Section
Series Recommended Available
d1 h9 L1 +0.2 r1 10 MPa 20 MPa 30 MPa d2
Number Range Range
TE210 14 - 24.9 10 - 100.0 Dn - 4.5 3.6 0.4 0.20 0.15 - 1.78
TE220 25 - 45.9 16 - 200.0 Dn - 6.2 4.8 0.6 0.25 0.20 0.15 2.62
TE230 46 - 124.9 28 - 400.0 Dn - 9.4 7.1 0.8 0.30 0.25 0.20 3.53
TE240 125 - 399.9 45 - 650.0 Dn - 12.2 9.5 0.8 0.35 0.30 0.25 5.33
TE250 400 - 649.9 125 - 999.9 Dn - 15.9 12.2 0.8 0.40 0.35 0.30 7.00
TE260 650 - 999.9 400 - 999.9 Dn - 19.0 15.0 0.8 0.45 0.40 0.35 8.40
TE26X 1,000 - 2,700 - Dn - 19.0 15.0 0.8 0.45 0.40 0.35 8.40

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. TE23 0 0250 - MF4 N
Roto VL Seal® complete with O-Ring, standard application:
Series No.
Series: TE230 (from Table 111)
Bore diameter: DN = 80.0 mm Type (Standard)**
TSS Part No.: TE2300750 (from Table 112)
Bore diameter x 10*
Select the material from the Material Section. The
Quality Index (Standard)
corresponding code numbers are appended to the TSS Part
No. Together they form the TSS Article No. Material Code (Seal Ring)
The TSS Article No. for all intermediate sizes not shown Material Code (O-Ring)
in Table 112 can be determined following the example
opposite.
* For diameters t 1,000.0 mm multiply only by factor 1.
Note: Example: TE26X for diameter 1,200.0 mm
For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry TSS Article No.: TE26X1200-MF4N
standards or governmental regulations, O-Ring energizers
need to be ordered separately from the seal. Contact your ** Use suffix “N” for seals with radial notches, for diameter
DN < 1,000 mm (Figure 102).
local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for
(Radial notches for diameter DN t 1,000 mm TSS Special
further assistance. Article Number is required).

224 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

Table 112 Standard Installation Dimensions / TSS Part No.

Shaft Groove Groove TSS O-Ring Shaft Groove Groove TSS O-Ring
Dia. Dia. Width Part No. Size Dia. Dia. Width Part No. Size
DN f8/h9 d1 H9 L1 +0.20 DN f8/h9 d1 H9 L1 +0.20
10.0 5.5 3.6 TE2100100 5.28 x 1.78 135.0 122.8 9.5 TE2401350 123.19 x 5.33
12.0 7.5 3.6 TE2100120 7.10 x 1.80 140.0 127.8 9.5 TE2401400 126.37 x 5.33
14.0 9.5 3.6 TE2100140 9.25 x 1.78 150.0 137.8 9.5 TE2401500 135.89 x 5.33
15.0 10.5 3.6 TE2100150 9.50 x 1.80 160.0 147.8 9.5 TE2401600 145.42 x 5.33
16.0 11.5 3.6 TE2100160 11.20 x 1.80 170.0 157.8 9.5 TE2401700 158.12 x 5.33
18.0 13.5 3.6 TE2100180 13.20 x 1.80 180.0 167.8 9.5 TE2401800 164.47 x 5.33
20.0 15.5 3.6 TE2100200 15.60 x 1.78 190.0 177.8 9.5 TE2401900 177.17 x 5.33
22.0 17.5 3.6 TE2100220 17.17 x 1.78 200.0 187.8 9.5 TE2402000 189.87 x 5.33
25.0 18.8 4.8 TE2200250 18.00 x 2.65 210.0 197.8 9.5 TE2402100 196.22 x 5.33
28.0 21.8 4.8 TE2200280 21.89 x 2.62 220.0 207.8 9.5 TE2402200 208.92 x 5.33
30.0 23.8 4.8 TE2200300 23.47 x 2.62 230.0 217.8 9.5 TE2402300 215.27 x 5.33
32.0 25.8 4.8 TE2200320 25.07 x 2.62 240.0 227.8 9.5 TE2402400 227.97 x 5.33
35.0 28.8 4.8 TE2200350 28.24 x 2.62 250.0 237.8 9.5 TE2402500 234.32 x 5.33
40.0 33.8 4.8 TE2200400 32.99 x 2.62 280.0 267.8 9.5 TE2402800 266.07 x 5.33
42.0 35.8 4.8 TE2200420 34.59 x 2.62 300.0 287.8 9.5 TE2403000 291.47 x 5.33
45.0 38.8 4.8 TE2200450 37.77 x 2.62 320.0 307.8 9.5 TE2403200 304.17 x 5.33
48.0 38.6 7.1 TE2300480 37.69 x 3.53 350.0 337.8 9.5 TE2403500 329.57 x 5.33
50.0 40.6 7.1 TE2300500 40.87 x 3.53 400.0 384.1 12.2 TE2504000 380.37 x 7.00
52.0 42.6 7.1 TE2300520 40.87 x 3.53 420.0 404.1 12.2 TE2504200 405.26 x 7.00
55.0 45.6 7.1 TE2300550 44.04 x 3.53 450.0 434.1 12.2 TE2504500 430.66 x 7.00
56.0 46.6 7.1 TE2300560 44.04 x 3.53 480.0 464.1 12.2 TE2504800 468.76 x 7.00
60.0 50.6 7.1 TE2300600 50.39 x 3.53 500.0 484.1 12.2 TE2505000 481.38 x 7.00
63.0 53.6 7.1 TE2300630 53.57 x 3.53 600.0 584.1 12.2 TE2506000 582.68 x 7.00
65.0 55.6 7.1 TE2300650 53.57 x 3.53 700.0 681.0 15.0 TE2607000 679.30 x 8.40*
70.0 60.6 7.1 TE2300700 59.92 x 3.53 800.0 781.0 15.0 TE2608000 779.30 x 8.40*
75.0 65.6 7.1 TE2300750 66.27 x 3.53 900.0 881.0 15.0 TE2609000 879.30 x 8.40*
80.0 70.6 7.1 TE2300800 69.44 x 3.53 1,000.0 981.0 15.0 TE26X1000 979.30 x 8.40*
85.0 75.6 7.1 TE2300850 75.79 x 3.53 1,500.0 1,481.0 15.0 TE26X1500 1,479.30 x 8.40*
90.0 80.6 7.1 TE2300900 78.97 x 3.53 2,000.0 1,981.0 15.0 TE26X2000 1,979.30 x 8.40*
95.0 85.6 7.1 TE2300950 85.32 x 3.53 The bore diameters in bold type comply with the recommendations
100.0 90.6 7.1 TE2301000 91.67 x 3.53 of ISO 3320.

110.0 100.6 7.1 TE2301100 101.19 x 3.53 Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,700 mm
diameter including imperial (inch) sizes can be supplied.
115.0 105.6 7.1 TE2301150 104.37 x 3.53
* Theoretical ideal O-Ring size.
120.0 110.6 7.1 TE2301200 110.72 x 3.53
125.0 112.8 9.5 TE2401250 113.67 x 5.33
130.0 117.8 9.5 TE2401300 116.84 x 5.33

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 225
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

Lead-in Chamfer

In order to avoid damage during installation, lead-in Shaft and bore surface finish for rotary motion must
chamfers and rounded edges must be provided on the have no machining leads and be free from scratches,
shaft or bore (Figure 106 and Figure 107). If this is not nicks or defects as well as any contamination. For the
possible for design reasons, a separate installation tool is rotating surface and the seal groove plunge grinding is
recommended. recommended for the finishing process.
The minimum length of the lead-in chamfer depends
on the profile size of the seal and can be seen from the
following tables. If concentricity between the parts is not Table 114 Surface Finish Recommendations
ensured during installation, the lead-in chamfers must be
Surface Roughness μm / μin
increased correspondingly.
Parameter Mating Surface Groove
For the surface quality of the lead-in chamfer, the same Turcon® Materials Surface
recommendations apply as given for the sealing surfaces
in Table 113. 0.63 – 2.50 < 16.0
Rmax
(24.803 – 98.425) (<629.920)
Table 113 Lead-in Chamfers for 0.40 – 1.60 < 10.0
Turcon® Roto VL Seal® Rz DIN
(15.748 – 62.992) (<393.700)
Series No. Lead-in chamfers 0.05 – 0.20 < 1.6
Ra
Shaft Bore length C min. (1.968 – 7.874) (62.992)
mm (inch) 50 – 70 % at a cut
TE110 TE210 2.0 (0.079) depth c = 0.25 x Rz
Mr
TE120 TE220 2.5 (0.098) relative to a reference
line of Cref = 5 %
TE130 TE230 3.5 (0.138)
TE140 TE240 5.0 (0.197)
TE150 TE250 6.5 (0.256) Mating Surface Materials
TE160 TE260 7.5 (0.295)
Surface hardness is recommended to be above 55 HRc,
hardness depth minimum 0.3 mm / 0.012 inch. In certain
blend radius circumstances such as low circumferential velocity, good
polished lubrication and no contamination, surfaces with hardness
levels below 55 HRc are suitable.

10°-20° Coated surfaces must be finished with particular care:


- Chrome-plating must not peel off in service.
- Good heat dissipation must be assured by the coating.

Figure 106 Lead-in chamfer on shaft

10°-20°

blend radius
polished

Figure 107 Lead-in chamfer on bore

226 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

Turcon® Roto VL Seal® with Semi-open Groove Table 115 Installation Dimensions –
Semi-open Groove – Metric
If improved cleanability and access for CIP fluids is required,
a semi-open groove is recommended. The installation gap Rod Diameter dN f8/h9 Groove Groove
dimensions for this kind of installation can be found in Series Standard Available Dia- Dia-
Table 115. No. Range Range meter meter
D1 H9 D2
TE110 10 - 19.9 6 - 100.0 dn + 4.5 dn + 2.8
TE120 20 - 39.9 10 - 200.0 dn + 6.2 dn + 4.1
TE130 40 - 119.9 20 - 400.0 dn + 9.4 dn + 5.7
TE140 120 - 399.9 35 - 650.0 dn + 12.2 dn + 8.5
TE150 400 - 649.9 125 - 999.9 dn + 15.9 dn + 11.2
TE160 650 - 999.9 400 - 999.9 dn + 19.0 dn + 13.4
TE16X - 1,000 - 2,600 dn + 19.0 dn + 13.4
dN
D2
D1

Figure 108 Installation of Turcon® Roto VL Seal® with


Semi-open Groove
DN

d2

d1

Figure 109 Installation of Turcon® Roto VL Seal® with


Semi-open Groove

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 227
ROTARY SEALS · Turcon® Roto VL Seal®

228 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
SCRAPERS

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 229
230 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
SCRAPERS

Prevents ingress of contaminants into sealing Easier installation in closed groove


systems
Very low friction
Protects sealing systems from damage by
contaminants Stick-slip-free operation

Improved radial flexibility

Improved sealing function due to O-Ring


arrangement

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 231
SCRAPERS · Turcon® Excluder® F

232 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Excluder® F

„ Turcon® Excluder® F Advantages

Description - Outstanding sliding properties


- Stick-slip-free
Turcon® Excluder® F is a double-acting scraper with two
scraper lips, which are positioned back-to-back. The - Resilient scraper
scraper is installed with two O-Rings as elastic energizing
- Very good scraping effect even against firmly adhered
elements. The O-Rings maintain the pressure of the scraper
dirt and other contaminants
lips against the sliding surface and compensate deflections
of the piston rod. - Compensates for deflections of the piston rod
- High fluid sealing function due to O-Ring arrangement
O-Ring - Very high resistance to hydraulic media, processing and
cleaning fluids; depending on O-Ring material
- Available for diameters from 19 to 2,600 mm / .750 to
102 inch
- ISO/DIN 6195 Type D installation on recommended
Turcon®
dimensions from ø 40 to ø 140 mm / ø 1.575 to
Pressure Scraper
ø 5.512 inch

Technical Data

Figure 110 Turcon® Excluder® F Operating conditions:


Speed: 15 m/s / 50 ft/s for Turcon® materials
®
Turcon Excluder F Functions® 2 m/s / 6.5 ft/s for Zurcon® Z80 / Z81

- Scrape contaminants from the retracting piston rod and Temperature: -45 °C to +150 °C / -49 °F to +302 °F
thus protect the system from ingress of contaminants. for Turcon® materials
-60 °C to +93 °C / -76 °F to +200 °F
- Hold back the residual fluid film on the extending piston
for Zurcon® Z80 / Z81
rod on the medium side.
(depending on O-Ring materials)
Turcon® Excluder® F is preferably used in conjunction with
rod seals with a hydrodynamic back-pumping action such Media: Mineral oil-based hydraulic fluids, flame
as Turcon® Stepseal® 2K or Turcon® VL Seal. retardant fluids, environmentally-safe
hydraulic fluids (bio-oils), phosphate
ester, water, steam, pharmaceutical
Application Examples powders, CIP/SIP fluids, air and others,
depending on scraper and O-Ring
Turcon® Excluder® F is for light to medium duty applications material compatibility.
such as in:
- Piston fillers Important Note:
- Sampling valves The above data are maximum values and cannot
be used at the same time. e.g. the maximum
- Valve stems of seat valves operating speed depends on material type,
environment, temperature and media.
- Hydraulic cylinders within food filling or packaging
machines
- Pneumatic and mechanical actuators exposed to cleaning
fluids or high temperatures
- Automation
- Robotics

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 233
SCRAPERS · Turcon® Excluder® F

Materials

The following material combinations have proven effective For Standard Hydraulic Applications:
for food, beverage and pharmaceutical fluid applications:
All round material for hydraulic applications with
All round material for light to medium fluid applications reciprocating, short stroke or helical movements in various
with reciprocating, short stroke or helical movements in standard hydraulic fluids:
various fluids and with requirements for compliance to
Excluder® F: Turcon® M12
various regulations.
Temperature -45 °C to +150 °C /
Excluder® F: Turcon® MF6 -49 °F to +302 °F
Temperature -45 °C to +150 °C /
O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A N
-49 °F to +302 °F
FKM 70 Shore A V
O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A (depending on the temperature)
FKM 70 Shore A
Set code: M12N or M12V
EPDM 70 Shore A
FFKM 75 Shore A
(according to temperature, required
Other seal ring materials and elastomers are available on
approvals and availability)
request, see Table 9 on page 29 and Table 11 on page 30.

For lubricating and limited lubricating fluids, e.g. water:


Recommendable for linear, short stroke and turning
Installation of Turcon® Excluder® F
movements. Not suitable for gases:
Excluder® F: Turcon® MF4 The seal is preferably installed in a closed groove. The
Temperature -45 °C to +150 °C / installation procedure is the same as for a rod seal, see
-49 °F to +302 °F page 21.

O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A


FKM 70 Shore A
EPDM 70 Shore A
FFKM 75 Shore A
(according to temperature, required
approvals and availability)
Excluder® F: Zurcon® Z80 / Z81
Temperature -45 °C to +93 °C /
-49 °F to +200 °F
O-Ring: NBR 70 Shore A
FKM 70 Shore A
EPDM 70 Shore A
FFKM 75 Shore A
(according to temperature, required
approvals and availability)

234 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Excluder® F

„ Installation Recommendation – Metric

L3
r1
d2

60°

r max. 0.3
a
min. 1.0

dN

D4

D3
Figure 111 Installation Drawing

Table 116 Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations – Metric


Series Rod Groove Groove Bore Radius Step O-Ring
No. dN f8/h9 Diameter Width Diameter Width Cross-
Section
Recommended Available D3 L3 D4 r1 a d2
Range Range H9 +0.2 H11 max. min.
WEF0 19.0 - 39.9 19.0 - 130.0 dN + 7.6 4.2 d + 1.0 0.4 3.0 1.78
WEF1 40.0 - 69.9 30.0 - 250.0 dN + 8.8 6.3 d + 1.5 1.0 3.0 2.62
WEF2 70.0 - 139.9 50.0 - 450.0 dN + 12.2 8.1 d + 2.0 1.2 4.0 3.53
WEF3 140.0 - 399.9 80.0 - 650.0 dN + 16.0 11.5 d + 2.0 2.0 5.0 5.33
WEF4 400.0 - 649.9 180.0 - 650.0 dN + 24.0 15.5 d + 2.5 2.5 8.0 7.00
WEF5 650.0 - 999.9 300.0 - 999.9 dN + 27.3 18.0 d + 2.5 2.5 10.0 8.40
WEF5X* 1,000.0 - 2,600.0 1,000.0 - 2,600.0 dN + 27.3 18.0 d + 2.5 2.5 10.0 8.40

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. WEF1 0 0500 - MF6 N
Turcon® Excluder® F complete with O-Ring in NBR, standard
application: Series No.

Series: WEF1 (from Table 116) Type (Standard)


Rod diameter: dN = 50.0 mm Rod diameter x 10*
TSS Part No.: WEF100500 (from Table 117)
Quality Index (Standard)

Select the material from the Material Section. Material Code (Seal Ring)

The corresponding code numbers are appended to the Material Code (O-Ring)
TSS Part No. Together these form the TSS Article Number.
The TSS Article Number for all intermediate sizes not * For diameters t 1,000.0 mm multiply only by factor 1.
shown in Table 117 can be determined following the Example: WEF5X for diameter 1,200.0 mm
example opposite. TSS Article No.: WEF5X1200 – MF6

Special O-Rings with approvals have to be ordered Note:


separately. In this case, the last digit in the material code For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry
of the Excluder® becomes obsolete. regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered
separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg
Sealing Solutions marketing company for further
assistance.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 235
SCRAPERS · Turcon® Excluder® F

Table 117 Installation Dimensions / TSS Part Numbers


Rod Groove Groove Bore Radius Step TSS Part No. O-Ring
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Width Size
dN f8/h9 D3 H9 L3 +0.2 D4 H11 r1 max. a min.
19.0 26.6 4.2 20.0 0.4 3.0 WEF000190 23.52 x 1.78
20.0 27.6 4.2 21.0 0.4 3.0 WEF000200 23.52 x 1.78
25.0 32.6 4.2 26.0 0.4 3.0 WEF000250 29.87 x 1.78
28.0 35.6 4.2 29.0 0.4 3.0 WEF000280 33.05 x 1.78
30.0 37.6 4.2 31.0 0.4 3.0 WEF000300 34.65 x 1.78
32.0 39.6 4.2 33.0 0.4 3.0 WEF000320 36.27 x 1.78
35.0 42.6 4.2 36.0 0.4 3.0 WEF000350 39.45 x 1.78
36.0 43.6 4.2 37.0 0.4 3.0 WEF000360 41.00 x 1.78
38.0 45.6 4.2 39.0 0.4 3.0 WEF000380 41.00 x 1.78
40.0*) 48.8 6.3 41.5 0.8 3.0 WEF100400 44.12 x 2.62
42.0 50.8 6.3 43.5 0.8 3.0 WEF100420 45.69 x 2.62
45.0*) 53.8 6.3 46.5 0.8 3.0 WEF100450 48.90 x 2.62
50.0*) 58.8 6.3 51.5 0.8 3.0 WEF100500 53.64 x 2.62
55.0 63.8 6.3 56.5 0.8 3.0 WEF100550 58.42 x 2.62
56.0*) 64.8 6.3 57.5 0.8 3.0 WEF100560 59.99 x 2.62
60.0 68.8 6.3 61.5 0.8 3.0 WEF100600 63.17 x 2.62
63.0*) 71.8 6.3 64.5 0.8 3.0 WEF100630 66.34 x 2.62
65.0 73.8 6.3 66.5 0.8 3.0 WEF100650 67.95 x 2.62
70.0*) 82.2 8.1 72.0 1.0 4.0 WEF200700 75.79 x 3.53
75.0 87.2 8.1 77.0 1.0 4.0 WEF200750 78.97 x 3.53
80.0*) 92.2 8.1 82.0 1.0 4.0 WEF200800 85.32 x 3.53
85.0 97.2 8.1 87.0 1.0 4.0 WEF200850 88.49 x 3.53
90.0*) 102.2 8.1 92.0 1.0 4.0 WEF200900 94.84 x 3.53
95.0 107.2 8.1 97.0 1.0 4.0 WEF200950 101.19 x 3.53
100.0*) 112.2 8.1 102.0 1.0 4.0 WEF201000 104.37 x 3.53
105.0 117.2 8.1 107.0 1.0 4.0 WEF201050 110.72 x 3.53
110.0*) 122.2 8.1 112.0 1.0 4.0 WEF201100 113.89 x 3.53
115.0 127.2 8.1 117.0 1.0 4.0 WEF201150 120.24 x 3.53
120.0 132.2 8.1 122.0 1.0 4.0 WEF201200 123.42 x 3.53
125.0*) 137.2 8.1 127.0 1.0 4.0 WEF201250 129.77 x 3.53
130.0 142.2 8.1 132.0 1.0 4.0 WEF201300 136.12 x 3.53
135.0 147.2 8.1 137.0 1.0 4.0 WEF201350 139.29 x 3.53
140.0*) 152.2 8.1 142.0 1.0 4.0 WEF201400 145.64 x 3.53
140.0 156.0 11.5 142.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301400 145.42 x 5.33
145.0 161.0 11.5 147.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301450 148.49 x 5.33
150.0 166.0 11.5 152.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301500 155.00 x 5.30

236 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Excluder® F

Rod Groove Groove Bore Radius Step TSS Part No. O-Ring
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Width Size
dN f8/h9 D3 H9 L3 +0.2 D4 H11 r1 max. a min.
155.0 171.0 11.5 157.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301550 158.12 x 5.33
160.0 176.0 11.5 162.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301600 164.47 x 5.33
165.0 181.0 11.5 167.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301650 170.82 x 5.33
170.0 186.0 11.5 172.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301700 175.00 x 5.30
175.0 191.0 11.5 177.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301750 180.00 x 5.30
180.0 196.0 11.5 182.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301800 183.52 x 5.33
185.0 201.0 11.5 187.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301850 189.87 x 5.33
190.0 206.0 11.5 192.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301900 196.22 x 5.33
195.0 211.0 11.5 197.0 2.0 5.0 WEF301950 196.22 x 5.33
200.0 216.0 11.5 202.0 2.0 5.0 WEF302000 202.57 x 5.33
210.0 226.0 11.5 212.0 2.0 5.0 WEF302100 215.27 x 5.33
220.0 236.0 11.5 222.0 2.0 5.0 WEF302200 227.97 x 5.33
230.0 246.0 11.5 232.0 2.0 5.0 WEF302300 234.32 x 5.33
240.0 256.0 11.5 242.0 2.0 5.0 WEF302400 247.02 x 5.33
250.0 266.0 11.5 252.0 2.0 5.0 WEF302500 253.37 x 5.33
260.0 276.0 11.5 262.0 2.0 5.0 WEF302600 266.07 x 5.33
270.0 286.0 11.5 272.0 2.0 5.0 WEF302700 278.77 x 5.33
280.0 296.0 11.5 282.0 2.0 5.0 WEF302800 290.00 x 5.30
290.0 306.0 11.5 292.0 2.0 5.0 WEF302900 291.47 x 5.33
300.0 316.0 11.5 302.0 2.0 5.0 WEF303000 304.17 x 5.33
310.0 326.0 11.5 312.0 2.0 5.0 WEF303100 315.00 x 5.30
320.0 336.0 11.5 322.0 2.0 5.0 WEF303200 329.57 x 5.33
330.0 346.0 11.5 332.0 2.0 5.0 WEF303300 329.57 x 5.33
340.0 356.0 11.5 342.0 2.0 5.0 WEF303400 345.00 x 5.30
350.0 366.0 11.5 352.0 2.0 5.0 WEF303500 354.97 x 5.33
360.0 376.0 11.5 362.0 2.0 5.0 WEF303600 365.00 x 5.30
370.0 386.0 11.5 372.0 2.0 5.0 WEF303700 365.00 x 5.30
380.0 396.0 11.5 382.0 2.0 5.0 WEF303800 387.00 x 5.30
390.0 406.0 11.5 392.0 2.0 5.0 WEF303900 380.37 x 5.33
400.0 416.0 11.5 402.0 2.0 5.0 WEF304000 405.26 x 5.33
400.0 424.0 15.5 402.5 2.5 8.0 WEF404000 412.00 x 7.00
420.0 444.0 15.5 422.5 2.5 8.0 WEF404200 430.66 x 7.00
440.0 464.0 15.5 442.5 2.5 8.0 WEF404400 450.00 x 7.00
460.0 484.0 15.5 462.5 2.5 8.0 WEF404600 468.76 x 7.00
480.0 504.0 15.5 482.5 2.5 8.0 WEF404800 494.16 x 7.00
500.0 524.0 15.5 502.5 2.5 8.0 WEF405000 506.86 x 7.00

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 237
SCRAPERS · Turcon® Excluder® F

Rod Groove Groove Bore Radius Step TSS Part No. O-Ring
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Width Size
dN f8/h9 D3 H9 L3 +0.2 D4 H11 r1 max. a min.
525.0 549.0 15.5 527.5 2.5 8.0 WEF405250 532.26 x 7.00
550.0 574.0 15.5 552.5 2.5 8.0 WEF405500 557.66 x 7.00
575.0 599.0 15.5 577.5 2.5 8.0 WEF405750 582.68 x 7.00
600.0 624.0 15.5 602.5 2.5 8.0 WEF406000 608.08 x 7.00
625.0 649.0 15.5 627.5 2.5 8.0 WEF406250 633.48 x 7.00
650.0 677.3 18.0 652.5 2.5 10.0 WEF506500 649.00 x 8.40
675.0 702.3 18.0 677.5 2.5 10.0 WEF506750 686.80 x 8.40
700.0 727.3 18.0 702.5 2.5 10.0 WEF507000 715.00 x 8.40
725.0 752.3 18.0 727.5 2.5 10.0 WEF507250 740.00 x 8.40
750.0 777.3 18.0 752.5 2.5 10.0 WEF507500 760.00 x 8.40
775.0 802.0 18.0 777.5 2.5 10.0 WEF507750 786.80 x 8.40
800.0 827.3 18.0 802.5 2.5 10.0 WEF508000 810.00 x 8.40
825.0 852.3 18.0 827.5 2.5 10.0 WEF508250 836.80 x 8.40
850.0 877.3 18.0 852.5 2.5 10.0 WEF508500 865.00 x 8.40
875.0 902.3 18.0 877.5 2.5 10.0 WEF508750 888.00 x 8.40
900.0 927.3 18.0 902.5 2.5 10.0 WEF509000 918.00 x 8.40
925.0 952.3 18.0 927.5 2.5 10.0 WEF509250 936.80 x 8.40
950.0 977.3 18.0 952.5 2.5 10.0 WEF509500 959.10 x 8.40
975.0 1,002.3 18.0 977.5 2.5 10.0 WEF509750 990.00 x 8.40
999.9 1,027.2 18.0 1,002.4 2.5 10.0 WEF509999 1,014.00 x 8.40
The rod diameters in bold type comply with the recommendations of ISO 3320
*) Installation in grooves according to ISO 6195 Type D
Other dimensions and all intermediate sizes up to 2,600 mm diameter including imperial (inch) sizes can be supplied upon request.

238 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcon® Excluder® F

„ Installation Recommendation – Inch

L3
r1
d2

60°

r max. 0.3
a
min. 1.0

dN

D4

D3
Figure 112 Installation Drawing

Table 118 Installation Dimensions – Standard Recommendations – Inch


Series Rod Groove Groove Bore Radius Step O-Ring
No. dN f8/h9 Diameter Width Diameter Width Cross-
Section
Recommended Available D3 L3 D4 r1 a d2
Range Range H9 +0.2 H11 max. min.
WEF0 0.748 – 1.571 0.748 – 5.118 dN + 0.299 0.165 d + 0.039 0.016 0.118 0.070
WEF1 1.575 – 2.752 1.181 – 9.843 dN + 0.346 0.248 d + 0.059 0.039 0.118 0.103
WEF2 2.756 – 5.508 1.969 – 17.717 dN + 0.480 0.319 d + 0.079 0.047 0.157 0.139
WEF3 5.512 – 15.741 3.150 – 25.591 dN + 0.630 0.453 d + 0.079 0.079 0.196 0.210
WEF4 15.748 – 25.587 7.086 – 25.591 dN + 0.945 0.610 d + 0.098 0.098 0.315 0.276
WEF5 25.591 – 39.366 11.811 – 39.366 dN + 1.075 0.709 d + 0.098 0.098 0.394 0.331
WEF5X* 39.370 – 102.362 39.370 – 102.362 dN +1.075 0.709 d + 0.098 0.098 0.394 0.331

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. WEF1 0 0500 - MF6 N
Turcon® Excluder® F complete with O-Ring in NBR, standard
application: Series No.

Series: WEF1 (from Table 118) Type (Standard)


Rod diameter: dN = 1.969 in Rod diameter x 10*
TSS Part No.: WEF100500
Quality Index (Standard)

Select the material from the Material Section. Material Code (Seal Ring)

The corresponding code numbers are appended to the Material Code (O-Ring)
TSS Part No. Together these form the TSS Article Number.
The TSS Article Number for all sizes can be determined * For diameters t 39.370 in multiply only by factor 1
following the example opposite. Example: WEF5X for diameter 47.244 in
TSS Article No.: WEF5X1200 – MF6
Special O-Rings with approvals have to be ordered
separately. In this case, the last digit in the material code Note:
of the Excluder® becomes obsolete. For seal assemblies requiring compliance to industry
regulations, O-Ring energizers need to be ordered
separately from the seal. Contact your local Trelleborg
Sealing Solutions marketing company for further
assistance.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 239
SCRAPERS · Turcon® Excluder® F

240 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
SCRAPERS

Simple groove design Flush fitting with the outer surface

Very good scraping effect, wear resistant Suitable for magnetic applications

No tilting or twisting in the groove Materials compatible with virtually all media,
both system and cleaning
Simple installation

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 241
SCRAPERS · Scraper ASW

242 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Scraper ASW

„ Scraper ASW
Description Technical Data

The Scraper ASW is a single-acting polyurethane Speed: Up to 1 m/s / 3 ft/s


scraper. In WUAW5 material, this part is
machined only. Temperature: -20 °C to +115 °C /
-4 °F to +239 °F

Media: Pharmaceutical powders, meat,


juices, dry food

Important Note:
The above data are maximum values and cannot
be used at the same time, e.g. the maximum
operating speed depends on material type,
pressure, temperature and gap value.
Temperature range also depends on the media.

Material
Figure 113 Scraper ASW
The standard material is wear resistant, food grade
polyurethane.
The special feature of this scraper is an additional
supporting bead on the inner surface. It prevents tilting
or twisting of the scraper in the groove. At the same time, Applications with product contact:
this support improves firm seating in the groove, thus
preventing the penetration of impurities via the back - Meat processing equipment
of the scraper. This represents a technical improvement
compared with similar scraper types. Flush fitting with the - Bakery equipment
front allows for easy cleaning. - Powder handling equipment

- Pharmaceutical presses
Advantages

- Simple groove design


Applications without product contact:
- Very good scraping effect, wear resistant
- Valves
- No tilting or twisting in the groove
- Filling machines
- Simple installation
- Flush fitting with the outer surface
Standard material: Polyurethane, 95 Shore A
Material No. WUAW5

Color: White

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 243
SCRAPERS · Scraper ASW

„ Installation Recommendation

r max. 0.4 mm /
.016 in

dN
a

D4
B L3

D3
Figure 114 Installation Drawing

Ordering Example

Scraper ASW
Rod diameter: dN = 50.0 mm / 1.969 in TSS Article No. WSW0 0 0500 T WUAW5
TSS Part No.: WSW000500 (from Table 119)
Material: WUAW5 TSS Series No.

Type (Standard)
To order parts in Inch sizes, please follow the metric
ordering example but convert the rod diameter from inch Rod diameter x 10 (mm)
to mm and multiply by 10.
Quality Index T=Machined

Material Code

Table 119 Installation Dimensions / TSS part numbers – Metric

Rod Groove Groove Bore Step


Width TSS Part No.
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Width
dN f8/h9 D3 H9 L3 +0.2 D4 H11 a min B
6.0 10.0 2.0 9.0 1.0 4.0 WSW000060
8.0 14.0 2.6 12.0 1.0 5.0 WSW000080
10.0 16.0 2.6 14.0 1.0 5.0 WSW000100
12.0 18.0 2.6 16.0 1.0 5.0 WSW000120
14.0 20.0 2.6 18.0 1.0 5.0 WSW000140
16.0 24.0 4.0 22.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000160
The rod diameters in bold type comply with the recommendations of ISO 3320.
Other dimensions are available on request.
A split groove is required up to 14 mm / 0.551 in diameter.

244 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Scraper ASW

Rod Groove Groove Bore Step


Width TSS Part No.
Diameter Diameter Width Diameter Width
dN f8/h9 D3 H9 L3 +0.2 D4 H11 a min B
18.0 26.0 4.0 24.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000180
20.0 28.0 4.0 26.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000200
22.0 30.0 4.0 28.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000220
24.0 32.0 4.0 30.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000240
25.0 33.0 4.0 31.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000250
28.0 36.0 4.0 34.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000280
30.0 38.0 4.0 36.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000300
32.0 40.0 4.0 38.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000320
34.0 42.0 4.0 40.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000340
35.0 43.0 4.0 41.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000350
36.0 44.0 4.0 42.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000360
38.0 46.0 4.0 44.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000380
40.0 48.0 4.0 46.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000400
42.0 50.0 4.0 48.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000420
45.0 53.0 4.0 51.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000450
50.0 58.0 4.0 56.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000500
52.0 60.0 4.0 58.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000520
55.0 63.0 4.0 61.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000550
56.0 64.0 4.0 62.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000560
60.0 68.0 4.0 66.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000600
63.0 71.0 4.0 69.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000630
65.0 73.0 4.0 71.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000650
70.0 78.0 4.0 76.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000700
75.0 83.0 4.0 81.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000750
80.0 88.0 4.0 86.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000800
85.0 93.0 4.0 91.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000850
90.0 98.0 4.0 96.0 1.0 7.0 WSW000900
100.0 108.0 4.0 106.0 1.0 7.0 WSW001000
105.0 113.0 4.0 111.0 1.0 7.0 WSW001050
110.0 122.0 5.5 119.0 1.5 10.0 WSW001100
120.0 132.0 5.5 129.0 1.5 10.0 WSW001200
125.0 137.0 5.5 134.0 1.5 10.0 WSW001250
140.0 152.0 5.5 149.0 1.5 10.0 WSW001400
The rod diameters in bold type comply with the recommendations of ISO 3320.
Other dimensions are available on request.
A split groove is required up to 14 mm / 0.551 in diameter.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 245
SCRAPERS · Scraper ASW

246 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
BEARINGS

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 247
248 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
BEARINGS

Prevent metal-to-metal contact Low friction characteristics

High load bearing capacity in both static and Damp mechanical vibrations
dynamic operation
Easy installation
Even distribution of high radial forces

Very wear resistant, providing long service life

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 249
BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

250 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Slydring® - Wear Ring

„ Choice of Slydring® Calculate Bearing Length

Description A rough estimate of the number and width of the bearings


required within an application can be calculated from the
The purpose of polymer bearings is to guide the piston formula in the figure below.
and rod within cylindrical applications, carrying any
transverse forces which may occur. They prevent metal-to-
metal contact, optimizing the performance of the sealing D
system.
Bearings are needed to protect primary seal components
F T
and hardware so optimum sealing performance and
service life can be achieved.
Cost-effective, polymer bearings are very wear resistant,
providing long service life. They offer high load bearing
capacity in static and dynamic operation, have good
friction characteristics and dampen mechanical vibrations.
They also eliminate local stress concentrations, galling
between components and hydrodynamic problems in
the guide system. In addition, they protect against diesel
effect where combustion of pockets of oil vapor caused by
rapid changes of pressure can damage seals. T

Bearing Features

Though bearings appear to be simple in design, their


function of preventing metal-to-metal contact within
a sealing system is complex. Selection of the correct Tmin = Fxf
material and configuration is critical to ensure optimized D x Pr
performance and service life.
Figure 116 Bearing T

(axial Where:
width) F = Maximum radial load [N]
+.000”/-.010”
f = Safety factor
Chamfered or +.00mm/ D = Rod/Bore diameter
-0.25mm
radiused to avoid Pr = Permissible dynamic load
interference with Tmin = Minimum Slydring® width
groove fillet that
could increase Example:
friction.
D = 60 mm
(radial F = 40.000 N
height) t = 40 °C
+.000”/-.002”
+.05mm/-0.00 mm f = 2
Slydring® material Orkot® C380
Pr = 100 N/mm2

Tmin = 40.000 x 2 = 13.3 mm


60 x 100

From Table 129, a groove with a width of 15 mm


(Series GR73) or 2 grooves with width of 9.7 mm
Figure 115 Bearing Features (Series GR69) are selected. The Installation of two strips is
recommended as this gives a wider guide length.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 251
BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

Materials Definition of product contact surface –


3-A Sanitary Standards Inc.
Four different types of bearing materials under the brand
name Slydring® are available depending on application Manufacturers of equipment should move away from
demands: standard industrial plastic materials and utilize materials
that are certified for food contact applications. Because,
- Highly wear-resistant, low-friction, specially modified
according to 3-A, food contact surfaces are not only
Turcite®/Turcon® PTFE based materials. For low to
surfaces that are in direct contact with food, but also
medium loads.
surfaces, from which product, fluids or other material may
- Orkot® fabric composite materials for high loads and drain, drop, diffuse or be drawn into the product.
transverse forces.
- Zurcon® high-modulus thermoplastic provides long
service life in high loads and temperatures.
- HiMod® high-modulus thermoplastic for use in extreme
working conditions.

252 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Slydring® - Wear Ring

Table 120 Selection Criteria for Slydring®


Slydring® Application Standard1) Installation Material
Type Field of Application Mating Surface ISO Size Recommended
Range Slydring®

Medium
Material

Heavy
Light
Turcon® / Valves • • -
Turcite®
Rotary Manifolds • • - Steel
Zurcon® Stainless Steel
Slydring® Gas Equipment • • - Aluminium Off-the-roll
up to Turcon® MF42)
Pneumatics • - - ISO 10766
diameter
Steel 4,200 mm /
Food Processing • • - 165 inch Turcon® MF62)
Mild Steel
Water Hydraulics • • - Steel, hardchromed (Not Z81)
Stainless Steel
Dry Application • • - Aluminium
Pneumatics • • - Ceramic Coating
Orkot® Filling Machines - • •
Slydring®
Bottle Blowing Machines - • •
Carton Box Folding Machines - • •
Meat Processing Equipment - • •
Meat Cutting Equipment - • • Steel
Rings up to Orkot® C321
Steel, hardchromed
Blister Packing Machines - • • Cast iron ISO 10766
diameter
Orkot® C333
1,600 mm /
Form-, Fill-, Sealing Machines - • • Ceramic Coatings
Stainless Steel
62 inch Orkot® C410
Valves, Pumps, Conveyors,
Drive Cylinders - • •
Bearings for Bottle Lifting
Devices - • •
Machined Cams for Packaging
Machines - • •
HiMod® Standard Cylinders - • •
Slydring®
Filling Machines - • •
Valves, Pumps, Conveyors, Rings up to HiMod® HM871
Drive Cylinders - • • Steel
diameter
Steel, hardchromed ISO 10766 HiMod® HM872
900 mm /
Bearings for Bottle Lifting Cast iron
Devices - • • 35 inch HiMod® HM873

Machined Cams for Packing


Machines - • •
1)
For Slydring® to other standards e.g. to French standard NF E 48-037, please contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing
company.
2)
Consult your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company for more information as to specific material choice. When using
Turcon® MF4 or MF6 for seals and scrapers, it is recommended to use the same material for Slydring® component.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 253
BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

Forms of Supply 2) Design Type

Two characteristics must be observed: Slydring® have a rectangular cross-section with rounded or
chamfered edges, thus preventing too high levels of edge
forces in the corner radii of the grooves. The chamfers also
1) Type of Cut serve to facilitate installation.

Figure 117 shows the angle cut which are the most Slydring® are supplied ready to fit with the gap necessary
frequently used standard type of cut. Rings with other (dimension Z or Z1). The ring ends are finished as standard
types of cut are available on request. Design Codes are with an angle cut.
shown in Table 122. Depending on material, Slydring® are supplied as split
rings or as strip material.
Strip material is available in rolls or precut to size as listed
Z in Table 121.

Z1 Table 121 Forms of Supply for Slydring®


Material Ring Cut Off-the-
Diameter Strip for Roll
Diameter
mm mm
Angle cut, standard design (inch) (inch)
Note: “Z” is the gap size for Turcite® and Zurcon® Slydring® Turcon® 8 - 4,200 see
“Z1” is the gap size for HiMod® and Orkot ® Slydring® -
MF4 / MF6 (0.314 - 165) Table 124
Zurcon® 30 - 4,200
on request on request
Z Z80 / Z81 (1.181 - 165)
up to 1,600
Orkot® C321
(62)
up to 1,600
Orkot® C333
Straight cut, special design (62)
up to 1,600
Z Orkot® C410
(62)
up to 900
HiMod® HM871
(up to 35)
up to 900
HiMod® HM872
Step cut, special design (up to 35)
up to 900
Figure 117 Type of cut HiMod® HM873
(up to 35)

254 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Slydring® - Wear Ring

Table 122 Design Codes for Cut


Material Turcon® Zurcon® HiMod® Orkot®

MF4 Z80 HM871 C321


MF6 HM872 C333
HM873 C410
Code for cut Strip Strip Strip Ring Ring

With Without Without Without Without


Teardrop Teardrop Teardrop Teardrop Teardrop
Structure* Structure Structure Structure Structure
Angle cut 0 L 0 0 0
Straight cut B D D D H
Step cut C C E EE G

Design Code 0, in bold types are the standard Slydring® versions.


* Standard for Turcon® MF4 and MF6 may not be a stock item.
Teardrop structure: A detailed description can be found in the Hydraulic Seals - Linear catalog.
Teardrop structure, design code "0" offers better retaining of lubricants.
Even surface without teardrop structure, design code "L" offers better cleanability properties.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 255
BEARINGS · Turcite®/Turcon® Slydring® - Wear Ring

„ Turcite®/Turcon® Slydring® for Piston and Rod


Description Advantages

Turcite®/Turcon® Slydring® are used as piston and rod - No stick-slip effect when starting for smooth operation
guides due to their outstanding friction behavior, stick-slip even at very low speeds
free running and good resistance to high temperatures
- Minimum static and dynamic friction coefficient for low
and chemicals.
operating temperature and energy loss
Slydring® are available as off-the-roll materials for cutting
- Outstanding lubrication conditions further improved by
to length as listed in the Slydring® catalog. Sections cut to
the teardrop structure
size ready for installation are available for according to
Table 121. - Suitable for non lubricating fluids depending on Turcite®
material for optimum design flexibility
Slydring® have a rectangular cross-section and are
chamfered at the edges for easy installation into the - High wear resistance ensures long service life
grooves.
- Installation grooves according to ISO 10766
- Suitable for most hydraulic fluids in relation with the
majority of modern hardware materials and surface
finish depending on material selected.
- Suitable for new environmentally-safe hydraulic fluids
- The embedding of foreign particles is enhanced
- Good damping effect, absorbs vibrations
D2
DN

Figure 118 Piston guide


dN
d2

Figure 119 Rod guide

256 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcite®/Turcon® Slydring® - Wear Ring

Application Examples
Important Note:
Turcite®/Turcon® Slydring® is successfully applied in The above stated limits for pressure and speed
demanding applications as a standard guiding element are maximum values individually. Friction heat
for hydraulic operated pistons, plus for piston rods with generated by the combination of pressure and
speed may cause local heat built-up. Care
special requirements, in:
should be taken not to apply high values for
- Viscous product fillers pressure and speed at the same time.
- Bottle lifting cylinders
Materials
- Chain cam bearings
- Lid bearings of meat cutters Standard Application:

- Valve stem bearings For hydraulic components with reciprocating movement in


mineral oils or medium with good lubricating performance.
Low friction, high resistance to wear, heat and chemicals:
Technical Data Turcite® T47 (bronze-filled)
The Turcite® / Turcon® Slydring® with angle cut is Turcite® M12 (Mineral fibre/additive-filled)
recommended for reciprocating movements
Speed: Up to 15m/s Special Application:
Up to 49 ft/s
Turcon® MF4
Temperature: -60 °C to +150 °C (+200 °C) /
-76 °F to +302 °F (+392 °F) Turcon® MF6
Media: Mineral oil-based hydraulic fluids, Refer to the Trelleborg Hydraulic Seals catalog for more
barely flammable hydraulic fluids, information on industrial grade materials.
environmentally safe hydraulic fluids
(biological degradable oils), water, air Table 123 Serial Numbers for Turcite®/Turcon®
and others. Depending on the Turcite®/ Slydring® in T47, T51, M12, MF4 and MF6
Turcon® material compatibility.
Piston Rod Off-the-roll Groove Ring
Clearance: The maximum permissible radial Serial Serial Serial No. Width Thickness
clearance Smax depends on the actual No. No. L2 W
sealing system. GP06 GR06 GM0600000- 6.00 1.00
Tolerance: Depending on the material and GP22 GR22 GM2200000- 3.20 1.50
dimensions of the Slydring®, the GP31 GR31 GM3100000- 10.00 1.50
thickness tolerance is in the range from
GP41 GR41 GM4100000- 2.50 1.55
+0.00/-0.08 mm except for Turcite®/
Turcon® Slydring® Article GP41 + GP43 GR43 GM4300000- 4.00 1.55
GR41 and GP43 + GR43 where it is GP49 GR49 GM4900000- 9.70 2.00
+0.02/-0.03 mm.
GP53 GR53 GM5300000- 15.00 2.00
Radial Slydring® GP64 GR64 GM6400000- 4.20 2.50
pressure Pr: Max. 15 MPa at +25 °C /
2,175 psi at +77 °F GP65 GR65 GM6500000- 5.60 2.50
GP67 GR67 GM6700000- 6.30 2.50
Max. 12 MPa at +80 °C /
1,740 psi at +176 °F GP68 GR68 GM6800000- 8.10 2.50
GP69 GR69 GM6900000- 9.70 2.50
Max. 8 MPa at +120 °C /
1,160 psi at +248 °F GP73 GR73 GM7300000- 15.00 2.50

When calculating the width of Turcite®/Turcon® Slydring® GP74 GR74 GM7400000- 20.00 2.50
it is recommended to use a safety factor f=2 (see page 256). GP75 GR75 GM7500000- 25.00 2.50
® ®
With Turcite /Turcon materials, the allowed surface GP76 GR76 GM7600000- 30.00 2.50
pressure decreases with increasing temperatures. The load GP94 GR94 GM9400000- 20.00 3.00
bearing ability for dynamic applications depends primarily GP98 GR98 GM9800000- 25.00 4.00
on the operating temperature, which should therefore
GP99 - GM9900000- 9.70 4.00
generally not exceed +150 °C (+302 °F).
Further dimensions on request
Dimensions in bold are suitable for installation in grooves
according to ISO 10766

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 257
BEARINGS · Zurcon® Slydring® - Wear Ring

„ Zurcon® Slydring® for Piston and Rod


Zurcon® Z80
Important Note:
Zurcon® Z80 is a UHMW-PE (ultra high molecular weight The above stated limits for pressure and speed
polyethylene) material preferred for use in water hydraulics are maximum values individually. Friction heat
and pneumatics due to excellent friction and wear properties. generated by the combination of pressure and
speed may cause local heat built-up. Care
For food and medical applications, use Zurcon® Z81,
should be taken not to apply high values for
which meets the requirements in FDA CFR 21, Commission
pressure and speed at the same time.
Regulation (EU) No.10/2011 and amendments and USP 26
Chapter 88.

Advantages Table 124 Serial Numbers for Zurcon® Slydring® Z80

- Good lubrication and wear performance


Piston Rod Off-the-roll Groove Ring
- Self-lubricating Serial Serial TSS Article No. Width Thickness
No. No.
- Low friction value L2 W

- No water absorption mm mm
(inch) (inch)
- In compliance with FDA 2.50 1.55
GP41 GR41 GM4100000-Z80
(0.098) (0.061)
- Excellent resistance to chemicals
4.00 1.55
- High wear resistance GP43 GR43 GM4300000-Z80
(0.157) (0.061)
5.60 2.50
GP65 GR65 GM6500000-Z80
Application Examples (0.157) (0.984)
9.70 2.50
- Water hydraulics GP69 GR69 GM6900000-Z80
(0.157) (0.984)
- Dry pneumatics 15.00 2.50
GP73 GR73 GM7300000-Z80
(0.591) (0.984)
- Filling machines
25.00 2.50
GP75 GR75 GM7500000-Z80
- Food processing (0.984) (0.984)

- Medical equipment Further dimensions on request.

- Ceramic coated hydraulics

Table 125 Zurcon® Slydring® Length of the Roll


Technical Data
Zurcon® Z80 / Z81 Ring Thickness
Velocity, Length of the Roll W
reciprocating: Max. 2.0 m/s (6.561 ft/s)
m (ft) mm (inch)
25.0 m (82.021) 1.55 (0.061)
Temperature: -60 °C to +80 °C (+100 °C) /
-76 °F to +176 °F (+212°F) 15.0 m (49.213) 2.50 (0.984)

Off-the-roll material can only be supplied as complete rolls.


Radial Slydring®
Zurcon® from the roll, calculation of the linear length, see
pressure Pr: Max. 25 MPa at +25 °C /
the Hydraulic Seals - Linear catalog.
Max. 3,625 psi at +77 °F
Max. 8 MPa from +60 °C to +80 °C /
Max. 1,160 psi from +140 °F to +176 °F

When calculating the width of Zurcon® Slydring® it is


recommended to use a safety factor f=2 (see page 256).

258 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcite®/Zurcon® Slydring® - Wear Ring

„ Installation Recommendation, Turcite® and Zurcon® Slydring® for Piston


According to ISO 10766 Groove Dimensions
r max. 0.008 Inches/0.2 mm r max. 0.008 Inches/0.2 mm

S1
Z

d2
DN

L2

Figure 120 Installation Drawing

Table 126 Installation Dimensions


Serial No. Bore Diameter1) Groove Diameter Groove Width Ring Thickness Ring Gap
DN H9 d2 h8 L2 +0.2 W Z
3)
GP41 8 - 20.0 DN - 3.10 2.50 1.55
3)
GP43 10 - 50.0 DN - 3.10 4.00 1.55
3)
GP65 16 - 140.0 DN - 5.00 5.60 2.50
3)
GP69 60 - 220.0 DN - 5.00 9.70 2.50
3)
GP73 130 - 400.0 DN - 5.00 15.00 2.50
3)
GP75 280 - 999.9 DN - 5.00 25.00 2.50
3)
GP75X 1,000 - 4,200.0 DN - 5.00 25.00 2.50
3)
GP98 280 - 999.9 DN - 8.00 25.00 4.00
3)
GP98X 1,000 - 2,200.0 DN - 8.00 25.00 4.00
GP992) 100 - 999.9 DN - 8.00 9.70 4.00 3)

1) 2) 3)
Recommended diameter ranges Non ISO 10766 standard Calculation of the linear length, see the Hydraulic Seals - Linear catalog.

For Slydring® to other standards, e.g French standard NF E 48-037, please contact us.

Table 127 Radial Clearance S14) 4)


Specifications valid only in the area of the Slydring®, but not
for the seal area. If the radial clearance S for the chosen seals is
Bore Dia. DN S1 min. S1 max. smaller than S1 min. there is risk for metal to metal contact.
8 - 20 0.20 0.30
20 - 100 0.25 0.40 Table 128 Surface Roughness
101 - 250 0.30 0.60 Parameter Mating Surface μm Groove
® ® Surface
251 - 500 0.40 0.80 Turcite Zurcon
μm
Materials Materials
501 - 1,000 0.50 1.10
Rmax 0.63 - 4.00 1.00 - 4.00 < 16.0
>1,001 0.60 1.20
Rz DIN 0.40 - 2.50 0.63 - 2.50 < 10.0
Ra 0.05 - 0.40 0.10 - 0.40 < 2.5

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 259
BEARINGS · Turcite®/Zurcon® Slydring® - Wear Ring

Ordering Example Ordering Example for DN t1,000 mm

Slydring® for piston diameter DN = 100.0 mm Slydring® for bore diameter DN = 2,700.0 mm
Series GP69 from Table 126 Series GP75X from Table 126
Groove width: 9.70 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm Groove width: 25.00 mm, ring thickness: 3.00 mm
®
Material: Turcite T47 TSS Part No.: GP75X2700 (from Table 149)
(other materials see Table 120)
Standard design: With angle cut and teardrop structure
Design code: 0
TSS Article No. GP75 X 2700 - T47
TSS Part No.: GP6901000 (from Table 149)
The TSS Article No. can be formed from the example below. TSS Series No.

Design code
TSS Article No. GP69 0 1000 - T47 Bore diameter x 1*

TSS Series No. Quality Index (Standard)


Material No.
Design code, standard
* For diameters t 1,000.0 mm multiply only by factor 1.
Bore diameter x 10
Quality Index (Standard)
Material No.

260 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Turcite®/Zurcon® Slydring® - Wear Ring

„ Installation Recommendation, Turcite® and Zurcon® Slydring® for Rod


According to ISO 10766 Groove Dimension

W r max. 0.008 Inches/0.2 mm

S1
Z

r max. 0.008 Inches/0.2 mm


dN
D2

L2

Figure 121 Installation Drawing

Table 129 Installation Dimensions


Serial No. Rod Diameter1) Groove Diameter Groove Width Ring Thickness Ring Gap
dN f8/h9 D2 H8 L2 +0.2 W Z
2)
GR41 8 - 20.0 dN +3.10 2.50 1.55
2)
GR43 10 - 50.0 dN +3.10 4.00 1.55
2)
GR65 15 - 140.0 dN +5.00 5.60 2.50
2)
GR69 20 - 220.0 dN +5.00 9.70 2.50
2)
GR73 80 - 400.0 dN +5.00 15.00 2.50
2)
GR75 200 - 999.9 dN +5.00 25.00 2.50
2)
GR75X 1,000 - 4,200.0 dN +5.00 25.00 2.50
2)
GR98 280 - 999.9 dN +8.00 25.00 4.00
2)
GR98X 1,000 - 2,200.0 dN +8.00 25.00 4.00
1) 2)
Recommended diameter ranges Calculation of the linear length

For Slydring® to other standards, e.g French standard NF E 48-037, please contact us.

Table 130 Radial Clearance S13) Table 131 Surface Roughness


Rod Dia. dN S1 min. S1 max. Parameter Mating Surface μm Groove
® ® Surface
8 - 20 0.20 0.30 Turcite Zurcon
μm
Materials Materials
20 - 100 0.25 0.40
Rmax 0.63 - 4.00 1.00 - 4.00 < 16.0
101 - 250 0.30 0.60
Rz DIN 0.40 - 2.50 0.63 - 2.50 < 10.0
251 - 500 0.40 0.80
Ra 0.05 - 0.40 0.10 - 0.40 < 2.5
501 - 1,000 0.50 1.10
>1,001 0.60 1.20

3)
Specifications valid only in the area of the Slydring®, but not
for the seal area. If the radial clearance S for the chosen seals is
smaller than S1 min. there is risk for metal to metal contact.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 261
BEARINGS · Turcite®/Zurcon® Slydring® - Wear Ring

The TSS Article No. can be formed from the example below.

Ordering Example Ordering Example for dN t1,000 mm

Slydring® for rod diameter dN = 63.0 mm Slydring® for rod diameter dN = 2,600.0 mm
Series GR65 from Table 129 Series GR75X from Table 129
Groove width: 5.60 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm Groove width: 25.00 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm
®
Material: Turcite T47 TSS Part No.: GR75X2600 (from Table 150)
(other materials see Table 120)
Standard design: With angle cut and teardrop structure
Design code: 0 TSS Article No. GR75 X 2600 - T47
TSS Part No.: GR6500630 (from Table 150)
TSS Series No.

Design code
TSS Article No. GR65 0 0630 - T47
Rod diameter x 1*
TSS Series No.
Quality Index (Standard)

Design code, standard Material No.

Rod diameter x 10
* For diameters t 1,000.0 mm multiply only by factor 1.
Quality Index (Standard)
Material No.

262 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
HiMod® Slydring® - Wear Ring

„ HiMod® Slydring® for Piston and Rod


Description Materials

HiMod® Slydring® are made of special, modified HiMod® HM871


thermoplastic material and can be used in hydraulic
cylinders for medium to high loads. Three different HiMod® HM871 is a polyacetal (POM) based material with
grades of material are available: glass fibers.

HiMod® HM871: A special glass fiber reinforced


polyacetal Advantages

HiMod® HM872: A special glass fiber reinforced heat- - Favorable price/performance ratio
stabilized polyamid with PTFE filler
- High compressive strength
®
HiMod HM873: A special glass fiber reinforced heat- - Easy installation on pistons and glands
stabilized polyamid (gland bore > 40 mm / 1.575 inch)

HiMod® Slydring® in material HM871, HM872 and HM873 - High wear resistance
are injection molded to finish parts (mold necessary), - Water absorption 0.2 %
or machined from semi-finished tubes. A wide range of
standard sizes are available (see Slydring® catalog). - High stiffness

Application Examples Technical Data


® ®
HiMod Slydring (HM871, 872, 873) is generally utilized
Velocity, recipro-
in a wide range of hydraulic equipment such as:
cating: Max. 0.8 m/s / 2.625 fps

- Standard hydraulic cylinder, medium range Temperature: -40 °C to +110 °C /


-40 °F to +230 °F
- Food, beverage and pharmaceutical equipment
Radial Slydring®
Pressure Pr: Max. 40 MPa at +25 °C /
5,800 psi at +77 °F
Max. 25 MPa > +60 °C /
3,625 psi > +140 °F

When calculating the width of HiMod® Slydring® it is


recommended to use a safety factor f=2 (see page 256).

Important Note:
The above stated limits for pressure and speed
are maximum values individually. Friction heat
generated by the combination of pressure and
speed may cause local heat built-up. Care
should be taken not to apply high values for
pressure and speed at the same time.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 263
BEARINGS · HiMod® Slydring® - Wear Ring

HiMod® HM872 HiMod® HM873

HM872 is a polyamid (PA 6) based material with glass fibres HM873 is a polyamid (PA 6) based material with glass
and PTFE filler. The material is heat stabilized. fibers. The material is heat stabilized.

Advantages Advantages

- Good price/performance ratio - Excellent price/performance ratio


- High compressive strength even at high temperatures - High compressive strength even at high temperature
- High wear resistance - High wear resistance
- Easy installation on pistons and glands - Easy installation on pistons and glands
(gland bore > 30 mm / >1.181 inches) (use 1.524 mm / .060 inch wall for bores under
38.1 mm / 1.50 inches)
- Low coefficient of friction
- Low friction
- Good operation under poor lubrication

Technical Data Technical Data

Velocity, reciprocating: Max. 1.0 m/s / 3.28 fps Velocity, reciprocating: Max. 1.0 m/s / 3.28 fps
Temperature: -40 °C to +130 °C / Temperature: -40 °C to +130 °C /
-40 °F to +266 °F -40 °F to +266 °F
Radial Slydring® Radial Slydring®
Pressure Pr: Max. 75 MPa at 60 °C Pressure Pr: Max. 75 MPa at 25 °C
10,877 psi at 77 °F 10,877 psi at 77 °F
Max. 40 MPa >60 °C Max. 40 MPa >60 °C
5,801 psi >140 °F 5,801 psi >140 °F
Water absorption: <1 %
® ®
When calculating the width of HiMod Slydring it is
recommended to use a safety factor f=2 (see page 256 ). When calculating the width of HiMod® Slydring®, it is
recommended to use a safety factor f=2 (see page 256 ).

Important Note:
The above stated limits for pressure and speed
are maximum values individually. Friction heat
generated by the combination of pressure and
speed may cause local heat built-up. Care
should be taken not to apply high values for
pressure and speed at the same time.

264 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
HiMod® Slydring® - Wear Ring

„ Installation Recommendation, HiMod® Slydring® for Piston


According to ISO 10766 Groove Dimension

r max. 0.2 r max.

S1
Z1

d2
DN

L2

Figure 122 Installation Drawing

Table 132 Installation Dimensions


Serial No. Bore Diameter1) Groove Diameter Groove Width Ring Thickness
DN H9 d2 h8 L2 +0.2 W
GP43 10 - 50.0 DN - 3.10 4.00 1.55
GP65 16 - 140.0 DN - 5.00 5.60 2.50
GP69 60 - 220.0 DN - 5.00 9.70 2.50
GP73 130 - 300.0 DN - 5.00 15.00 2.50
GP75 280 - 300.0 DN - 5.00 25.00 2.50
GP98 280 - 300.0 DN - 8.00 25.00 4.00

1)
Recommended diameter ranges

For Slydring® to other standards, e.g French standard NF E 48-037, please contact us.

Table 133 Recommended Radii for Groove Diameter Table 134 Radial Clearence S12)
DN r max. Bore Diameter DN S1 min. S1 max.
8 - 250 0.2 8 - 20 0.20 0.30
>250 0.4 20 - 100 0.25 0.40
101 - 250 0.30 0.60
251 - 300 0.40 0.80

2)
Specifications valid only in the area of the Slydring®, but not for
the seal area.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 265
BEARINGS · HiMod® Slydring® - Wear Ring

Table 135 Recommended Gap Table 136 Surface Roughness


DN Ring Gap Z1 Parameter Mating Surface μm Groove
Surface
10 - 44 1.5 - 3.0 HiMod® Materials μm
45 - 149 2.0 - 3.5
Rmax 1.00 - 4.00 < 16.0
>150 3.0 - 5.0
Rz DIN 0.63 - 2.50 < 10.0
Ra 0.10 - 0.40 < 2.5

Ordering Example

Slydring® for bore diameter DN = 100.0 mm


Series GP69 from Table 132 TSS Article No. GP69 0 1000 - HM871

Groove width: 9.70 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm TSS Series No.
Material: HiMod® HM871
(other materials see Table 120)
Design code, standard
Standard design: With angle cut
Design code: 0 Bore diameter x 10
TSS Article No.: GP6901000-HM061 Quality Index (Standard)
(see Slydring® catalog, page 30)
Material No.

Note:
HM872 and HM873 material can be ordered by replacing
the HM871 material code in the TSS Article Number.

266 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
HiMod® Slydring® - Wear Ring

„ Installation Recommendation, HiMod® Slydring® for Rod


According to ISO 10766 Groove Dimension
r max. 0.2

S1
Z1

r max.
dN
D2

L2

Figure 123 Installation Drawing

Table 137 Installation Dimensions


Series No. Rod Diameter1) Groove Diameter Groove Width Ring Thickness
dN f8/h9 D2 H8 L2 +0.2 W

GR43 10 - 50.0 dN + 3.10 4.00 1.55


GR65 15 - 140.0 dN + 5.00 5.60 2.50
GR69 20 - 220.0 dN + 5.00 9.70 2.50
GR73 80 - 300.0 dN + 5.00 15.00 2.50
GR75 200 - 300.0 dN + 5.00 25.00 2.50
GR98 280 - 300.0 dN + 8.00 25.00 4.00

1)
Recommended diameter ranges

For Slydring® to other standards, e.g French standard NF E 48-037, please contact us.

Table 138 Recommended Radii for Groove Diameter Table 139 Radial Clearance S12)
dN r max. Rod Diameter dN S1 min. S1 max.
8 - 250 0.2 8 - 20 0.20 0.30
>250 0.4 20 - 100 0.25 0.40
101 - 250 0.30 0.60
251 - 300 0.40 0.80

2)
Specifications valid only in the area of the Slydring®, but not
for the seal area.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 267
BEARINGS · HiMod® Slydring® - Wear Ring

Table 140 Recommended Gap Table 141 Surface Roughness


dN Ring Gap Z1 Parameter Mating Surface μm Groove
Surface
10 - 39 1.5 - 3.0 HiMod® Materials μm
40 - 149 2.0 - 3.5
Rmax 1.00 - 4.00 < 16.0
>150 3.0 - 5.0
Rz DIN 0.63 - 2.50 < 10.0
Ra 0.10 - 0.40 < 2.5

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. GR69 0 0630 - HM871
Slydring® for rod diameter dN = 63.0 mm
Series GR69 from Table 137
TSS Series No.
Groove width: 9.70 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm
Material: HiMod® HM871 Design code, standard
(other materials see Table 120)
Rod diameter x 10
Standard With angle cut
design: Design code: 0 Quality Index (Standard)
TSS Article No.: GR6900630-HM061 Material No.
(see Slydring® catalog, page 36)
Note:
HM872 and HM873 material can be ordered by replacing
the HM871 material code in the TSS Article Number.

268 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Orkot® Slydring® - Wear Ring

„ Orkot® Slydring® for Piston and Rod


Description Technical Data

Orkot® Slydring®, made from fabric-reinforced composite Velocity: Up to 1 m/s / 3.2 fps
materials, is typically used in hydraulic cylinders exposed with reciprocating movements
to high loads, e.g. mobile hydraulics and presses. The
high compressive strength, good sliding behavior and Temperature: - 60 °C to + 120 °C /
the exceptional wear resistance properties ensure a long -76 °F to +248 °F
service life.
Pr under dynamic
Slydring® of Orkot® fabric composite materials is produced
conditions
as standard preformed to the intended diameter and
(C321, C333, C410): max. 100 N/mm2 at +25 °C /
ready-to-fit. It is manufactured with an angle cut and
+77 °F
already has the necessary gap "Z1".
max. 50 N/mm2 > +60 °C /
+140 °F
Advantages
Ultimate compressive
- Dimensionally stable and vibration absorbing strength
(C321, C333): max. > 300 N/ mm2
- Even distribution of high radial forces (C410): max. 260 N/mm2
- Good sliding and dry running properties
When calculating the width of Orkot® Slydring®, it is
- High wear resistance recommended to use a safety factor f=2 (see page 256).
- Good wiping effect
- Long service life. Important Note:
The above stated limits for pressure and speed
are maximum values individually. Friction heat
Application Examples generated by the combination of pressure and
speed may cause local heat built-up. Care
Orkot® Slydring® is widely used as a bearing element for should be taken not to apply high values for
heavy duty hydraulic equipment. pressure and speed at the same time.

Materials

Orkot® C321 and Orkot® C333

Orkot® C321 and C333 are manufactured from medium


weave fabrics with excellent mechanical strength. They
are dimensional stable when immersed in water, acids and
chemical solutions.

Orkot® C410

Orkot® C410 comprises a thermosetting resin coated


onto medium weave fabrics incorporating a mixture of
lubricants. The material possesses excellent dimensional
stability in water and oil and demonstrates very good
friction and wear properties.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 269
BEARINGS · Orkot® Slydring® - Wear Ring

Table 142 Serial Numbers for Orkot® Slydring®, Installation Recommendation


ready-to-fit
In order to protect the seal and guide system against
Piston Rod Groove Ring ingress of foreign particles, we recommend the use of
Serial No. Serial No. Width Thickness
Turcite® Slydring® in combination with Orkot® Slydring®.
GP41 GR41 2.5 1.55 The larger face area of these rings (Series GP 99 from
GP43 GR43 4.0 1.55 Table 142) embeds the contaminant particles when present
GP47 GR47 6.3 1.55 in the system and keeps them away from the actual guides
and seals (Figure 124). Reducing the piston diameter at
GP48 GR48 8.1 2.00
both ends allows the particles to become embedded on
GP49 GR49 9.7 2.00 the face side.
GP51 GR51 10.0 2.00
GP53 GR53 15.0 2.00
GP64 GR64 4.2 2.50 Turcite ®

diameter at both ends


GP65 GR65 5.6 2.50 Orkot ®
GP67 GR67 6.3 2.50

Reduced piston
GP68 GR68 8.1 2.50
GP69 GR69 9.7 2.50
GP73 GR73 15.0 2.50
GP74 GR74 20.0 2.50
GP75 GR75 25.0 2.50
GP76 GR76 30.0 2.50
GP77 GR77 35.0 2.50
GP93 GR93 15.0 3.00
GP94 GR94 20.0 3.00
GP95 GR95 25.0 3.00 Figure 124 Arrangement of the Slydring® on the piston
GP96 GR96 30.0 3.00
GP99 GR99 9.7 4.00
GPL2 GRL2 15.0 4.00
GPL3 GRL3 20.0 4.00
GP98 GR98 25.0 4.00
GPL5 GRL5 30.0 4.00
GPL7 GRL7 40.0 4.00
GPL9 GRL9 50.0 4.00

Note that customer specific sizes can be supplied without tooling


costs.

270 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Orkot® Slydring® - Wear Ring

„ Installation Recommendation, Orkot® Slydring® for Piston


According to ISO 10766 Groove Dimension

r 0.2 max 0.4 r 0.2 max 0.4

S1
d2
DN

Z1 L2

Figure 125 Installation Drawing

Table 143 Installation Dimensions


Serial No. Bore Diameter1) Groove Diameter Groove Width Ring Thickness Ring Gap2)
DN H9 d2 h8 L2 +0.2 W Z1
GP43 16 - 50.0 DN - 3.10 4.00 1.55 1-3
GP65 16 - 125.0 DN - 5.00 5.60 2.50 2-6
GP69 25 - 250.0 DN - 5.00 9.70 2.50 2-9
GP73 80 - 500.0 DN - 5.00 15.00 2.50 4 - 17
GP75 125 - 999.9 DN - 5.00 25.00 2.50 6 - 33
GP75X 1,000 - 1,500.0 DN - 5.00 25.00 2.50 33 - 48
GP98 280 - 999.9 DN - 8.00 25.00 4.00 10 - 33
GP98X 1,000 - 1,500.0 DN - 8.00 25.00 4.00 33 - 48
1)
Recommended diameter ranges
2)
see Figure 126

For Slydring® to other standards, e.g French standard NF E 48-037, contact us.

Radial clearance S1 It also allows foreign particles to be wiped away by the


Orkot® Slydring® rather than being squeezed between the
The minimum radial gap is to be calculated taking into
metal components. The slot 'Z1' allows fluid to pass across
account;
the ring thus preventing fluid pressure build-up which
- the fitting tolerances of the hardware might cause extrusion of the guide ring. To ensure the ring
cannot escape out of the groove, it is recommended to
- the tolerance on the ring thickness
observe the following radial gap sizes as maximum:
- an allowance for wear
- 0.50 mm / 0.020 inch for GP43
- in case of high radial loads an allowance for elastic (1.55 mm / 0.061 inch thickness)
deformation
- 0.90 mm / 0.035 inch for GP65 to GP75
- a safety margin to avoid metal-to-metal contact (2.50 mm / 0.098 inch thickness)
The gaps S1 can be larger when near to the seal (attention: - 1.50 mm / 0.059 inch for GP98 and GP98X
take care of gap dimension for the seal) thus allowing (4.00 mm / 0.157 inch thickness)
slight tilting of the piston, still without metal-to-metal
contact.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 271
BEARINGS · Orkot® Slydring® - Wear Ring

Table 144 Recommended Radii for Groove Diameter Table 145 Surface Roughness
DN r max. Parameter Mating Surface μm Groove Surface μm
8 - 250 0.2 Rmax 1.00 - 4.00 < 16.0
> 250 0.4 Rz DIN 0.63 - 2.50 < 10.0
Ra 0.10 - 0.40 < 2.5

Recommended Gap Sizes Z1 for Orkot® Slydring®


42
40
Minimum
38
36
34 Maximum

32
30
28
26
Gap size Z1 in mm

24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
mm Ring Outside Diameter

Figure 126 Recommended Gap Sizes Z1 for Orkot® Slydring®

272 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Orkot® Slydring® - Wear Ring

Ordering Example Ordering Example for diameter > 1,000 mm

Orkot® Slydring® for bore diameter DN = 100.0 mm Orkot®Slydring® for bore diameter DN = 1,200.0 mm
Series GP 69 from Table 143 Series GP75X from Table 143
Groove width: 9.7 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm Groove width: 25.0 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm
®
Material: Orkot C333 Material: Orkot® C333
(other materials see Table 120)
TSS Part No.: GP75X1200
Standard design: With angle cut (from Table 149)
Design code: 0
TSS Part No.: GP6901000
(from Table 149)
TSS Article No. GP75 X 1200 - C333

TSS Series No.


TSS Article No. GP69 0 1000 - C333

TSS Series No. Design code

Bore diameter x 1*
Design code, standard
Quality Index (Standard)
Bore diameter x 10 Material No.
Quality Index (Standard)
Material No. * For diameters t 1,000.0 mm multiply only by factor 1.

The TSS Article No. can be formed from the example above. Please Note

Orkot® Slydring® for pistons can be used as rod guide ring,


f.inst.
GP69 0 1000 - C333
is identical and can be replaced with
GR69 0 0950 - C333

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 273
BEARINGS · Orkot® Slydring® - Wear Ring

„ Installation Recommendation, Orkot® Slydring® for Rod


According to ISO 10766 Groove Dimension

r max. 0.2
W

S1

r 0.2 max 0.4


dN

Z1
D2

L2

Figure 127 Installation Drawing

Table 146 Installation Dimensions

Serial No. Rod Diameter1) Groove Diameter Groove Width Ring Thickness Ring Gap2)
dN f8/h9 D2 H8 L2 +0.2 W Z1
GR43 8 - 50.0 dN + 3.10 4.00 1.55 1-3
GR65 16 - 120.0 dN + 5.00 5.60 2.50 2-6
GR69 25 - 250.0 dN + 5.00 9.70 2.50 2-9
GR73 75 - 500.0 dN + 5.00 15.00 2.50 4 - 17
GR75 120 - 999.9 dN + 5.00 25.00 2.50 5 - 33
GR75X 1,000 - 1,500.0 dN + 5.00 25.00 2.50 33 - 49
GR98 280 - 999.9 dN + 8.00 25.00 4.00 10 - 33
GR98X 1,000 - 1,500.0 dN + 8.00 25.00 4.00 33 - 49
1)
Recommended diameter ranges
2)
see Figure 128

For Slydring® to other standards, e.g French standard NF E 48-037, please contact us.

Radial clearance S1 It also allows foreign particles to be wiped away by the


Orkot® Slydring® rather than being squeezed between the
The minimum radial gap is to be calculated taking into
metal components. The slot "Z1" allows fluid to pass across
account;
the ring thus preventing fluid pressure build-up which
- the fitting tolerances of the hardware might cause extrusion of the guide ring. To ensure the ring
cannot escape out of the groove, it is recommended to
- the tolerance on the ring thickness
observe following radial gap sizes as maximum:
- an allowance for wear
- 0.50 mm / 0.020 inch for GR43
- in case of high radial loads an allowance for elastic (1.55 mm / 0.061 inch thickness)
deformation
- 0.90 mm / 0.035 inch for GR65 to GR75
- a safety margin to avoid metal-to-metal contact (2.50 mm / 0.098 inch thickness)
The gaps S1 can be larger when near to the seal (attention: - 1.50 mm / 0.059 inch for GR98 and GR98X
take care of gap dimension for the seal) thus allowing (4.00 mm / 0.157 inch thickness)
slight bending of the rod, still without metal-to-metal
contact.

274 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Orkot® Slydring® - Wear Ring

Table 147 Recommended Radii for Groove Bottom Table 148 Surface Roughness
dN r max. Parameter Mating Surface μm Groove Surface μm
8 - 250 0.2 Rmax 1.00 - 4.00 < 16.0
> 250 0.4 Rz DIN 0.63 - 2.50 < 10.0
Ra 0.10 - 0.40 < 2.5

Recommended Gap Sizes Z1 for Orkot® Slydring®


42
40
Minimum
38
36
Maximum
34
32
30
28
26
Gap size Z1 in mm

24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1000
mm Ring Inside Diameter

Figure 128 Recommended Gap Sizes Z1 for Orkot® Slydring®

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 275
BEARINGS · Orkot® Slydring® - Wear Ring

Ordering Example Ordering Example for diameter >1,000 mm

Orkot® Slydring® for rod diameter dN = 63.0 mm Orkot® Slydring® for rod diameter dN = 1,200.0 mm
Series GR 65 from Table 146 Series GR 75X from Table 146
Groove width: 5.6 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm Groove width: 25.0 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm
®
Material: Orkot C333 Material: Orkot® C333
(other materials see Table 120)
TSS Part No.: GR75X1200
Standard design: With angle cut (from Table 150)
Design code: 0
TSS Part No.: GR6500630
(from Table 150) TSS Article No. GR75 X 1200 - C333

TSS Series No.


TSS Article No. GR65 0 0630 - C333
Design code
TSS Series No.
Rod diameter x 1*
Design code, standard Quality Index (Standard)

Rod diameter x 10 Material No.

Quality Index (Standard)


* For diameters t 1,000.0 mm multiply only by factor 1.
Material No.

Please Note
Ordering Example Orkot® Slydring® for rods can be used as piston guide ring,
f.inst.
Orkot® Slydring® for rod diameter dN = 63.0 mm
Series GR 69 from Table 146 GR65 0 0630 - C333
Groove width: 9.7 mm, ring thickness: 2.50 mm is identical and can be replaced with
Material: Orkot® C333 GP65 0 0680 - C333
Standard design: With angle cut
Design code: 0
TSS Part No.: GR6500630
(from Table 150)

TSS Article No. GR69 0 0630 - C333

TSS Series No.

Design code, standard

Rod diameter x 10
Quality Index (Standard)
Material No.

276 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Slydring® - Wear Ring

Table 149 Installation Recommendation, Slydring® for Piston according to ISO 10766 Groove Dimensions
Dimensions TSS Article No. HiMod® Orkot® Turcite® /
Bore Groove Groove Thickness Turcon® /
Diameter Diameter Width Zurcon®
DN H9 d2 h8 L2 +0.2 W
8.0 4.9 2.5 1.55 GP4100080 - XXXX *
10.0 6.9 2.5 1.55 GP4100100 - XXXX *
10.0 6.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300100 - XXXX *
12.0 8.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300120 - XXXX * *
14.0 10.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300140 - XXXX *
15.0 11.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300150 - XXXX *
16.0 12.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300160 - XXXX * *
16.0 11.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500160 - XXXX * *
18.0 14.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300180 - XXXX *
18.0 13.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500180 - XXXX * *
20.0 16.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300200 - XXXX * *
20.0 15.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500200 - XXXX * *
22.0 17.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500220 - XXXX * *
24.0 20.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300240 - XXXX * *
25.0 21.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300250 - XXXX * *
25.0 20.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500250 - XXXX * * *
25.0 20.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900250 - XXXX * *
27.0 22.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500270 - XXXX * * *
27.0 22.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900270 - XXXX *
28.0 23.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500280 - XXXX * *
30.0 26.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300300 - XXXX *
30.0 25.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500300 - XXXX * *
30.0 25.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900300 - XXXX * *
32.0 28.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300320 - XXXX * * *
32.0 27.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500320 - XXXX * * *
32.0 27.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900320 - XXXX * *
33.0 28.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500330 - XXXX * * *
35.0 30.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500350 - XXXX * * *
35.0 30.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900350 - XXXX * *
36.0 31.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300360 - XXXX *
36.0 31.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500360 - XXXX * *
36.0 31.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900360 - XXXX *
37.0 32.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500370 - XXXX * *
37.0 32.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900370 - XXXX * *
40.0 36.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300400 - XXXX * *
40.0 35.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500400 - XXXX * * *

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 277
BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

Dimensions TSS Article No. HiMod® Orkot® Turcite® /


Bore Groove Groove Thickness Turcon® /
Diameter Diameter Width Zurcon®
DN H9 d2 h8 L2 +0.2 W
40.0 35.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900400 - XXXX * *
41.0 36.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500410 - XXXX * * *
41.0 36.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900410 - XXXX * *
42.0 37.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500420 - XXXX * *
44.0 39.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500440 - XXXX * *
45.0 40.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500450 - XXXX * * *
45.0 40.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900450 - XXXX * *
45.0 40.0 15.0 2.50 GP7300450 - XXXX *
46.0 41.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900460 - XXXX *
48.0 43.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500480 - XXXX * *
50.0 46.9 4.0 1.55 GP4300500 - XXXX *
50.0 45.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500500 - XXXX * * *
50.0 45.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900500 - XXXX * * *
50.0 45.0 15.0 2.50 GP7300500 - XXXX *
51.0 46.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900510 - XXXX * *
51.0 46.0 15.0 2.50 GP7300510 - XXXX *
52.0 47.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500520 - XXXX * * *
53.0 48.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500530 - XXXX *
55.0 50.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500550 - XXXX * * *
55.0 50.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900550 - XXXX * * *
55.0 50.0 15.0 2.50 GP7300550 - XXXX *
57.0 52.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500570 - XXXX * *
57.0 52.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900570 - XXXX * *
58.0 53.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500580 - XXXX * *
58.0 53.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900580 - XXXX * *
60.0 55.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500600 - XXXX * * *
60.0 55.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900600 - XXXX * * *
61.0 56.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500610 - XXXX * * *
62.0 57.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500620 - XXXX * *
62.0 56.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900610 - XXXX * * *
63.0 58.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500630 - XXXX * * *
63.0 58.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900630 - XXXX * * *
65.0 60.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500650 - XXXX * * *
65.0 60.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900650 - XXXX * * *
68.0 63.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500680 - XXXX * * *
68.0 63.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900680 - XXXX * * *

278 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Slydring® - Wear Ring

Dimensions TSS Article No. HiMod® Orkot® Turcite® /


Bore Groove Groove Thickness Turcon® /
Diameter Diameter Width Zurcon®
DN H9 d2 h8 L2 +0.2 W
68.0 63.0 15.0 2.50 GP7300680 - XXXX *
70.0 65.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500700 - XXXX * * *
70.0 65.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900700 - XXXX * * *
72.0 67.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500720 - XXXX * *
74.0 69.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500740 - XXXX * *
75.0 70.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500750 - XXXX * * *
75.0 70.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900750 - XXXX * * *
75.0 70.0 15.0 2.50 GP7300750 - XXXX *
80.0 75.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500800 - XXXX * * *
80.0 75.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900800 - XXXX * * *
80.0 75.0 15.0 2.50 GP7300800 - XXXX *
80.0 75.0 25.0 2.50 GP7500800 - XXXX *
85.0 80.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500850 - XXXX * * *
85.0 80.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900850 - XXXX * * *
85.0 80.0 15.0 2.50 GP7300850 - XXXX *
90.0 85.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500900 - XXXX * * *
90.0 85.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900900 - XXXX * * *
90.0 85.0 15.0 2.50 GP7300900 - XXXX *
95.0 90.0 5.6 2.50 GP6500950 - XXXX * * *
95.0 90.0 9.7 2.50 GP6900950 - XXXX * * *
100.0 95.0 5.6 2.50 GP6501000 - XXXX * * *
100.0 95.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901000 - XXXX * * *
100.0 95.0 15.0 2.50 GP7501000 - XXXX * *
100.0 95.0 25.0 2.50 GP7501000 - XXXX *
105.0 100.0 5.6 2.50 GP6501050 - XXXX * * *
105.0 100.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901050 - XXXX * * *
105.0 100.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301050 - XXXX *
110.0 105.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901100 - XXXX * * *
110.0 105.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301100 - XXXX *
115.0 110.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901150 - XXXX * * *
115.0 110.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301150 - XXXX *
120.0 115.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901200 - XXXX * * *
120.0 115.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301200 - XXXX *
125.0 120.0 5.6 2.50 GP6501250 - XXXX * * *
125.0 120.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901250 - XXXX * * *
125.0 120.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301250 - XXXX * * *

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 279
BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

Dimensions TSS Article No. HiMod® Orkot® Turcite® /


Bore Groove Groove Thickness Turcon® /
Diameter Diameter Width Zurcon®
DN H9 d2 h8 L2 +0.2 W
125.0 120.0 25.0 2.50 GP7501250 - XXXX *
130.0 125.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901300 - XXXX * *
130.0 125.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301300 - XXXX * * *
135.0 130.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901350 - XXXX * *
135.0 130.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301350 - XXXX * *
140.0 135.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901400 - XXXX * * *
140.0 135.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301400 - XXXX * * *
140.0 135.0 25.0 2.50 GP7501400 - XXXX *
145.0 140.0 25.0 2.50 GP7501450 - XXXX *
150.0 145.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901500 - XXXX * *
150.0 145.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301500 - XXXX * *
150.0 145.0 25.0 2.50 GP7501500 - XXXX *
160.0 155.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901600 - XXXX * * *
160.0 155.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301600 - XXXX * * *
170.0 165.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301700 - XXXX * *
175.0 170.0 25.0 2.50 GP7501750 - XXXX *
180.0 175.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901800 - XXXX * *
180.0 175.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301800 - XXXX * *
180.0 175.0 25.0 2.50 GP7501800 - XXXX *
190.0 185.0 9.7 2.50 GP6901900 - XXXX * *
190.0 185.0 15.0 2.50 GP7301900 - XXXX * *
200.0 195.0 9.7 2.50 GP6902000 - XXXX * *
200.0 195.0 15.0 2.50 GP7302000 - XXXX * * *
200.0 195.0 25.0 2.50 GP7502000 - XXXX *
205.0 200.0 15.0 2.50 GP7302050 - XXXX * *
210.0 205.0 15.0 2.50 GP7302100 - XXXX * *
220.0 215.0 9.7 2.50 GP6902200 - XXXX * *
220.0 215.0 15.0 2.50 GP7302200 - XXXX * *
220.0 215.0 25.0 2.50 GP7502200 - XXXX *
230.0 225.0 9.7 2.50 GP6902300 - XXXX *
230.0 225.0 15.0 2.50 GP7302300 - XXXX * *
230.0 225.0 25.0 2.50 GP7502300 - XXXX *
240.0 235.0 15.0 2.50 GP7302400 - XXXX *
250.0 245.0 9.7 2.50 GP6902500 - XXXX *
250.0 245.0 15.0 2.50 GP7302500 - XXXX *
280.0 275.0 15.0 2.50 GP7302800 - XXXX *

280 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Slydring® - Wear Ring

Dimensions TSS Article No. HiMod® Orkot® Turcite® /


Bore Groove Groove Thickness Turcon® /
Diameter Diameter Width Zurcon®
DN H9 d2 h8 L2 +0.2 W
280.0 275.0 25.0 2.50 GP7502800 - XXXX *
280.0 272.0 25.0 4.00 GP9802800 - XXXX *
300.0 295.0 15.0 2.50 GP7303000 - XXXX *
320.0 315.0 15.0 2.50 GP7303200 - XXXX *
320.0 315.0 25.0 2.50 GP7503200 - XXXX *
320.0 312.0 25.0 4.00 GP9803200 - XXXX *
350.0 345.0 25.0 2.50 GP7503500 - XXXX *
360.0 355.0 15.0 2.50 GP7303600 - XXXX *
360.0 355.0 25.0 2.50 GP7503600 - XXXX *
360.0 352.0 25.0 4.00 GP9803600 - XXXX *
400.0 395.0 15.0 2.50 GP7304000 - XXXX *
400.0 395.0 25.0 2.50 GP7504000 - XXXX *
400.0 392.0 25.0 4.00 GP9804000 - XXXX *
450.0 445.0 15.0 2.50 GP7304500 - XXXX *
450.0 445.0 25.0 2.50 GP7504500 - XXXX *
450.0 442.0 25.0 4.00 GP9804500 - XXXX *
500.0 495.0 15.0 2.50 GP7305000 - XXXX *
500.0 495.0 25.0 2.50 GP7505000 - XXXX *
500.0 492.0 25.0 4.00 GP9805000 - XXXX *
1,000.0 995.0 25.0 2.50 GP75X1000 - XXXX *
2,700.0 2,695.0 25.0 2.50 GP75X2700 - XXXX *

All sizes in bold in the Hydraulic Seals - Linear Slydring® indicate conformance to ISO 10766 and should be preferred for use.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 281
BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

Table 150 Installation Recommendation, Slydring® for Rod according to ISO 10766 Groove Dimensions
Dimensions TSS Article No. HiMod® Orkot® Turcite® /
Rod Groove Groove Thickness Turcon® /
Diameter Diameter Width Zurcon®
dN f8/h9 D2 H8 L2 +0.2 W
8.0 11.1 2.5 1.55 GR4100080 - XXXX *
10.0 13.1 2.5 1.55 GR4100100 - XXXX *
10.0 13.1 2.5 1.55 GR4300100 - XXXX *
11.0 14.1 4.0 1.55 GR4300110 - XXXX * *
12.0 15.1 4.0 1.55 GR4300120 - XXXX *
14.0 17.1 4.0 1.55 GR4300140 - XXXX *
15.0 18.1 4.0 1.55 GR4300150 - XXXX * *
16.0 19.1 4.0 1.55 GR4300160 - XXXX *
16.0 21.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500160 - XXXX * *
18.0 21.1 4.0 1.55 GR4300180 - XXXX *
18.0 23.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500180 - XXXX * *
20.0 23.1 4.0 1.55 GR4300200 - XXXX * *
20.0 25.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500200 - XXXX * * *
20.0 25.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900200 - XXXX * * *
22.0 25.1 4.0 1.55 GR4300220 - XXXX *
22.0 27.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500220 - XXXX * * *
22.0 27.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900220 - XXXX * *
25.0 28.1 4.0 1.55 GR4300250 - XXXX * *
25.0 30.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500250 - XXXX * * *
25.0 30.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900250 - XXXX * * *
27.0 32.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500270 - XXXX * *
27.0 32.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900270 - XXXX * * *
28.0 31.1 4.0 1.55 GR4300280 - XXXX * *
28.0 33.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500280 - XXXX * * *
28.0 33.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900280 - XXXX * *
30.0 35.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500300 - XXXX * * *
30.0 35.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900300 - XXXX * * *
32.0 37.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500320 - XXXX * * *
32.0 37.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900320 - XXXX * * *
35.0 40.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500350 - XXXX * *
35.0 40.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900350 - XXXX * * *
36.0 41.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500360 - XXXX * * *
36.0 41.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900360 - XXXX * * *
36.0 41.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300360 - XXXX *
40.0 45.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500400 - XXXX * * *
40.0 45.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900400 - XXXX * * *

282 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Slydring® - Wear Ring

Dimensions TSS Article No. HiMod® Orkot® Turcite® /


Rod Groove Groove Thickness Turcon® /
Diameter Diameter Width Zurcon®
dN f8/h9 D2 H8 L2 +0.2 W
40.0 45.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300400 - XXXX * *
40.0 45.0 25.0 2.50 GR7500400 - XXXX *
42.0 47.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500420 - XXXX * *
43.0 48.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500430 - XXXX * *
45.0 50.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500450 - XXXX * * *
45.0 50.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900450 - XXXX * * *
45.0 50.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300450 - XXXX * *
47.0 52.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500470 - XXXX * *
48.0 53.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500480 - XXXX * *
48.0 53.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900480 - XXXX * *
50.0 55.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500500 - XXXX * * *
50.0 55.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900500 - XXXX * * *
50.0 55.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300500 - XXXX * *
52.0 57.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500520 - XXXX * * *
52.0 57.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900520 - XXXX * * *
53.0 58.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900530 - XXXX * *
55.0 60.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500550 - XXXX * *
55.0 60.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900550 - XXXX * * *
55.0 60.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300550 - XXXX *
55.0 60.0 25.0 2.50 GR7500550 - XXXX *
56.0 61.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500560 - XXXX * * *
56.0 61.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900560 - XXXX * * *
56.0 61.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300560 - XXXX *
58.0 63.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500580 - XXXX * * *
58.0 63.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900580 - XXXX * * *
60.0 65.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500600 - XXXX * * *
60.0 65.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900600 - XXXX * * *
60.0 65.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300600 - XXXX *
60.0 65.0 25.0 2.50 GR7500600 - XXXX *
63.0 68.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500630 - XXXX * *
63.0 68.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900630 - XXXX * * *
63.0 68.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300630 - XXXX * * *
65.0 70.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500650 - XXXX * * *
65.0 70.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900650 - XXXX * * *
65.0 70.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300650 - XXXX * *
67.0 72.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500670 - XXXX * *

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 283
BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

Dimensions TSS Article No. HiMod® Orkot® Turcite® /


Rod Groove Groove Thickness Turcon® /
Diameter Diameter Width Zurcon®
dN f8/h9 D2 H8 L2 +0.2 W
70.0 75.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500700 - XXXX * * *
70.0 75.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900700 - XXXX * * *
70.0 75.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300700 - XXXX * * *
70.0 75.0 25.0 2.50 GR7500700 - XXXX *
75.0 80.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500750 - XXXX * * *
75.0 80.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900750 - XXXX * * *
75.0 80.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300750 - XXXX * * *
80.0 85.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500800 - XXXX * * *
80.0 85.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900800 - XXXX * * *
80.0 85.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300800 - XXXX * * *
80.0 85.0 25.0 2.50 GR7500800 - XXXX *
85.0 90.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500850 - XXXX * *
85.0 90.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900850 - XXXX * * *
85.0 90.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300850 - XXXX * * *
90.0 95.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500900 - XXXX * * *
90.0 95.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900900 - XXXX * * *
90.0 95.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300900 - XXXX * *
90.0 95.0 25.0 2.50 GR7500900 - XXXX *
92.0 97.0 25.0 2.50 GR7500920 - XXXX *
95.0 100.0 5.6 2.50 GR6500950 - XXXX * * *
95.0 100.0 9.7 2.50 GR6900950 - XXXX * * *
95.0 100.0 15.0 2.50 GR7300950 - XXXX * * *
100.0 105.0 5.6 2.50 GR6501000 - XXXX * * *
100.0 105.0 9.7 2.50 GR6901000 - XXXX * * *
100.0 105.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301000 - XXXX * * *
100.0 105.0 25.0 2.50 GR7501000 - XXXX *
105.0 110.0 9.7 2.50 GR6901050 - XXXX * *
105.0 110.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301050 - XXXX * * *
105.0 110.0 25.0 2.50 GR7501050 - XXXX *
110.0 115.0 9.7 2.50 GR6901100 - XXXX * * *
110.0 115.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301100 - XXXX * * *
110.0 115.0 25.0 2.50 GR7501100 - XXXX *
115.0 120.0 9.7 2.50 GR6901150 - XXXX * * *
115.0 120.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301150 - XXXX * *
120.0 125.0 5.6 2.50 GR6501200 - XXXX * *
120.0 125.0 9.7 2.50 GR6901200 - XXXX * *

284 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Slydring® - Wear Ring

Dimensions TSS Article No. HiMod® Orkot® Turcite® /


Rod Groove Groove Thickness Turcon® /
Diameter Diameter Width Zurcon®
dN f8/h9 D2 H8 L2 +0.2 W
120.0 125.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301200 - XXXX * * *
125.0 130.0 9.7 2.50 GR6901250 - XXXX *
125.0 130.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301250 - XXXX * * *
125.0 130.0 25.0 2.50 GR7501250 - XXXX *
130.0 135.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301300 - XXXX * *
135.0 140.0 9.7 2.50 GR6901350 - XXXX * *
135.0 140.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301350 - XXXX * *
140.0 145.0 9.7 2.50 GR6901400 - XXXX * *
140.0 145.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301400 - XXXX * *
140.0 145.0 25.0 2.50 GR7501400 - XXXX *
150.0 155.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301500 - XXXX * *
150.0 155.0 25.0 2.50 GR7501500 - XXXX *
155.0 160.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301550 - XXXX * * *
155.0 160.0 25.0 2.50 GR7501550 - XXXX *
160.0 165.0 9.7 2.50 GR6901600 - XXXX * *
160.0 165.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301600 - XXXX * *
160.0 165.0 25.0 2.50 GR7501600 - XXXX *
170.0 175.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301700 - XXXX * *
170.0 175.0 25.0 2.50 GR7501700 - XXXX *
180.0 185.0 9.7 2.50 GR6901800 - XXXX *
180.0 185.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301800 - XXXX * *
190.0 195.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301900 - XXXX * *
190.0 195.0 25.0 2.50 GR7501900 - XXXX *
195.0 200.0 15.0 2.50 GR7301950 - XXXX * *
200.0 205.0 15.0 2.50 GR7302000 - XXXX * *
200.0 205.0 25.0 2.50 GR7502000 - XXXX * *
200.0 208.0 25.0 4.00 GR9802000 - XXXX *
210.0 215.0 15.0 2.50 GR7302100 - XXXX * *
220.0 225.0 15.0 2.50 GR7302200 - XXXX * *
220.0 225.0 25.0 2.50 GR7502200 - XXXX * *
230.0 235.0 25.0 2.50 GR7502300 - XXXX * *
240.0 245.0 25.0 2.50 GR7502400 - XXXX * *
240.0 248.0 25.0 4.00 GR9802400 - XXXX *
250.0 255.0 15.0 2.50 GR7302500 - XXXX *
250.0 255.0 25.0 2.50 GR7502500 - XXXX * *
270.0 275.0 15.0 2.50 GR7302700 - XXXX * *

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 285
BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

Dimensions TSS Article No. HiMod® Orkot® Turcite® /


Rod Groove Groove Thickness Turcon® /
Diameter Diameter Width Zurcon®
dN f8/h9 D2 H8 L2 +0.2 W
280.0 285.0 15.0 2.50 GR7302800 - XXXX * *
280.0 285.0 25.0 2.50 GR7502800 - XXXX * *
280.0 288.0 25.0 4.00 GR9802800 - XXXX * *
300.0 305.0 25.0 2.50 GR7503000 - XXXX * *
320.0 325.0 15.0 2.50 GR7303200 - XXXX *
320.0 325.0 25.0 2.50 GR7503200 - XXXX * *
320.0 328.0 25.0 4.00 GR9803200 - XXXX * *
350.0 355.0 25.0 2.50 GR7503500 - XXXX * *
360.0 365.0 15.0 2.50 GR7303600 - XXXX *
360.0 365.0 25.0 2.50 GR7503600 - XXXX * *
360.0 368.0 25.0 2.50 GR9803600 - XXXX * *
400.0 405.0 25.0 2.50 GR7504000 - XXXX * *
400.0 408.0 25.0 4.00 GR9804000 - XXXX * *
800.0 805.0 25.0 2.50 GR7508000 - XXXX * *
800.0 805.0 25.0 4.00 GR9808000 - XXXX * *
1,000.0 1,005.0 25.0 2.50 GR75X1000 - XXXX * *
1,000.0 1,008.0 25.0 2.50 GR98X1000 - XXXX * *
1,200.0 1,205.0 25.0 2.50 GR75X1200 - XXXX * *
1,500.0 1,505.0 25.0 2.50 GR75X1500 - XXXX * *
2,600.0 2,605.0 25.0 2.50 GR75X2600 - XXXX *

All sizes in bold in the Hydraulic Seals - Linear Slydring® indicate conformance to ISO 10766 and should be preferred for use.

286 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Slydring® - Wear Ring

„ Installation and Part Numbers – Piston (Inch Series)

r max. 0.008 Inches/0.2 mm r max. 0.008 Inches/0.2 mm

S1
Z

d2
DN

L2

Figure 129 Installation Drawing

Table 151 Installation Dimensions


Serial No. Bore Diameter Groove Diameter Groove Width Ring Thickness
DN H9 d2 f8/h9 L2 +.010 W (max)
GP0B 1.000 - 4.000 DN - 0.126 0.385 0.063
GP0C 1.000 - 4.000 DN - 0.126 0.510 0.125
GP2B 1.000 - 4.000 DN - 0.250 0.385 0.125
GP2C 1.250 - 10.000 DN - 0.250 0.510 0.125
GP2D 1.500 - 10.000 DN - 0.250 0.635 0.125
GP2E 2.000 - 12.000 DN - 0.250 0.760 0.125
GP2F 2.500 - 16.000 DN - 0.250 1.010 0.125
GP2G 3.000 - 20.000 DN - 0.250 1.260 0.125
GP2H 4.000 - 20.000 DN - 0.250 1.510 0.125
GP2J 6.000 - 20.000 DN - 0.250 1.760 0.125
GP2K 8.000 - 20.000 DN - 0.250 2.010 0.125
GP2L 10.000 - 20.000 DN - 0.250 2.510 0.125

Notes:
1) Tolerances used are per ISO-286 system of limits and fits.
2) Bold Print indicates preferred series.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 287
BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. GP2C 03250 - C333
Slydring® for bore diameter DN = 3.250 inches
Series GP2C from Table 151
TSS Series No.
Groove width: 0.510 inches, ring thickness: 0.125 inches
Bore diameter x 1000
Material: Orkot® C333
Standard with angle cut Quality Index (Standard)
Design structure: With angle cut and teardrop Material Code
Design code: 0
TSS Part No.: GP6901000 (from Table 152)

Table 152 Slydring® for Pistons


Dimensions TSS Part No.
Bore Groove Groove Thickness
Diameter Diameter Width
DN H9 d2 h9 L2 +0.2 W
1.250 1.000 0.510 0.125 GP2C01250 - XXXX
1.313 1.063 0.510 0.125 GP2C01313 - XXXX
1.375 1.125 0.510 0.125 GP2C01375 - XXXX
1.438 1.188 0.510 0.125 GP2C01438 - XXXX
1.500 1.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C01500 - XXXX
1.563 1.313 0.510 0.125 GP2C01563 - XXXX
1.625 1.375 0.510 0.125 GP2C01625 - XXXX
1.688 1.438 0.510 0.125 GP2C01688 - XXXX
1.750 1.500 0.510 0.125 GP2C01750 - XXXX
1.813 1.563 0.510 0.125 GP2C01813 - XXXX
1.875 1.625 0.510 0.125 GP2C01875 - XXXX
1.938 1.688 0.510 0.125 GP2C01938 - XXXX
2.000 1.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C02000 - XXXX
2.125 1.875 0.510 0.125 GP2C02125 - XXXX
2.250 2.000 0.510 0.125 GP2C02250 - XXXX
2.375 2.125 0.510 0.125 GP2C02375 - XXXX
2.500 2.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C02500 - XXXX
2.625 2.375 0.510 0.125 GP2C02625 - XXXX
2.750 2.500 0.510 0.125 GP2C02750 - XXXX
2.875 2.625 0.510 0.125 GP2C02875 - XXXX
3.000 2.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C03000 - XXXX
3.125 2.875 0.510 0.125 GP2C03125 - XXXX
3.250 3.000 0.510 0.125 GP2C03250 - XXXX
3.375 3.125 0.510 0.125 GP2C03375 - XXXX
The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

288 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Slydring® - Wear Ring

Dimensions TSS Part No.


Bore Groove Groove Thickness
Diameter Diameter Width
DN H9 d2 h9 L2 +0.2 W
3.500 3.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C03500 - XXXX
3.625 3.375 0.510 0.125 GP2C03625 - XXXX
3.750 3.500 0.510 0.125 GP2C03750 - XXXX
3.875 3.625 0.510 0125 GP2C03875 - XXXX
4.000 3.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C04000 - XXXX
4.125 3.875 0.510 0.125 GP2C04125 - XXXX
4.250 4.000 0.510 0.125 GP2C04250 - XXXX
4.375 4.125 0.510 0.125 GP2C04375 - XXXX
4.500 4.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C04500 - XXXX
4.625 4.375 0.510 0.125 GP2C04625 - XXXX
4.750 4.500 0.510 0.125 GP2C04750 - XXXX
4.875 4.625 0.510 0.125 GP2C04875 - XXXX
5.000 4.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C05000 - XXXX
5.125 4.875 0.510 0.125 GP2C05125 - XXXX
5.250 5.000 0.510 0.125 GP2C05250 - XXXX
5.375 5.125 0.510 0.125 GP2C05375 - XXXX
5.500 5.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C05500 - XXXX
5.625 5.375 0.510 0.125 GP2C05625 - XXXX
5.750 5.500 0.510 0.125 GP2C05750 - XXXX
5.875 5.625 0.510 0.125 GP2C05875 - XXXX
6.000 5.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C06000 - XXXX
6.250 6.000 0.510 0.125 GP2C06250 - XXXX
6.500 6.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C06500 - XXXX
6.750 6.500 0.510 0.125 GP2C06750 - XXXX
7.000 6.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C07000 - XXXX
7.250 7.000 0.510 0.125 GP2C07250 - XXXX
7.500 7.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C07500 - XXXX
7.750 7.500 0.510 0.125 GP2C07750 - XXXX
8.000 7.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C08000 - XXXX
8.250 8.000 0.510 0.125 GP2C08250 - XXXX
8.500 8.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C08500 - XXXX
8.750 8.500 0.510 0.125 GP2C08750 - XXXX
9.000 8.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C09000 - XXXX
9.250 9.000 0.510 0.125 GP2C09250 - XXXX
9.500 9.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C09500 - XXXX
9.750 9.500 0.510 0.125 GP2C09750 - XXXX
The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 289
BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

Dimensions TSS Part No.


Bore Groove Groove Thickness
Diameter Diameter Width
DN H9 d2 h9 L2 +0.2 W
10.000 9.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C10000 - XXXX
10.500 10.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C10500 - XXXX
11.000 10.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C11000 - XXXX
11.500 11.250 0.510 0.125 GP2C11500 - XXXX
12.000 11.750 0.510 0.125 GP2C12000 - XXXX

4.000 3.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E0400 - XXXX


4.125 3.875 0.760 0.125 GP2E04125 - XXXX
4.250 4.000 0.760 0.125 GP2E04250 - XXXX
4.375 4.125 0.760 0.125 GP2E04375 - XXXX
4.500 4.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E04500 - XXXX
4.625 4.375 0.760 0.125 GP2E04625 - XXXX
4.750 4.500 0.760 0.125 GP2E04750 - XXXX
4.875 4.625 0.760 0.125 GP2E04875 - XXXX
5.000 4.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E05000 - XXXX
5.125 4.875 0.760 0.125 GP2E05125 - XXXX
5.250 5.000 0.760 0.125 GP2E05250 - XXXX
5.375 5.125 0.760 0.125 GP2E05375 - XXXX
5.500 5.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E05500 - XXXX
5.625 5.375 0.760 0.125 GP2E05625 - XXXX
5.750 5.500 0.760 0.125 GP2E05750 - XXXX
5.875 5.625 0.760 0.125 GP2E05875 - XXXX
6.000 5.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E06000 - XXXX
6.250 6.000 0.760 0.125 GP2E06250 - XXXX
6.500 6.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E06500 - XXXX
6.750 6.500 0.760 0.125 GP2E06750 - XXXX
7.000 6.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E07000 - XXXX
7.250 7.000 0.760 0.125 GP2E07250 - XXXX
7.500 7.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E07500 - XXXX
7.750 7.500 0.760 0.125 GP2E07750 - XXXX
8.000 7.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E08000 - XXXX
8.250 8.000 0.760 0.125 GP2E08250 - XXXX
8.500 8.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E08500 - XXXX
8.750 8.500 0.760 0.125 GP2E08750 - XXXX
9.000 8.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E09000 - XXXX
9.250 9.000 0.760 0.125 GP2E09250 - XXXX
The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

290 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Slydring® - Wear Ring

Dimensions TSS Part No.


Bore Groove Groove Thickness
Diameter Diameter Width
DN H9 d2 h9 L2 +0.2 W
9.500 9.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E09500 - XXXX
9.750 9.500 0.760 0.125 GP2E09750 - XXXX
10.000 9.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E10000 - XXXX
10.500 10.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E10500 - XXXX
11.000 10.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E11000 - XXXX
11.500 11.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E11500 - XXXX
12.000 11.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E12000 - XXXX
12.500 12.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E12500 - XXXX
13.000 12.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E13000 - XXXX
13.500 13.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E13500 - XXXX
14.000 13.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E14000 - XXXX
14.500 14.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E14500 - XXXX
15.000 14.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E15000 - XXXX
15.500 15.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E15500 - XXXX
16.000 15.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E16000 - XXXX
16.500 16.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E16500 - XXXX
17.000 16.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E17000 - XXXX
17.500 17.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E17500 - XXXX
18.000 17.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E18000 - XXXX
18.500 18.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E18500 - XXXX
19.000 18.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E19000 - XXXX
19.500 19.250 0.760 0.125 GP2E19500 - XXXX
20.000 19.750 0.760 0.125 GP2E20000 - XXXX

6.000 5.750 1.010 0.125 GP2F06000 - XXXX


6.250 6.000 1.010 0.125 GP2F06250 - XXXX
6.500 6.250 1.010 0.125 GP2F06500 - XXXX
6.750 6.500 1.010 0.125 GP2F06750 - XXXX
7.000 6.750 1.010 0.125 GP2F07000 - XXXX
7.250 7.000 1.010 0.125 GP2F07250 - XXXX
7.500 7.250 1.010 0.125 GP2F07500 - XXXX
7.750 7.500 1.010 0.125 GP2F07750 - XXXX
8.000 7.750 1.010 0.125 GP2F08000 - XXXX
8.250 8.000 1.010 0.125 GP2F08250 - XXXX
8.500 8.250 1.010 0.125 GP2F08500 - XXXX
8.750 8.500 1.010 0.125 GP2F08750 - XXXX
The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 291
BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

Dimensions TSS Part No.


Bore Groove Groove Thickness
Diameter Diameter Width
DN H9 d2 h9 L2 +0.2 W
9.000 8.750 1.010 0.125 GP2F09000 - XXXX
9.250 9.000 1.010 0.125 GP2F09250 - XXXX
9.500 9.250 1.010 0.125 GP2F09500 - XXXX
9.750 9.500 1.010 0.125 GP2E09750 - XXXX
10.000 9.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E10500 - XXXX
10.500 10.250 1.010 0.125 GP2E10500 - XXXX
11.000 10.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E11000 - XXXX
11.500 11.250 1.010 0.125 GP2E11500 - XXXX
12.000 11.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E12000 - XXXX
12.500 12.250 1.010 0.125 GP2E12500 - XXXX
13.000 12.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E13000 - XXXX
13.500 13.250 1.010 0.125 GP2E13500 - XXXX
14.000 13.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E14000 - XXXX
14.500 14.250 1.010 0.125 GP2E14500 - XXXX
15.000 14.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E15000 - XXXX
15.500 15.250 1.010 0.125 GP2E15500 - XXXX
16.000 15.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E16000 - XXXX
16.500 16.250 1.010 0.125 GP2E16500 - XXXX
17.000 16.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E17000 - XXXX
17.500 17.250 1.010 0.125 GP2E17500 - XXXX
18.000 17.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E18000 - XXXX
18.500 18.250 1.010 0.125 GP2E18500 - XXXX
19.000 18.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E19000 - XXXX
19.500 19.250 1.010 0.125 GP2E19500 - XXXX
20.000 19.750 1.010 0.125 GP2E20000 - XXXX
The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

292 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Slydring® - Wear Ring

„ Installation and Part Numbers – Rod (Inch Series)

r max. 0.008 Inches/0.2 mm


W

S1
Z

r max. 0.008 Inches/0.2 mm


dN
D2

L2

Figure 130 Installation Drawing

Table 153 Installation Recommendations


Serial No. Rod Diameter Groove Diameter Groove Width Thickness
dN f8/h9 D2 H9 L2 +.010 W (max)
GR0B 0.750 - 2.500 dN + 0.126 0.385 0.063
GR0C 1.250 - 4.000 dN + 0.126 0.510 0.125
GR2B 1.250 - 4.000 dN + 0.250 0.385 0.125
GR2C 1.250 - 8.000 dN + 0.250 0.510 0.125
GR2D 1.500 - 10.000 dN + 0.250 0.635 0.125
GR2E 2.500 - 12.000 dN + 0.250 0.760 0.125
GR2F 3.000 - 16.000 dN + 0.250 1.010 0.125
GR2G 3.500 - 20.000 dN + 0.250 1.260 0.125
GR2H 4.000 - 20.000 dN + 0.250 1.510 0.125
GR2J 6.000 - 20.000 dN + 0.250 1.760 0.125
GR2K 8.000 - 20.000 dN + 0.250 2.010 0.125
GR2L 10.000 - 20.000 dN + 0.250 2.510 0.125

Notes:
1) Tolerances used are per ISO-286 system of limits and fits.
2) Bold Print indicates preferred series.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 293
BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

Ordering Example
TSS Article No. GR2C 03250 - T47
Slydring® for rod diameter dN = 3.250 inches
Series GR2C from Table 153
TSS Series No.
Groove width: 0.510 inches, ring thickness: 0.125 inches
Rod diameter x 1000
Material: Turcite® T47
Standard with angle cut Quality Index (Standard)
Design structure: With angle cut and teardrop Material Code
Design code: 0
TSS Part No.: GR2C03250 (from Table 154)

Table 154 Slydring® for Rods


Dimensions TSS Part No.
Rod Groove Groove Thickness
Diameter Diameter Width
DN f8/h9 D2 H9 L2 + .010 W (max)
0.750 0.875 0.510 0.063 GR0C00750 - XXXX
0.875 1.000 0.510 0.063 GR0C00875 - XXXX
1.000 1.125 0.510 0.063 GR0C01000 - XXXX
1.125 1.250 0.510 0.063 GR0C01125 - XXXX
1.250 1.375 0.510 0.063 GR0C01250 - XXXX
1.375 1.500 0.510 0.063 GR0C01375 - XXXX
1.500 1.625 0.510 0.063 GR0C01500 - XXXX
1.625 1.750 0.510 0.063 GR0C01625 - XXXX
1.750 1.875 0.510 0.063 GR0C01750 - XXXX
1.875 2.000 0.510 0.063 GR0C01875 - XXXX
2.000 2.125 0.510 0.063 GR0C02000 - XXXX

1.250 1.500 0.510 0.125 GR2C01250 - XXXX


1.313 1.563 0.510 0.125 GR2C01313 - XXXX
1.375 1.625 0.510 0.125 GR2C01375 - XXXX
1.438 1.688 0.510 0.125 GR2C01438 - XXXX
1.500 1.750 0.510 0.125 GR2C01500 - XXXX
1.563 1.813 0.510 0.125 GR2C01563 - XXXX
1.625 1.875 0.510 0.125 GR2C01625 - XXXX
1.688 1.938 0.510 0.125 GR2C01688 - XXXX
1.750 2.000 0.510 0.125 GR2C01750 - XXXX
1.813 2.063 0.510 0.125 GR2C01833 - XXXX
1.875 2.125 0.510 0.125 GR2C01875 - XXXX
1.938 2.188 0.510 0.125 GR2C01938 - XXXX
2.000 2.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C02000 - XXXX
2.125 2.375 0.510 0.125 GR2C02125 - XXXX
2.250 2.500 0.510 0.125 GR2C02250 - XXXX
The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

294 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Slydring® - Wear Ring

Dimensions TSS Part No.


Rod Groove Groove Thickness
Diameter Diameter Width
DN f8/h9 D2 H9 L2 + .010 W (max)
2.375 2.625 0.510 0.125 GR2C02375 - XXXX
2.500 2.750 0.510 0.125 GR2C02500 - XXXX
2.626 2.876 0.510 0.125 GR2C02626 - XXXX
2.750 3.000 0.510 0.125 GR2C02750 - XXXX
2.876 3.125 0.510 0.125 GR2C02875 - XXXX
3.000 3.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C03000 - XXXX
3.125 3.375 0.510 0.125 GR2C03125 - XXXX
3.250 3.500 0.510 0.125 GR2C03250 - XXXX
3.375 3.625 0.510 0.125 GR2C03375 - XXXX
3.500 3.750 0.510 0.125 GR2C03500 - XXXX
3.625 3.875 0.510 0.125 GR2C03625 - XXXX
3.750 4.000 0.510 0.125 GR2C03750 - XXXX
3.875 4.125 0.510 0.125 GR2C03875 - XXXX
4.000 4.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C04000 - XXXX
4.125 4.375 0.510 0.125 GR2C04125 - XXXX
4.250 4.500 0.510 0.125 GR2C04250 - XXXX
4.375 4.625 0.510 0.125 GR2C04375 - XXXX
4.500 4.000 0.510 0.125 GR2C04500 - XXXX
4.625 4.875 0.510 0.125 GR2C04625 - XXXX
4.750 5.000 0.510 0.125 GR2C04750 - XXXX
4.875 5.125 0.510 0.125 GR2C04875 - XXXX
5.000 5.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C05000 - XXXX
5.125 5.375 0.510 0.125 GR2C05125 - XXXX
5.250 5.500 0.510 0.125 GR2C05250 - XXXX
5.375 5.625 0.510 0.125 GR2C05375 - XXXX
5.500 5.750 0.510 0.125 GR2C05500 - XXXX
5.625 5.875 0.510 0.125 GR2C05625 - XXXX
5.750 6.000 0.510 0.125 GR2C05750 - XXXX
5.875 6.125 0.510 0.125 GR2C05875 - XXXX
6.000 6.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C06000 - XXXX
6.250 6.500 0.510 0.125 GR2C06250 - XXXX
6.500 6.750 0.510 0.125 GR2C06500 - XXXX
6.750 7.000 0.510 0.125 GR2C06750 - XXXX
7.000 7.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C07000 - XXXX
7.250 7.500 0.510 0.125 GR2C07250 - XXXX
7.500 7.750 0.510 0.125 GR2C07500 - XXXX
The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 295
BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

Dimensions TSS Part No.


Rod Groove Groove Thickness
Diameter Diameter Width
DN f8/h9 D2 H9 L2 + .010 W (max)
7.750 8.000 0.510 0.125 GR2C07750 - XXXX
8.000 8.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C08000 - XXXX
8.250 8.500 0.510 0.125 GR2C08250 - XXXX
8.500 8.750 0.510 0.125 GR2C08500 - XXXX
8.750 9.000 0.510 0.125 GR2C08750 - XXXX
9.000 9.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C09000 - XXXX
9.250 9.500 0.510 0.125 GR2C09250 - XXXX
9.500 9.750 0.510 0.125 GR2C09500 - XXXX
9.750 10.000 0.510 0.125 GR2C09750 - XXXX
10.000 10.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C10000 - XXXX
10.500 10.750 0.510 0.125 GR2C10500 - XXXX
11.000 11.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C11000 - XXXX
11.500 11.750 0.510 0.125 GR2C11500 - XXXX
12.000 12.250 0.510 0.125 GR2C12000 - XXXX

4.000 4.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E04000 - XXXX


4.125 4.375 0.760 0.125 GR2E04125 - XXXX
4.250 4.500 0.760 0.125 GR2E04250 - XXXX
4.375 4.625 0.760 0.125 GR2E04375 - XXXX
4.500 4.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E04500 - XXXX
4.625 4.875 0.760 0.125 GR2E04625 - XXXX
4.750 5.000 0.760 0.125 GR2E04750 - XXXX
4.875 5.125 0.760 0.125 GR2E04875 - XXXX
5.000 5.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E05000 - XXXX
5.125 5.375 0.760 0.125 GR2E05125 - XXXX
5.250 5.500 0.760 0.125 GR2E05250 - XXXX
5.375 5.625 0.760 0.125 GR2E05375 - XXXX
5.500 5.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E05500 - XXXX
5.625 5.875 0.760 0.125 GR2E05625 - XXXX
5.750 6.000 0.760 0.125 GR2E05705 - XXXX
5.875 6.125 0.760 0.125 GR2E05875 - XXXX
6.000 6.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E06000 - XXXX
6.250 6.500 0.760 0.125 GR2E06250 - XXXX
6.500 6.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E06500 - XXXX
6.750 7.000 0.760 0.125 GR2E06750 - XXXX
7.000 7.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E07000 - XXXX
The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

296 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Slydring® - Wear Ring

Dimensions TSS Part No.


Rod Groove Groove Thickness
Diameter Diameter Width
DN f8/h9 D2 H9 L2 + .010 W (max)
7.250 7.500 0.760 0.125 GR2E07250 - XXXX
7.500 7.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E07500 - XXXX
7.750 8.000 0.760 0.125 GR2E07750 - XXXX
8.000 8.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E08000 - XXXX
8.250 8.500 0.760 0.125 GR2E08250 - XXXX
8.500 8.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E08500 - XXXX
8.750 9.000 0.760 0.125 GR2E08750 - XXXX
9.000 9.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E09000 - XXXX
9.250 9.500 0.760 0.125 GR2E09250 - XXXX
9.500 9.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E09500 - XXXX
9.750 10.000 0.760 0.125 GR2E09750 - XXXX
10.000 10.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E10000 - XXXX
10.500 10.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E10500 - XXXX
11.000 11.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E11000 - XXXX
11.500 11.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E11500 - XXXX
12.000 12.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E12000 - XXXX
12.500 12.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E12500 - XXXX
13.000 13.250 .760 0.125 GR2E13000 - XXXX
13.500 13.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E13500 - XXXX
14.000 14.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E14000 - XXXX
14.500 14.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E14500 - XXXX
15.000 15.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E15000 - XXXX
15.500 15.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E15500 - XXXX
16.000 16.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E16000 - XXXX
16.500 16.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E16500 - XXXX
17.000 17.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E17000 - XXXX
17.500 17.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E17500 - XXXX
18.000 18.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E18000 - XXXX
18.500 18.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E18500 - XXXX
19.000 19.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E19000 - XXXX
19.500 19.750 0.760 0.125 GR2E19500 - XXXX
20.000 20.250 0.760 0.125 GR2E20000 - XXXX

6.000 6.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F06000 - XXXX


6.250 6.500 1.010 0.125 GR2F06250 - XXXX
6.500 6.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F06500 - XXXX
The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 297
BEARINGS · Slydring® - Wear Ring

Dimensions TSS Part No.


Rod Groove Groove Thickness
Diameter Diameter Width
DN f8/h9 D2 H9 L2 + .010 W (max)
6.750 7.000 1.010 0.125 GR2F06750 - XXXX
7.000 7.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F07000 - XXXX
7.250 7.500 1.010 0.125 GR2F07250 - XXXX
7.500 7.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F07500 - XXXX
7.750 8.000 1.010 0.125 GR2F07750 - XXXX
8.000 8.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F08000 - XXXX
8.250 8.500 1.010 0.125 GR2F08250 - XXXX
8.500 8.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F08500 - XXXX
8.750 9.000 1.010 0.125 GR2F08750 - XXXX
9.000 9.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F09000 - XXXX
9.250 9.500 1.010 0.125 GR2F09250 - XXXX
9.500 9.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F09500 - XXXX
9.750 10.000 1.010 0.125 GR2F09750 - XXXX
10.000 10.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F10000 - XXXX
10.500 10.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F10500 - XXXX
11.000 11.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F11000 - XXXX
11.500 11.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F11500 - XXXX
12.000 12.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F12000 - XXXX
12.500 12.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F12500 - XXXX
13.000 13.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F13000 - XXXX
13.500 13.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F13500 - XXXX
14.000 14.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F14000 - XXXX
14.500 14.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F14500 - XXXX
15.000 15.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F15000 - XXXX
15.500 15.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F15500 - XXXX
16.000 16.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F16000 - XXXX
16.500 16.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F16500 - XXXX
17.000 17.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F17000 - XXXX
17.500 17.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F17500 - XXXX
18.000 18.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F18000 - XXXX
18.500 18.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F18500 - XXXX
19.000 19.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F19000 - XXXX
19.500 19.750 1.010 0.125 GR2F19500 - XXXX
20.000 20.250 1.010 0.125 GR2F20000 - XXXX
The sizes listed in bold font are preferred sizes (more likely to be available for immediate shipment).

298 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
BEARINGS

Achieves bearing function that is impossible Light-weight with good strength and thickness
with standard products
Suitable for magnetic applications
Self-lubricating, environmentally friendly
Materials compatible with virtually all media,
Molded to consolidate component parts both system and cleaning

Low friction

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 299
BEARINGS · Durobal®

300 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Durobal®

„ Durobal®
Description

The unique Durobal® rolling element bearing is ideal for


high speed, low-load applications, and being constructed
of plastic, offers significant advantages over traditional
metal components.
Most importantly, Durobal® has the added benefit that it
can be designed as a single bearing and sealing element
that often consolidates a number of components. This can
lower total cost, improve integrity and enhance overall
product performance, providing you with real competitive
advantage.
A bearing consists of an outer ring, inner ring, shield, seals
and rolling elements held in a cage. The configuration of
Durobal can be varied to meet customer requirements and
optimize the performance of an application.
Figure 131 Durobal® Bearing
Working with our engineering teams, Trelleborg Sealing
Solutions will support you in the development of a
customized Durobal® bearing solution designed to suit
your individual needs. The housing could be in a variety of - Avoids incorrect assembly
different plastic formulations, often proprietary, that are
specially engineered to meet the demanding requirements - Maximize application reliability
of specific industries. This can be combined with a choice of - Lowers total cost of production
ball bearing materials, perfectly suited to the operational
criteria of your application. When developing a customized - Reduction of assembly and sub-assembly
bearing solution, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions is not just
- Allows automated assembly
interested in the function it performs.
- Improved product integrity
In addition, we want our component to perform that
function more effectively, at a lower total-cost while - Unique machined races with more land area
enhancing your manufacturing process and providing your
- Extended life
customer with optimized performance.
- Smoother operation
Durobal® rolling element bearings are ideally suited
for use in a wide variety of industries and applications. - Lower noise
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions has already helped thousands
- Optimum performance at high speeds with low load
of customers to achieve their goals through innovative
thinking and in-depth knowledge. - Resistance to extreme temperatures
- Compounds to meet the most stringent approvals and
standards
Benefits
- Support from beginning to end of project
- Self-lubricating, environmentally-friendly
- Open communication
- Low-friction
- Flexible delivery times
- Molded to consolidate component parts
- Meet special delivery requirements
- Materials compatible with virtually all media, both
system and cleaning
- Light-weight with good strength and stiffness
- Suitable for magnetic applications
- Achieves bearing function that is impossible with
standard products
- Fits into difficult design windows
- Improved component integrity

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 301
BEARINGS · Durobal®

Table 155 Types of Durobal® bearing

Conrad Bearing Radial Durobal®

The most common ball bearing The most common type gives
design. A version of the radial a good combination of load to
ball bearing, it contains a snap- speed capability. Can also be
in cage and deep groove races. produced with angular contact
A quieter bearing capable on to allow mild thrust loading.
handling higher speeds and
lower loads.

Full Complement Bearing Angular Contact Durobal®

An extra deep bearing This configuration allows a


containing no cage but a full greater thrust load capacity but
complement of balls. Can be the axial load can only apply in
used as a pure radial bearing or one direction.
combined radial thrust bearing.
Can carry higher loads at lower
speeds.

Double/Multiple Roll Ball Thrust Durobal®

For use when radial loading Intended for axial load with no
is relatively high. It effectively radial load.
doubles the dynamic load
capacity of the bearing
compared to a single row
bearing. Ideal when space is at
a premium.

302 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Durobal®

Inner ring configurations Outer ring designs

Round Keyway Hex Square Flanged Pulley

Figure 133 Outer ring designs

Outer Ring:
Typically, the outer ring is the static component of a
bearing. It can also be pressed into a housing. Among
the unique features and benefits of the Durobal® are
machined inner and outer races to provide more land area
for longer life, smoother operation and significantly less
noise when running.

Spline Square

Figure 132 Inner ring configurations

Inner Ring:
The inner ring is designed to fit or press onto the shaft of a
dynamic application. The I.D. of the inner ring can have any
geometry imaginable; it could be splined, square, keyway
etc. Typically the inner and outer rings are the same width,
but many different geometrical patterns can be made.

Component Reduction − Value Added Engineering

Figure 134 Component Reduction − Value Added Engineering

One of the advantages that plastic bearings offer is the must do the job of each of the component parts that it
possibility of part consolidation. When two or more parts replaces.
are replaced with a single plastic part, the new plastic part

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 303
BEARINGS · Durobal®

304 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
BEARINGS

Dimensionally stable

Excellent wear resistance

Outstanding low friction characteristics

Optimized to application

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 305
BEARINGS · Special Bearings, Bushings and Washers

306 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Special Bearings, Bushings and Washers

„ Bearing Designs
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions manufactures polymer cases, the use of plastics as the primary bearing material
bearings made of materials such as HiMod®, Turcon® MF, can produce distinct advantages. Plastics offer the user
and Orkot® generally known as journal, sleeve, flange, design flexibility and superior performance capabilities.
thrust bearings or bushings. The engineer must choose Detailed plastic material information can be found on
the type of material that best fits the application. In many Table 157.

Figure 135 HiMod®, Turcon® MF, and Orkot® Polymer Bearings

Polymer bearings are single element bearings consisting of Fillers and additives can be combined to improve
several general design parameters, mainly defined by their performance criteria such as heat resistance and friction.
outer diameter and wall thickness. These bearings may The main advantages of plastic sleeve bearings are they
also be known as journal bearings. A traditional polymer can be self-lubricating and are lightweight. See the
bearing is designed and used for applications where loads comparison table of polymer vs. bronze on Table 156.
can be high but the speed is relatively low.
A traditional polymer bearing is used to support rotating
The polymer bearing can be categorized into three design and reciprocating motion. When a flange is combined into
formats, a sleeve bushing, a flange bushing or a thrust the bearing design, it can be used as a guide for mounting
bearing. In addition, a multitude of design variations can or as a thrust washer to accommodate loading that is
be achieved by the use of different plastics as the material parallel to the shaft of a machine.
type. Plastic bearings can be made out of many types of
base materials.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 307
BEARINGS · Special Bearings, Bushings and Washers

„ Bearing Materials Engineering thermoplastic polymers can be characterized


by a combination of mechanical, thermal, electrical,
In designing the optimum bearing for an application, chemical and tribological properties. Additives and
several interrelated factors must be considered. The reinforcements can be blended in to improve or change
physical characteristics such as size and shape of the these properties. Within the family of plastics there are
bearing, component design and available space, as well two categories: Thermosets and Thermoplastics.
as performance requirements are primary elements. In
As each application contains an array of performance
all cases, these elements must be integrated in order to
demands, so does each material. Bearing material selection
obtain the maximum-performance bearing. Foremost in
is influenced by factors such as temperature, chemical
achieving this goal is a thorough understanding of the
compatibility, structural tolerance, water absorption and
available materials and their respective performance
strength. Therefore, it is important to note there is a variety
capabilities.
of materials, each containing a unique set of performance
There are some distinct advantages to the use of plastics properties. One material type may offer low friction and
in any applications. Plastics can be formulated with self- a long wear life while another provides temperature
lubricating, low-friction properties, and with surprising resistance and chemical stability. These properties tend
strength and stiffness. Plastics have good chemical to “trade-off”, one against the other. The chart on the
resistance and are light in weight. Perhaps one of the previous page compares the bearing properties of typical
greatest advantages to the use of plastics in any application bronze to Turcon® MF and HiMod®.
is the manufacturability of the material. In many cases,
Bearings subject to friction and wear must withstand the
a plastic bearing can be molded to combine parts and
frictional heat generated in an application. Therefore,
reduce assembly time. The following paragraphs provide
application temperature, frictional heat generated and
a more indepth overview of plastics and their inherent
cooling effects are critical factors to consider when applying
characteristics.
plastic bearings. Electrical properties, environmental and
chemical resistance, as well as mechanical and tribological
performance must also be considered in the application
Table 156 A Comparison of Bearing Materials of thermoplastic bearings. The properties of Trelleborg
Sealing Solutions materials vary due to the specific
Bearing Bronze Turcon® MF HiMod® performance criteria for which they have been developed.
Properties
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions has engineered a family of
Corrosion materials specifically formulated to cohesively work with
Fair Good Excellent
resistance a wide variety of application components. The material
Good Good Good portfolio includes high performance polymers designed
Temperature
+204 °C / +260 °C / +260 °C / to operate in demanding environmental conditions at
resistance
+400 °F +500 °F +500 °F temperatures ranging from -65 °C to +260 °C / -85°F to
Internally
No Yes Yes
+500 °F. Proprietary materials include Turcon® MF, Orkot®,
lubricated and HiMod®. The following table provides an overview of
Design Trelleborg Sealing Solutions material compounds as they
Limited High High
flexibility relate to temperature and tensile strength.
High In addition to the tables on this and the previous page,
Component (bearings,
Limited High many of these performance criteria factors are rated on
integration housing &
seats) the Materials Selection Guide charts (see Table 157 and
Reaction to Yes
Table 158). This chart compares typical bearing materials
No No used by Trelleborg Sealing Solutions to other bearings and
magnetic field (eddy currents)
bearing materials.
Noise control Poor Good Fair
Weight Heavy Light Light All of these materials have been developed to handle a
wide range of applications and requirements. As such, a
Load capability High Medium High careful look at the specific application in conjunction with
Relative cost Moderate Low Moderate its performance requirements (tolerances, machinability,
Wear resistance Good Good Excellent etc.) is necessary before choosing the proper bearing
material.
Speed Moderate Low Moderate
Ongoing research produces new compounds, as well as
valuable data on experimental polymers as they appear
on the market and are tested in specific applications. A
summary of the key properties, material performance
capabilities, advantages and selection criteria for Trelleborg
Sealing Solutions bearing materials can be found on the
following pages.

308 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Special Bearings, Bushings and Washers

„ Bearing Material Selection Guide


Table 157 Orkot® and HiMod® Compounds

Material Maximum Description Dynamic % Water Compressive


continuous coefficient absorption strength
service of friction (ASTM D570) (ASTM D695)
temperature (non- 24 hrs @
lubricated) +73 °C / +163 °F

Orkot® C321 is manufactured from


medium-weave fabrics with excellent
+130 °C / 300 MPa /
Orkot® C321 mechanical strength and possesses 0.18 <0.1
+266 °F / 43,500 psi
dimensional stability when immersed in
water, acids and chemical solutions.

Orkot® C333 is manufactured from


medium-weave fabrics with excellent
+130 °C / 300 MPa /
Orkot® C333 mechanical strength and possesses 0.15 <0.1
+266 °F 43,500 psi
dimensional stability when immersed in
water, acids and chemical solutions.

Orkot® C410 comprises a thermosetting


resin coated onto medium-weave fabrics
incorporating a mixture of lubricants. The
+130 °C / 300 MPa /
Orkot® C410 material possess excellent dimensional 0.08 <0.1
+266 °F 43,500 psi
stability in water and oil and has very
good friction and wear properties.
Especially suited to dry run applications.

HiMod® 871 is a high-performance,


engineered polymer filled with
+110 °C / 124 MPa /
HiMod® 871 reinforcing fibers. Known for its high N/A 0.2
+230 °F 18,000 psi
strength, modulus and resistance to
impact and fatigue.

HiMod® 872 is a self-lubricated bearing


+135 °C / material that provides excellent wear 138 MPa /
HiMod® 872 0.25 1
+275 °F and corrosion resistance - marginal dry 20,000 psi
applications.

HiMod® 873 is a reinforced bearing


+135 °C / material that provides maintenance 179 MPa /
HiMod® 873 0.45 1
+275 °F free system design - not for dry running 26,000 psi
applications.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 309
BEARINGS · Special Bearings, Bushings and Washers

Table 158 Turcon® and Zurcon® Compounds

Material Maximum Description Dynamic % Water Deformation


continuous coefficient absorption under load
service of friction (ASTM D570) ASTM D621
temperature (non- 24 hrs @ (%)
lubricated) +73 °C / +163 °F
Turcon® MF4 is a PTFE filled with carbon fiber
for high wear resistance, very low friction
and mechanical strength. Ideal for linear,
+150 °C / rotary and high-frequency motion. For use
Turcon® MF4* 0.1 < 0.01 5.9
+302 °F with lubricating and non-lubricating fluids,
including water applications. General bearing
material for hydraulics and pneumatics in
process industries.

Turcon® MF6 is a PTFE filled with an aromatic


polymer for high wear resistance, very
low friction and form stability with high
+150 °C /
Turcon® MF6* temperatures. For Linear and rotary motion 0.1 < 0.01 6.5
+302 °F
with very low friction. Excellent for both
heavy and light viscosity fluids and gases. See
separate description.

Zurcon® Z80/Z81 is virgin UHMW-PE. For


linear and slowly turning motion applications
with abrasive condition and media with
+80 °C / particles, and for use with lubricating and
Zurcon® Z80 / Z81* 0.15 < 0.01 6-8
+176 °F non-lubricating fluids, air and gases. Low
friction, good form stability and good chemical
resistance. Limited temperature range.
(-60 °C to +80 °C / -76 °F to +176 °F).

Zurcon® Z431 is a hard, high-temperature


thermoplastic, excellent for very high load
+250 °C /
Zurcon® Z431* and temperature. High wear, high abrasion 0.17 0.07
+482 °F
resistance and excellent mechanical strength.
See separate description.

* Material Specifications and Engineering Data are available on request.

310 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Special Bearings, Bushings and Washers

„ Selection Process
Selection Process

While there exist many parameters that will ultimately Specific application parameters as well as a wide variety of
determine the proper bearing design, some general design alternatives expand the envelope for each bearing
directives can be helpful to get you started. When style and as such, must be evaluated to ensure the right
choosing a bearing for a specific application, the first step bearing is chosen for your application. For these reasons,
is identifying the type of load and speed your application our design engineers are always available for consultation.
will require. Polymer bearing applications typically operate
within high-load, low-speed constraints.

Figure 136 HiMod®, Turcon® MF, and Orkot® Polymer Figure 137 Durobal® Bearing
Bearings

- Thrust bearings - Liquid flow meter


- Valve seats - Food conveyors
- Bearing backup ring combinations - Industrial conveyors
- Back-up rings - Pulleys
- Control linkages - Throttle controls
- Valves - Blood separation
- Gears - Diagnostic equipment
- Pumps - Laboratory sample processing equipment
- Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI)

Figure 138 FEA image of bearing

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 311
BEARINGS · Special Bearings, Bushings and Washers

HiMod®, Turcon® MF, and Orkot® Polymer Bearings

Polymer bearings can be configured in three typical


ways; as a thrust bearing, sleeve bearing or flanged
bearing. Each configuration is based on typical application
parameters but all three can be modified to fit within
the specific application. The self-lubricating properties of
HiMod®, Turcon® MF, and Orkot® allow for maintenance
free bearing systems, which offer savings in operational
costs. In addition, by expanding the specific bearing into a
combined bearing system, many users experience further
decreased cost by reducing the assembly process as well.
Descriptions of each bearing type with cross sectional
drawings follow. Figure 140 Flanged bearing

Sleeve Bearing

The sleeve bearing, a cylindrical bearing, can either be used


to support rotating shafts or as guides in linear motion.
The load characteristic on a sleeve bearing is radial, which
means the load on the sleeve bearing is perpendicular to
the shaft.

Figure 141 Thrust bearing

Thrust Bearing

Bearings that are designed to accommodate loading


parallel to the shaft of a machine are called thrust bearings.
The maximum surface speed on a thrust bearing occurs at
Figure 139 Sleeve bearing the outermost radius of the bearing. PV calculations for
thrust bearings should be performed using the surface
speed at the outermost radius of the bearing to obtain
the highest actual PV in the system. In general, thermal
Flanged Bearing
expansion and water absorption are less critical with thrust
Similar to sleeve bearings in their design, flanged bearings washers than they are with other types of thermoplastic
are often used in the exact same way. As the name implies, bearings.
a flange bearing is a sleeve bearing with a flange at one
end. This flange is often used only as a locating device
for the bearing, to keep it from sliding too far into the
housing. However, in some cases the flange of the bearing
is also used as a thrust washer. In this case, both the thrust
load and the radial load must be considered.

312 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Special Bearings, Bushings and Washers

HiMod®, Turcon® MF, and Orkot® Polymer Bearings

Trelleborg Sealing Solutions has the capabilities, Some of the illustrations show simple variations, while
engineering expertise and equipment to pioneer new others employ a series of component modifications,
bearing designs. The unique properties of plastics enable design alterations and part consolidation. It is important
design flexibility with materials, shapes and sizes. In many to note that some of these design illustrations have been
cases an alteration of the bearing design can provide a successfully used in actual applications, while others are
simplification of components resulting in cost savings, design prototypes drawn to support the engineer’s quest
easier installation and enhanced performance. The for improved application operation. As always, Trelleborg
illustrations listed on this page are provided to give some Sealing Solutions design engineers are available for
indication of the enhanced abilities of Trelleborg Sealing consultation on any product design.
Solutions.

Gear Integral roller and Valve ball Ball seat Impeller


bearing

Chemical mechanical Lead nut Ribbed bearing Tensioning pad Poppet


planerization
Figure 142 Design Capabilities

Figure 143 Design Consolidation

Gear Box

When environmental influences such as chemical exposure redesigned to incorporate the seal within a polymer
are present, design consolidation can be a key component housing. This results in fewer pieces and a more effective
in obtaining a more cost efficient, higher performance sealing/bearing unit.
bearing application. Above is an example of a gear box

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 313
BEARINGS · Special Bearings, Bushings and Washers

314 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
SPECIAL SOLUTIONS

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 315
316 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
SPECIAL SOLUTIONS

Improved alternative to standard contact-


pressure seals

Custom designed to application conditions

Compatible with a wide range of food, beverage


and pharmaceutical applications

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 317
SPECIAL SOLUTIONS · Airseal

318 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Airseal

Description Available Materials

Airseals are inflatable, tubular, elastomer seals VMQ, EPDM, NBR, CR, FKM, NR, IIR, and FVMQ
activated by internal pressurization. They represent a
- EPDM is typically recommended for food, beverage and
technically improved alternative to the standard contact-
pharmaceutical.
pressure seals. Airseals are used in food, beverage and
pharmaceutical applications to prevent scattering of food - EPDM and VMQ materials are available with FDA
or medicine powder, to make isolation chambers and to compliance.
prevent exposure to bacteria and smoke.
Airseals are custom-designed and can easily be adapted
to match application conditions and hardware. The wide
range of high-pressure and low pressure seals and the
numerous FDA compliant elastomer materials help provide
a customized seal suited to the application.

Advantages

Airseals offer a large number of advantages compared


with conventional contact pressure seals:
- Faster and tighter closing of large sealing surfaces, able
to seal gaps with wide tolerances
- No deterioration in the sealing function over the service
life
- Tight sealing at pressure and under vacuum conditions
- Automatic pressure monitoring possible
- No high demands on the flatness and surface finish of
the mating surface
- High mechanical load-bearing strength owing to fabric
reinforcement
- Long service life even with frequent load changes

To design an Airseal, choose four elements suited to your


hardware and operating conditions:
- Cross section
- Material
- Direction of inflation
- Corner figure

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 319
SPECIAL SOLUTIONS · Airseal

Typical Applications for Food, Beverage and


Wine tank lid
Pharmaceutical Industries
For wineries using
The range of potential applications for an Airseal is variable capacity
unlimited. Its use is recommended wherever frequent fermentation tanks, the
activation and deactivation of a static seal is required. Airseals are especially
A selection of typical Airseal applications in the food, important to ensure
beverage and pharmaceutical industry are summarized airtight lids during the
below. delicate fermentation
process. As lids sometimes
Ham smoke door do not fit exactly, Airseals
An Airseal is mounted provide for a snug fit,
on the door to expand regardless of the height
radially out and make a of the lid in the tank.
smoke-tight seal against Winemakers can be
the doorframe. When assured that their wine
the Airseal is deflated, will reach its fullest
the door can be opened potential.
easily. Airseals can also Sterilizer door
be used for virology Sterilizer doors require
laboratory doors to both air tight sealing and
prevent contamination of easy handling. The unique
quarantined areas. features of Airseals can
Mixer lid solve this demanding
Scattering of materials requirement.
in food/pharmaceutical On inflation, Airseals
applications causes create an air-tight seal
serious hygienic issues. for a sterilizing chamber.
Airseals provide leak- Deflated Airseals make
tight seals for hinged or the door easy to open
sliding covers on access and close.
ways and other openings
in mixers, powder/bulk or Butterfly Valve
fluid handling processing Airseals are ideal for
equipment. butterfly valves in tight
sealing applications. The
Flour hopper clearance between the
Airseals can be installed deflated seal allows for
on the mouth of a flour low torque rotation of
hopper valve or metering the disk and eliminates
device. When the flour the damaging effect of
is deposited in the cart, abrasion on the seal.
Airseal expands axially When the disk is fully
downward and forms closed, the seal inflates
a leak-tight seal. After radially inward against its
deflating, the cart can be edge to make a leak-tight
moved without hopper seal.
contact.

Trelleborg Sealing Solutions specializes in custom Airseal


designs. We will carefully analyze your application, apply
our extensive technical knowledge, and follow your
project through to an effective solution. Trelleborg Sealing
Solutions uses its advanced engineering expertise and
experience in designing seals for the food, beverage and
pharmaceutical industry to achieve the optimum solution
for demanding applications requiring the highest levels of
durability and reliability.
For more information on Airseal applications and
benefits, please see the Airseal catalog, or contact
your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing
company.

320 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
SPECIAL SOLUTIONS

High product purity and cleanliness Flashless molding and fully automated
production possible
Custom-designed to application conditions
Cleanroom manufacturing
Complex shapes, thin sections and parts with
undercuts

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 321
SPECIAL SOLUTIONS · LSR Capabilities

322 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
LSR Capabilities

Leading the world in silicone solutions LSR Injection Molding is ideal for

Trelleborg Sealing Solutions is at the forefront of Liquid - High precision requirements


Silicone Rubber (LSR) manufacturing and design for
- Complicated geometrical features
the medical device, biotech, pharmaceutical, food and
beverage industries. - Thin wall thicknesses (as low as 0.10 mm / 0.004 inch)
Boasting global engineering and production facilities, - Extremely high volumes
with state-of-the-art cleanrooms and advanced automated
- Fully automated production to ensure maximum process
processes, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions can offer its
control and consistency of product
customers specialized custom-molded solutions that
enhance their product offerings. - Parts tolerating little to no flash
- Micro parts

Features and benefits


Silicone (VMQ) - General Characteristics
Facilities:
- LSR Center of Excellence in Switzerland - Food-safe, clean and transparent

- Global LSR manufacturing footprint in Europe, the - Hardness of Shore A 10 to 80


Americas and China - Good thermal stability
- ISO 13485, ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 certified - Excellent resistance to weather, ozone and UV rays
- Product design centers globally - Excellent electric insulation properties
- State-of-the-art cleanrooms - Biocompatibility: USP Class VI, ISO 10993
- ISO 8 (Class 100,000) manufacturing - Withstand sterilization by: -radiation, steam, ethylene
- ISO 7 (Class 10,000) finishing, washing and packing oxide (EtO)
- Neutral in taste and smell

Products and processes:


- High precision and micro silicone parts About Silicone

- State-of-the-art 2K / 2-shot LSR parts Matched to the needs of life sciences, silicone is a premier
elastomer material with unique and advanced attributes.
- Complex shapes, thin sections, parts with undercuts
For medical applications, its matchless inertness and
- Low to high volume production, 100 to 100-million
biocompatibility makes it the most suitable elastomer when
pieces
considering potential bacteria growth and alleviating
- High product purity and cleanliness from fully closed contamination. It is also the most widely tested and proven
loop automated production material related to human compatibility. In addition,
silicone‘s mechanical properties prove to be excellent in
- Elimination of secondary parts handling operations
dynamic applications where accuracy, consistency and
through sophisticated robot technology
longevity are important performance determining factors.
- High precision tool design and manufacture
- Wasteless and flashless designs

Markets Served

- Life sciences
- Baby care
- Food, beverage and pharmaceutical
- Sanitary industry
- Appliances
- Biotech
- Medical devices

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 323
SPECIAL SOLUTIONS · LSR Capabilities

324 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
SPECIAL SOLUTIONS

High purity Available in biologically inert silicone

Full assemblies available Low extractables

Produced in cleanrooms in FDA registered


facilities

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 325
SPECIAL SOLUTIONS · Hoses & Tubing

326 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Hoses & Tubing

„ SF100HP
Platinum-Cured Single Ply Polyester Braid
Reinforced USP Class VI Silicone Hose

Features

- High pressure ratings


- Excellent flexibility
- Sterilizable
- Suitable for autoclave use
- Imparts no taste or odor
- Available in bulk or assemblies
- Pigmented outer covers available
- Available in 7 m, 15 m, 30 m / 25 ft, 50 ft, and 100 ft Figure 144 SF100HP Silicone Hose
lengths
- Temperature range: -62 °C to +260 °C / -80 °F to +500 °F

Approvals
Applications
- Meets USP Class VI and FDA
- Pumps
- Pharmaceutical processing
Material Options
- Vessel or tank transfer
- Platinum Cured - SDM01
- Cell cultures
- Peroxide Cured - S7M09
- Load cells
- No declaration of compliance with FDA in GMHB for
S7M09

Table 159 Product Information and Dimensions – Inch

Part Internal Hose ID Wall Recommended Min. Burst Min. Bend Weight per
Number Part Thickness Working Pressure Pressure Radius Foot
Number
(inch) (WL) psi at 68 °F psi at 68 °F (inch) (lb)
HFBGR0000 SH1001 0.063 0.115 175 700 1.00 C/F
HFBKS0000 SH1002 0.125 0.120 175 700 1.00 C/F
HFBNT0000 SH1003 0.187 0.130 165 650 1.25 C/F
HFBPU0000 SH1004 0.250 0.135 160 575 1.25 0.080
HFBQV0000 SH1005 0.312 0.140 140 550 1.75 0.100
HFBRV0000 SH1006 0.375 0.140 125 500 2.00 0.116
HFBSW0000 SH1008 0.500 0.150 115 425 2.50 0.150
HFBTX0000 SH1010 0.625 0.170 100 350 3.00 0.220
HFBUY0000 SH1012 0.750 0.175 85 275 3.50 0.260
HFBVZ0000 SH1014 0.875 0.180 70 250 4.00 0.305
HFBWZ0000 SH1016 1.000 0.180 65 225 5.00 0.342
HFBXZ0000 SH1020 1.250 0.180 55 180 6.00 0.374

Note: For every 100 °F increase in working temperature, stated burst pressure and vacuum rating will decrease by 10%.
C/F = Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions Marketing company

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 327
SPECIAL SOLUTIONS · Hoses & Tubing

„ SF200HP
Platinum-Cured Double Ply Polyester Braid
Reinforced USP Class VI Silicone Hose

Features

- High pressure ratings


- Excellent flexibility
- Sterilizable
- Suitable for autoclave use
- Imparts no taste or odor
- Available in bulk or assemblies
- Pigmented outer covers available
- Available in 7 m / 25 ft lengths Figure 145 SF200HP Silicone Hose
- Temperature range: -62 °C to +260 °C / -80 °F to +500 °F

Approvals
Applications
- Meets USP Class VI and FDA
- Pump applications
- Pharmaceutical processing
Material Options
- Vessel or tank transfer
- Platinum Cured - SDM01
- Cell cultures
- Peroxide Cured - S7M09
- Load cells

Table 160 Product Information and Dimensions – Inch

Part Internal Hose ID Wall Recommended Min. Burst Min. Bend Weight per
Number Part Thickness Working Pressure Pressure Radius Foot
Number
(inch) (WL) psi at 68 °F psi at 68 °F (inch) (lb)
HFCPU0000 SH2004 0.250 0.135 200 800 1.75 0.085
HFCQV0000 SH2005 0.312 0.140 195 775 2.00 0.105
HFCRV0000 SH2006 0.375 0.140 190 750 2.25 0.118
HFCSW0000 SH2008 0.500 0.150 170 675 2.75 0.160
HFCTX0000 SH2010 0.625 0.170 150 600 3.25 0.221
HFCUY0000 SH2012 0.750 0.175 135 525 3.75 0.265
HFCVZ0000 SH2014 0.875 0.180 125 500 4.00 0.315
HFCWZ0000 SH2016 1.000 0.180 120 475 5.00 0.350
HFCXZ0000 SH2018 1.125 0.180 115 460 6.00 0.365
HFCYZ0000 SH2020 1.250 0.180 112 450 6.50 0.378

Note: For every 100 °F increase in working temperature, stated burst pressure and vacuum rating will decrease by 10%.

328 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Hoses & Tubing

„ SF400HP
Platinum-Cured 4-Ply Fabric Reinforced
USP Class VI Silicone Hose

Features

- Excellent flexibility
- Sterilizable
- Suitable for autoclave use
- Imparts no taste or odor
- Available in bulk or assemblies
- Pigmented outer covers available
- Available in 3 m / 10 ft lengths
- Temperature range: -62 °C to +260 °C / -80 °F to +500 °F Figure 146 SF400HP Silicone Hose

Applications Approvals

- Some vacuum pump applications - Meets USP Class VI and FDA

- Pharmaceutical processing
- Biotechnology Material Options

- Bulk transfer - Platinum Cured - S6M0F


- Load cells - Peroxide Cured - S6M0K

Table 161 Product Information and Dimensions – Inch

Part Number Internal Part Hose ID Wall Thickness Min. Burst Min. Bend Weight per
Number Pressure Radius Foot
(inch) (WL) psi at 68 °F (inch) (lb)
HFDSZ0000 SH4008 0.500 575 29 3.00
HFDUZ0000 SH4012 0.750 500 25 4.00
HFDWZ0000 SH4016 1.000 450 22 7.00
HFDYZ0000 SH4020 1.250 425 19 10.00
HFDZZ0000 SH4022 1.380 415 18 11.00
HFD1Z0000 SH4024 1.500 400 17 12.00
HFD2Z0000 SH4026 1.630 350 16 20.00
0.180
HFD3Z0000 SH4032 2.000 300 14 30.00
HFD4Z0000 SH4036 2.250 275 11 C/F
HFD5Z0000 SH4040 2.500 250 9 C/F
HFD6Z0000 SH4044 2.750 250 7 C/F
HFD7Z0000 SH4048 3.000 250 6 C/F
HFD8Z0000 SH4058 3.500 225 5 C/F
HFD9Z0000 SH4064 4.000 175 4 C/F

Note: For every 100 °F increase in working temperature, stated burst pressure and vacuum rating will decrease by 10%.
C/F = Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions Marketing company

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 329
SPECIAL SOLUTIONS · Hoses & Tubing

„ SF800HP
Platinum-Cured Ply Polyester Monofilament
Reinforced USP Class VI Silicone Hose

Features

- Excellent flexibility
- Sterilizable
- Suitable for autoclave use
- Imparts no taste or odor
- Available in bulk or assemblies
- Pigmented outer covers available
- Available in 3 m / 10 ft lengths
- Temperature range: -62 °C to +260 °C / -80 °F to +500 °F Figure 147 SF800HP Silicone Hose

Applications Approvals

- Some vacuum pump applications - Meets USP Class VI and FDA

- Pharmaceutical processing
- Biotechnology Material Options

- Bulk transfer - Platinum Cured - S6M0F


- Load cells - Peroxide Cured - S6M0K

Table 162 Product Information and Dimensions – Inch

Part Number Internal Part Hose ID Wall Thickness Min. Burst Min. Bend Weight per
Number Pressure Radius Foot
(inch) (WL) psi at 68 °F (inch) (lb)
HFESZ0000 SH8008 0.500 C/F C/F C/F
HFEUZ0000 SH8012 0.750 600 29 1.75
HFEWZ0000 SH8016 1.000 600 26 2.50
HFEYZ0000 SH8020 1.250 600 26 3.25
HFEZZ0000 SH8022 1.380 600 26 3.50
HFE1Z0000 SH8024 1.500 600 26 4.00
HFE2Z0000 SH8026 1.630 575 22 4.50
HFE0Z0000 SH8028 1.750 0.180 550 20 5.00
HFE3Z0000 SH8032 2.000 525 18 5.50
HFE4Z0000 SH8036 2.250 525 18 5.75
HFE5Z0000 SH8040 2.500 500 18 6.00
HFE6Z0000 SH8044 2.750 C/F C/F C/F
HFE7Z0000 SH8048 3.000 C/F C/F C/F
HFE8Z0000 SH8056 3.500 C/F C/F C/F
HFE9Z0000 SH8064 4.000 C/F C/F C/F

Note: For every 100 °F increase in working temperature, stated burst pressure and vacuum rating will decrease by 10%.
C/F = Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions Marketing company

330 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Hoses & Tubing

„ SF900HP
Platinum-Cured 4-Ply Fabric & SS Wire
Reinforced USP Class VI Silicone Hose

Features

- Excellent flexibility
- Sterilizable
- Suitable for autoclave use
- Imparts no taste or odor
- Available in bulk or assemblies
- Pigmented outer covers available
- Available in 3 m / 10 ft lengths
- Temperature range: -62 °C to +260 °C / -80 °F to +500 °F Figure 148 SF900HP Silicone Hose

Applications Approvals

- Some vacuum pump applications - Meets USP Class VI and FDA

- Pharmaceutical processing
- Biotechnology Material Options

- Bulk transfer - Platinum Cured - S6M0F


- Load cells - Peroxide Cured - S6M0K

Table 163 Product Information and Dimensions – Inch

Part Number Internal Part Hose ID Wall Thickness Min. Burst Vacuum Rating Min. Bend
Number Pressure Radius
(inch) (WL) psi at 68 °F (inHg) (inch)
HFGSZ0000 SH9008 0.500 800 2.500
HFGUZ0000 SH9012 0.750 800 3.500
HFGWZ0000 SH9016 1.000 800 5.000
HFGYZ0000 SH9020 1.350 800 6.500
HFGZZ0000 SH9022 1.380 800 7.250
HFG1Z0000 SH9024 1.500 800 8.000
HFG2Z0000 SH9026 1.630 800 9.000
HFG0Z0000 SH9028 1.750 0.180 775 29.920 10.000
HFG3Z0000 SH9032 2.000 750 11.000
HFG4Z0000 SH9036 2.250 725 11.000
HFG5Z0000 SH9040 2.500 700 11.000
HFG6Z0000 SH9044 2.750 650 13.000
HFG7Z0000 SH9048 3.000 600 16.500
HFG8Z0000 SH9058 3.500 550 19.000
HFG9Z0000 SH9064 4.000 500 22.500

Note: For every 100°F increase in working temperature, stated burst pressure and vacuum rating will decrease by 10%.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 331
SPECIAL SOLUTIONS · Hoses & Tubing

„ Premium Grade Silicone Tubing


Platinum-Cured Single Lumen USP Class VI and FDA

Features

- Special packaging arranged upon request


- Supplied in custom lengths, bulk, or cut to length
- Multi lumen, radiopaque, striped, color coded available
- Custom sizes and standard sizes available

Material Options

- Peroxide Cured - 60 duro - S6M05


- Platinum Cured - 60 duro - S6M04
- Platinum Cured - 50 duro - S5M02
Figure 149 Premium Grade Silicone Tubing

Table 164 Product Information and Dimensions – Inch

Part Number Internal Part Hose ID Wall OD Ref Std. Length Lbs/1000 ft. Burst
Number Thickness
(inch) (WL - inch) (inch) (Feet) psi
HFAAA0000 SFM1-1050 0.012 ± 0.003 0.007 ± 0.002 0.025 50 0.23 25
HFABB0000 SFM1-1350 0.020 ± 0.003 0.009 ± 0.002 0.037 50 0.45 25
HFACC0000 SFM1-1550 0.025 ± 0.003 0.011 ± 0.002 0.047 50 0.74 35
HFADZ0000 SFM1-1750 0.030 ± 0.004 0.018 ± 0.002 0.065 50 1.55 45
HFALK0000 SFM1-1850 0.031 ± 0.004 0.063 ± 0.003 0.156 50 10.9 70
HFAEE0000 SFM1-2050 0.040 ± 0.004 0.023 ± 0.003 0.085 50 2.62 45
HFAFB0000 SFM1-2350 0.058 ± 0.005 0.009 ± 0.003 0.077 50 1.20 30
HFAGD0000 SFM1-2650 0.062 ± 0.005 0.017 ± 0.003 0.095 50 2.41 40
HFAGG0000 SFM1-2850 0.062 ± 0.005 0.032 ± 0.003 0.125 50 5.49 44
HFAGK0000 SFM1-2950 0.062 ± 0.005 0.063 ± 0.003 0.188 50 14.68 65
HFAHP0000 SFM1-3050 0.078 ± 0.005 0.024 ± 0.003 0.125 50 4.45 40
HFAJJ0000 SFM1-3250 0.104 ± 0.005 0.044 ± 0.003 0.192 50 12.14 43
HFAMF0000 SFM1-3350 0.125 ± 0.005 0.063 ± 0.003 0.250 50 21.85 43
HFAKK0000 SFM1-3650 0.132 ± 0.005 0.025 ± 0.003 0.183 50 7.49 30
HFANK0000 SFM1-4050 0.187 ± 0.005 0.063 ± 0.003 0.312 50 29.07 29
HFANM0000 SFM1-4250 0.187 ± 0.005 0.094 ± 0.004 0.375 50 49.25 43
HFAPK0000 SFM1-4450 0.250 ± 0.006 0.063 ± 0.004 0.375 50 36.42 21
HFAPM0000 SFM1-4650 0.250 ± 0.006 0.094 ± 0.004 0.437 50 59.98 31
HFAPN0000 SFM1-4850 0.250 ± 0.010 0.125 ± 0.008 0.500 50 87.40 43
HFAQK0000 SFM1-4950 0.312 ± 0.007 0.063 ± 0.005 0.437 50 43.64 17
HFAQM0000 SFM1-5050 0.312 ± 0.007 0.094 ± 0.005 0.500 50 71.16 25
HFARK0000 SFM1-5250 0.375 ± 0.010 0.063 ± 0.007 0.500 50 50.98 14
HFARM0000 SFM1-5450 0.375 ±0.010 0.094 ± 0.007 0.562 50 81.67 20

332 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Hoses & Tubing

Part Number Internal Part Hose ID Wall OD Ref Std. Length Lbs/1000 ft. Burst
Number Thickness
(inch) (WL - inch) (inch) (Feet) psi
HFARN0000 SFM1-5650 0.375 ± 0.010 0.125 ± 0.010 0.625 50 116.53 29
HFASK0000 SFM1-6050 0.500 ± 0.010 0.063 ± 0.007 0.625 25 65.55 11
HFASM0000 SFM1-6250 0.500 ± 0.015 0.094 ± 0.007 0.687 25 103.46 16
HFASN0000 SFM1-6450 0.500 ±0.015 0.125 ± 0.010 0.750 25 145.66 22
HFATN0000 SFM1-6850 0.625 ± 0.025 0.125 ± 0.015 0.875 25 174.79 18
HFAUN0000 SFM1-7050 0.750 ± 0.025 0.125 ± 0.015 1.000 25 203.93 15

Note: For every 100 °F increase in working temperature, stated burst pressure and vacuum rating will decrease by 10%.
C/F = Contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions Marketing company

Ordering Example 1 Ordering Example 2

TSS Article No. HF A NK 0000 - S6M04 TSS Article No. HF B P U 0000 - SDM01

Platinium Cured Single Lumen Platinium Cured Single Lumen


USP Class VI - FDA USP Class VI - FDA
Pharmaceutical Tubing SF100HP Braided Hose
Tube ID (4.75 mm / .187 in) Hose ID (6.35 mm / .250 in)
Tube Wall (1.60 mm / .063 in) Tube Wall (3.43 mm / .135 in)
Quality Index (Standard) Quality Index (Standard)
Material Code Material Code

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 333
SPECIAL SOLUTIONS · Hoses & Tubing

334 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
STORAGE ADVICE

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 335
336 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Storage Advice

„ Guidelines for the Storage of or electrical discharges. Combustion gases and organic
vapors should also be excluded, as they may give rise to
Polymer Products Based on ozone via photo-chemical processes.
ISO 2230 When equipment such as a fork-lift truck is used to handle
large rubber products, care needs to be taken to ensure
Many polymer products and components are stored
this equipment is not a source of pollution that may affect
for long periods of time before being put into service,
the rubber. Combustion gases should be considered
so it is important they are stored in conditions that
separately. While they are responsible for generating
minimize unwanted changes in properties. Changes from
ground-level ozone, they may also contain unburned
degradation may include excessive hardening, softening,
fuel which, by condensing on rubber products, can cause
cracking, crazing or other surface effects. Other changes
additional deterioration.
may be caused by deformation, contamination or
mechanical damage.
Deformation
Packaging Rubber should be stored free from tension, compressive
stresses or other causes of deformation. Where products
Unless otherwise specified in the appropriate product
are packaged in a strain-free condition, they should be
specification, rubber products should be enclosed in
stored in their original packaging. In case of doubt, the
individual sealed envelopes. The packaging should be
manufacturer's advice should be sought.
carried out in an atmosphere in which the relative humidity
is less than 70%, or if polyurethanes are being packed, It is advisable that rings of large internal diameter are
less than 65%. Where there is serious risk of ingress of formed into three equal loops so as to avoid creasing
moisture, for example, for rubber-metal-bonded parts, or twisting. It is not possible to achieve this condition by
an aluminum, foil/paper/polyethylene laminate or other forming just two loops.
similar means of protection should be used to ensure the
quality of the seal is preserved. Contact with liquids and semi-liquid materials

Temperature Rubber should not be allowed to come into contact with


liquid or semi-liquid materials (for example, petrol, greases,
The storage temperature should be below +25 °C / +77 °F acids, disinfectants, cleaning fluids) or their vapors at any
and the products should be stored away from direct sources time during storage, unless these materials are by design
of heat such as boilers, radiators and direct sunlight. If the an integral part of the product or the manufacturer's
storage temperature is below +15 °C / +59 °F, care should be packaging. When rubber products are received coated
exercised during handling of stored products, as they may with their operational media, they should be stored in this
have stiffened and have become susceptible to distortion. condition.

Humidity Contact with metals


The relative humidity of a storage environment should Certain metals and their alloys, in particular, copper and
be such that condensation does not occur with variations manganese, are known to have harmful effects on some
in temperature. In all cases, the relative humidity of the rubbers. Rubber should not be stored in contact with such
atmosphere in storage should be less than 70%, or if metals except when bonded to them. They should be
polyurethanes are being stored, less than 65%. protected by wrapping in, or by separation with, a suitable
material, such as paper or polyethylene.
Light
Contact with dusting powder
Rubber should be protected from light sources, in particular
direct sunlight or intense light with high ultra-violet Dusting powders should only be used for the packaging of
content. It is advisable that any storage room windows be rubber items in order to prevent adhesion. In such cases,
covered with a red or orange coating or screen. the minimum quantity of powder to prevent adhesion
should be used. Any powder used should be free from
Radiation any constituent that would have a harmful effect on the
rubber or the subsequent application of the rubber.
Precautions should be taken to protect stored products
from all sources of ionizing radiation likely to cause
Contact between different products
damage to the products.
Contact between products made from rubbers of different
Ozone compositions should be avoided. This includes products of
the same type but differing in color.
Ozone has a particularly harmful effect on rubber. Storage
rooms should not contain any equipment that is capable
of generating ozone, such as mercury vapor lamps or high-
voltage electrical equipment giving rise to electric sparks

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 337
STORAGE ADVICE · Guidelines

Rubber-to-metal bonded products Inspection before extended storage


The metal part of rubber-to-metal bonded products Before any items are stored for an extended storage
should not come into contact with the rubber of other period, representative samples of each product should be
products. Preservative used on the metal should be of a selected for inspection at the end of the appropriate initial
type that will not adversely affect the rubber or the bond storage period. Inspection should be in accordance with
to such an extent that it does not comply with the product the relevant product specification.
specification.
Visual inspection
Storage life
Inspect each of the items for the following:
This is the maximum period of time that a rubber product,
1. Permanent distortions, such as creases or flats.
appropriately packaged, may be stored. After this time the
product is regarded as unserviceable for the purposes for 2. Mechanical damage, such as cuts, tears, abraded
which it was originally manufactured. The storage life of a areas or delaminated plies.
rubber product is influenced by its shape and size as well
3. Surface cracking when viewed under a microscope
as its composition. Thick products usually undergo slower
at x10 magnification.
changes through degradation than thinner ones.
4. Changes in surface condition, such as hardening,
Initial storage period softening or tackiness.
This is the maximum period, starting from the time of
Assessment at the end of the initial period
manufacture, for which a rubber product, appropriately
packaged, may be stored under specified conditions before If, following the visual inspection procedure, the items are
a sample needs to be inspected or re-tested. not satisfactory, they should not be stored for an extension
period. If the items are satisfactory and are stored for an
Extended storage period extended period, a record should be kept of the date that
initial storage began, as well as the date the extension
This is the period for which a rubber product, appropriately
period begins. Items stored for an extended period should
packaged, may be stored after the initial storage period,
be inspected and tested at or before the expiry of the
before further inspection and re-testing is necessary.
extension storage period before they are put into service
Assembly or stored for a further extended period.
These are products or components containing more
than one element in addition to rubber. Generally it is
not recommended to store elastomeric products in an
assembled condition. If it is necessary to do so, the units
should be checked more often. The inspection interval
depends on the design and geometry of the components.

Table 165 Initial and extension storage periods for unassembled components

Material group Initial storage period Extended storage period


AU, EU, NR, SBR 5 years 2 years
ACM, AEM, CR, ECO, HNBR, IIR, NBR 7 years 3 years
CSM, EPDM, FKM, FMQ, FVMQ 10 years 5 years
®
FFKM Isolast 20 years 5 years
Zurcon® 10 years 5 years
PTFE unlimited
Note 1: If the storage temperature is over or under +25 °C / +77 °F this will influence the storage time. Storage at 10 °C higher will
reduce the storage time by about 50%. Storage at +10 °C / +18 °F lower will increase the storage time by around 100%.
Note 2: In application areas such as aerospace the storage periods can differ from this specification. These specific storage conditions
have to be agreed between the supplier and the buyer.

338 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Engineering Action Requests Advice

„ Engineering Action Requests


Advice
An Engineering Action Request (EAR) is completed by
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions application engineers. To
increase the speed of the process, a knowledge of the
information required and an initial document of the
sealing task is helpful. By providing comprehensive
information on the application and operating conditions,
a more effective and reliable solution will be provided.

Relating to the industry in which the seals will be


used:
- Equipment type in which the seals will be used
- Industry
- Functional unit
- Required approvals

Relating to the sealing element:


- Single or multi-component?
(e.g. seals, scrapers and bearings)
- Type of movement:
Static, linear, rotary or a combination
- Type of seal, scraper or bearing:
- Product (s)

Operating Conditions:
- Pressure
- Uni- or bi- directional
- Usual operating temperature range
- Minimum / maximum operating temperature
- Contact and process media

Cleaning or Sterilization in place regimes:


- Cleaning/sanitizing temperature
- Cleaning and disinfection sanitizing procedures and
media

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 339
STORAGE ADVICE · Guidelines

340 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
COMPANY OVERVIEW

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 341
COMPANY OVERVIEW

Sealing Technology
“We build long term partnerships with customers and suppliers
by providing leading technology and excellent service.”

OUR MISSION
We will be the supply partner of first choice within our chosen • Over 80 facilities worldwide
markets, working globally through our local teams. We will • More than 20 manufacturing sites
build long-term partnerships with customers and suppliers • Seven strategically positioned material
by providing leading technology and excellent service. and development laboratories
We are determined to be different. • Internationally linked design and
application centers
SEALING TECHNOLOGY
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions offers an outstandingly COMMITMENT – TO CUSTOMERS’
comprehensive sealing portfolio – a one-stop-shop providing NEEDS LONG-TERM
the best in elastomer, silicone, thermoplastic, PTFE and The aim of Trelleborg Sealing Solutions is to facilitate customers
composite technologies; our solutions are featured in virtually in achieving cost-effective, durable solutions that match their
every application conceivable within the aerospace, industrial specific business requirements and needs. We are one of the
and automotive industries. world's foremost experts in polymer sealing technology.
We develop, manufacture and supply safety-critical polymer-
A WORLDWIDE PRESENCE based precision seals, bearings and molded components.
We are uniquely placed to offer a dedicated design and
development service for sealing solutions, globally servicing,
supporting and supplying our customers through an unrivaled
international network.

342 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
COMPANY OVERVIEW

THE TRELLEBORG GROUP

Trelleborg Coated Systems Trelleborg Industrial Solutions


Leading global supplier of unique Market leader in such industrial
customer solutions for polymer- application areas as hose
coated fabrics deployed in a systems, industrial antivibration
variety of industrial applications. solutions and selected industrial
sealing systems.

Trelleborg Offshore & Trelleborg Wheel Systems


Construction Leading global supplier of tires
Leading global supplier of and complete wheels for
polymer-based critical solutions agricultural and forestry machines,
for deployment in highly forklift trucks and other
demanding environments. materials handling vehicles.

Trelleborg Sealing Solutions


One of the world’s leading developers,
manufacturers and suppliers of precision
seals. It supports its aerospace, industrial
and automotive customers through over
20 production facilities and more than
50 marketing companies globally.

Trelleborg Sealing Solutions Key Industries

Aerospace Automotive Machine Tools & Off-Highway, Agriculture, Food & Beverage,
Fluid Power Construction Chemical Processing

Life Sciences and Oil & Gas Mining Alternative Energy Marine
Pharmaceutical

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 343
COMPANY OVERVIEW

Americas
2 R & D Centers
19 Marketing Companies
1 Logistics Centers SCM
6 Manufacturing Sites
Damping Solutions
2 Automotive Hubs
4 Aerospace Hubs

8 Research & Development Centers

56 Marketing Companies

4 Logistics Centers

24 Manufacturing Sites

Damping Solutions

5 Automotive Hubs

8 Aerospace Hubs

344 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
COMPANY OVERVIEW

5,300
employees

82
worldwide
locations
More than
2,000
proprietary material
formulations

Europe Asia

5 R & D Centers 1 R & D Centers


21 Marketing Companies 15 Marketing Companies
1 Logistics Centers SCM 2 Logistics Centers SCM
14 Manufacturing Sites 4 Manufacturing Sites
Damping Solutions Damping Solutions
1 Automotive Hubs 2 Automotive Hubs
2 Aerospace Hubs 2 Aerospace Hubs

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 345
COMPANY OVERVIEW

and Materials
Decades of experience designing and manufacturing polymer solutions has led Trelleborg Sealing Solutions to develop,
manufacture and supply a range of unique materials and proprietary product designs, many of which have become
industry standards. Development is ongoing, ensuring that our solutions meet the changing needs of our customers,
as well as the latest industry trends and regulations.

WORLD RENOWNED NAMES UNITED OUR PIONEERING PRODUCTS


We own many of the longest established and leading Trelleborg Sealing Solutions is pioneering and is continuously
names within the seal industry. These include: developing innovative products.

• American Variseal • Palmer Chenard • Turcon® AQ Seal® • Turcon® Stepseal® 2K


• Busak+Shamban • Polypac • D-A-S Compact Seal® • V-Ring®
• Dowty Seals • SF Medical • Turcon® Double Delta® • Turcon® Varilip® PDR
• Chase Walton • Shamban • Turcon® Excluder® • Turcon® Variseal®
• Forsheda • Silcofab • Turcon® Glyd Ring® T • Turcon® VL-Seal™
• GNL • Silcotech • Turcon® Hatseal • Turcon® Wedgpak®
• Impervia • Skega • Zurcon® L-Cup® • Wills Rings®
• Nordex • Stefa • Turcite® Slydring® • Zurcon® Wynseal®
• Orkot • Wills • Turcite® B-Slydway®

PROPRIETARY MATERIALS
Ongoing development has yielded some of the most
successful sealing and bearing materials available.

• HiMod® • Turcon®
• Isolast® • Turel®
• Orkot® • Zurcon®
• Turcite®

To design a solution for your specific needs, contact your


local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.

346 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
COMPANY OVERVIEW

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 347
COMPANY OVERVIEW

and Animations
SEEING IS BELIEVING
Complex sealing configurations can feature a large number of sealing elements. Trying to illustrate
these on a 2-D page is difficult and can never properly show their function or characteristics.
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions turned to the latest graphic technologies to produce 3-D animations
of applications and typical sealing solutions for them.

View at
YouTube.com/
trelleborgseals

View at
tss.trelleborg.com/
films

Online 24-7
A range of films specific to different industries
and products are available to view on the
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions website or via YouTube.

348 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
COMPANY OVERVIEW

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 349
COMPANY OVERVIEW

ONLINE TOOLS MAKE LIFE EASIER


Trelleborg Sealing Solutions has developed a number of online tools that make the working
life of an engineer specifying seals easier. All these industry-leading tools are available
free-of-charge from the Trelleborg Sealing Solutions website at www.tss.trelleborg.com.
To use these advanced services all you have to do is register on the Members Area.

There is also a continually increasing range of innovative engineering apps available for
smartphones, both for iOS and Android devices. Just search for "Trelleborg"
in the App Store or GooglePlay to find the tools to optimize your daily productivity.

Materials Search and + Very good suitability


Chemical Compatibility Check Good suitability
These two programs allow you to find
out the compatibility of sealing materials – Limited suitability
to hundreds of different media and help Unsuitable
+

identify the most suitable material for


your application. ? Insufficient information

O-Ring Calculator
An industry-leading tool, the easy to use O-Ring
calculator includes a sizing capability, design
parameter recommendations and complete
measurements. Results and comments may
be printed, saved online or filed as a PDF.

350 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
COMPANY OVERVIEW

Versatile CAD Service


The CAD download facility provides
thousands of drawings of a wide range
of seals. It gives the option of 2- or
3-dimensional files in a range of
formats to suit most commonly
used CAD systems.

Sealing Solutions Configurator


The Sealing Solutions Configurator is the first tool
of its kind offered by any seal supplier. It allows
engineers to identify a proven sealing solution for
their specific application in just four easy steps.

Powerful Electronic Catalog


Search through over 100,000 seals by item number
or their properties and access comprehensive and
detailed information plus an interactive quote facility.

E-Learning on sealing
technology
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions has
a number of e-Learning modules
available on several aspects of For more information
sealing technology. www.tss.trelleborg.com

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 351
COMPANY OVERVIEW

and Services
We understand the needs of engineers on the go. Check out our latest mobile tools and apps,
ranging from an O-Ring calculator to unit and hardness converters. Just search for "Trelleborg"
in the App Store or Google Play to find the tools to optimize your daily productivity.

ISO Fits & Technical Aerospace Groove Installation


Tolerances app glossary app Selector app Instructions app
“ISO Fits & Tolerances” is This app provides definitions This app covers two of the Videos demonstrate the
intuitive and very easy to of more than 2,000 terms most important SAE best practice methods for
use, and this updated version from the world of sealing aerospace groove standards installing seals, providing
allows even greater flexibility. technology and engineering. for hydraulic systems, all relevant documentation
Upon entering the nominal AS4716 Rev B and AS5857 within the interface, guiding
diameter needed, users Rev A, making it really easy you to a successful installa-
simply select the tolerance to find the size of grooves tion of Radial Oil Seals and
classes for bore and shaft. and hardware needed. Turcon® and Zurcon® rod
and piston seals.

352 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
COMPANY OVERVIEW

Available on the
APP STORE
For more information
www.tss.trelleborg.com

Android App on
Google Play
MANY
MORE APPS
available

Unit & hardness


converter app O-Ring Calculator app in the groove app
“Unit and Hardness Converter” Easy to use, when a user enters Our in the groove magazine
is intuitive and very easy to use. installation specifications into provides news, technical and
By simply selecting the dimension the “O-Ring Calculator” app, such product information on seals as
and entering the value for as the bore or rod/shaft diameter, well as insights into the markets
conversion, the app offers a wide the app quickly calculates O-Ring they are used in. The magazine
range of engineering and scientific and housing dimensions in both is also available in print and as
units for each dimension. metric and inch. an interactive PDF.

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 353
Notes

354 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Notes

Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014 TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS • 355
Notes

356 • TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Latest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com • Edition May 2014
Contact your local marketing company for further information:

Europe Telephone Americas Telephone

Austria – Vienna +43 (0) 1 406 47 33 Americas Regional +1 260 749 9631
(Slovenia) Argentina – Buenos Aires +54 11 4590 2210
Belgium – Dion-Valmont +32 (0) 10 22 57 50 Brazil – São José dos Campos +55 12 3932 7600
(Luxembourg) Canada – Etobicoke, ON +1 416 213 9444
Bulgaria – Sofia +359 (0) 2 969 95 99 Canada East – Montreal, QC +1 514 284 1114
(Belarus, Romania, Ukraine) Canada West – Langley, BC +1 604 539 0098
Croatia – Zagreb +385 (0) 1 24 56 387 Mexico – Mexico City +52 55 57 19 50 05
(Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, USA, Great Lakes – Fort Wayne, IN +1 260 482 4050
Macedonia, Serbia, Montenegro) USA, Midsouth – Mt. Juliet, TN +1 615 800 8340
Czech Republic – Rakovnik +420 313 529 111 USA, Midwest – Hanover Park, IL +1 630 539 5500
(Slovakia) USA, Northern California – Fresno, CA +1 559 449 6070
Your Partner for Sealing Technology Denmark – Copenhagen +45 48 22 80 80 USA, Northwest – Portland, OR +1 503 595 6565
Finland – Vantaa +385 (0) 207 12 13 50 USA, Southwest – Houston, TX +1 713 461 3495
(Estonia, Latvia)
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions is a major international developer, proprietary compounds and a range of unique products. France – Maisons-Laffitte +33 (0) 1 30 86 56 00 Asia Pacific Telephone
manufacturer and supplier of seals, bearings and molded Trelleborg Sealing Solutions fulfills challenging service Germany – Stuttgart +49 (0) 711 7864 0
components in polymers. We are uniquely placed to offer requirements, supplying standard parts in volume or a single Greece +41 (0) 21 631 41 11 Asia Pacific Regional +65 6 577 1778
dedicated design and development from our market-leading custom-manufactured component, through our integrated Hungary – Budarös +36 (06) 23 50 21 21 China – Hong Kong +852 2366 9165
product and material portfolio: a one-stop-shop providing the logistical support, which effectively delivers over 40,000 sealing Italy – Livorno +39 0586 22 6111 China – Shanghai +86 (0) 21 6145 1830
best in elastomer, silicone, thermoplastic, PTFE and composite products to customers worldwide. The Netherlands – Barendrecht +31 (0) 10 29 22 111 India – Bangalore +91 (0) 80 3372 9000
technologies for applications in aerospace, industrial and Norway – Oslo +47 22 64 60 80 Japan – Tokyo +81 (0) 3 5633 8008
automotive industries. Facilities are certified to ISO 9001:2008 and ISO/TS 16949:2009. Poland – Warsaw +48 (0) 22 863 30 11 Korea – Seoul +82 (0) 2 761 3471
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions is backed by the experience (Lithuania) Malaysia – Kuala Lumpur +60 (0) 3 9059 6388
With 50 years of experience, Trelleborg Sealing Solutions engineers and resources of Trelleborg Group, one of the world’s foremost Russia – Moscow +7 495 982 39 21 Taiwan – Taichung +886 4 2382 8886
support customers with design, prototyping, production, test and experts in polymer technology. Spain – Madrid +34 (0) 91 71057 30 Thailand – Bangkok +66 (0) 2732 2861
installation using state-of-the-art design tools. An international (Portugal) Singapore
network of over 70 facilities worldwide includes over 20 manu- Sweden – Jönköping +46 (0) 36 34 15 00 and all other countries in Asia +65 6 577 1778
facturing sites, strategically-positioned research and development Switzerland – Crissier +41 (0) 21 631 41 11
centers, including materials and development laboratories and Turkey – Istanbul +90 216 569 80 84 Middle East Regional +41 (0) 21 631 41 11
ISO 9001:2008 ISO/TS 16949:2009
locations specializing in design and applications. United Kingdom – Solihull +44 (0) 121 744 1221 (Without GCC Region)
(Eire) Middle East GCC Region +91 (0) 80 2245 5157
Africa Regional +41 (0) 21 631 41 11 (Bahrain, Kuwait, Oman, Quatar,
Developing and formulating materials in-house, we utilize
Saudi Arabia, United Arab Emirates)
the resource of our material database, including over 2,000

The information in this brochure is intended to be for general reference purposes only and is not intended to be a specific recommendation for any individual application.
The application limits for pressure, temperature, speed and media given are maximum values determined in laboratory conditions. In application, due to the interaction of operating
parameters, maximum values may not be achieved. It is vital therefore, that customers satisfy themselves as to the suitability of product and material for each of their individual
applications. Any reliance on information is therefore at the user‘s own risk. In no event will Trelleborg Sealing Solutions be liable for any loss, damage, claim or expense directly
or indirectly arising or resulting from the use of any information provided in this brochure. While every effort is made to ensure the accuracy of information contained herewith,
Trelleborg Sealing Solutions cannot warrant the accuracy or completeness of information.

To obtain the best recommendation for a specific application, please contact your local Trelleborg Sealing Solutions marketing company.
This edition supersedes all previous brochures. This brochure or any part of it may not be reproduced without permission.

® All trademarks are the property of Trelleborg Group. The turquoise color is a registered trademark of Trelleborg Group. © 2014, Trelleborg Group. All rights reserved.

W W W.T S S.TW
RWELW.T
L EBSOS.T
RGR.C
ELOLMEB O RG .C O M

2 ˙ TRELLEBORG SEALING SOLUTIONS Lastest information available at www.tss.trelleborg.com ˙ Edition May 2014
Food, Beverage & Pharmaceutical Sealing Systems
T R EL L EB O RG S E A L I N G S O LU T I O N S

Food, Beverage &


Pharmaceutical
Sealing Systems
PRODUCT CATALOG & ENGINEERING GUIDE

© 2014 Trelleborg Group. At time of publication the information contained in this literature is believed to be correct and accurate.
Trelleborg is a world leader in engineered polymer solutions
that seal, damp and protect critical applications in demanding
environments. Its innovative engineered solutions accelerate
performance for customers in a sustainable way. The Trelleborg
Group has local presence in over 40 countries around the world.

facebook.com/TrelleborgSealingSolutions
twitter.com/TrelleborgSeals
youtube.com/TrelleborgSeals
flickr.com/TrelleborgSealingSolutions 99GBE0CATAE0514

W W W.T S S.T R EL L EB O RG .C O M YO U R PA R T N ER F O R S E A L I N G T EC H N O LO GY

You might also like